Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2016

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

WCF BANCORP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Iowa   6712   Being applied for

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

(515) 832-3071

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Stephen L. Mourlam

President and Chief Executive Officer

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

(515) 832-3071

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Eric Luse, Esq.

Steven Lanter, Esq.

Gregory Sobczak, Esq.

Luse Gorman, PC

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

 

Edward G. Olifer, Esq.

Erich M. Hellmold, Esq.

Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP

607 14th Street, NW, Suite 900

Washington, DC 20005-2018

(202) 508-5800

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   x

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be

registered

 

Proposed

maximum

offering price

per share (1)

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price (1)

  Amount of
registration fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  2,563,224   $8.00   $20,505,792   $2,065

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

WCF BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for WCF Financial Bank)

Up to 1,868,750 Shares of Common Stock

(Subject to Increase to up to 2,149,063 Shares)

 

 

WCF Bancorp, Inc., an Iowa corporation, is offering up to 1,868,750 shares of common stock for sale at $8.00 per share on a best efforts basis in connection with the conversion of WCF Financial, M.H.C. from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization. The shares we are offering represent the ownership interest in Webster City Federal Bancorp, a federal corporation, currently owned by the mutual holding company, WCF Financial, M.H.C. In this prospectus, we refer to WCF Bancorp, Inc. as “WCF Bancorp.” Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by the OTC Market Group under the symbol “WCFB,” and we expect the common stock of WCF Bancorp will also be quoted on the OTCPK under the symbol “WCFB.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

The shares of common stock are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and borrowers and to tax-qualified employee benefit plans of WCF Financial Bank. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to residents of the communities served by WCF Financial Bank and then to existing stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered to the public through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this prospectus as the syndicated offering. The syndicated offering may commence before the subscription and community offerings (including any extensions) have expired. However, no shares purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated offering.

We may sell up to 2,149,063 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 1,381,250 shares to complete the offering.

In addition to the shares we are selling in the offering, the shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp currently held by the public will be exchanged for shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp based on an exchange ratio that will result in existing public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp owning approximately the same percentage of WCF Bancorp common stock as they owned in Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. We will issue up to 360,140 shares in the exchange, which may be increased to up to 414,161 shares if we sell 2,149,063 shares of common stock in the offering.

The minimum order is 25 shares. The subscription offering will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date]. The community offering, if held, will terminate at the same time. We may extend the expiration date of the subscription and/or community offerings without notice to you until [extension date], or longer if the Federal Reserve Board approves a later date. No single extension may exceed 90 days and the offering must be completed by [final extension date]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the subscription and community offerings are terminated or extended, with regulatory approval, beyond [extension date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 2,149,063 shares or decreased to less than 1,381,250 shares. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 2,149,063 shares or decreased to less than 1,381,250 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings will be held in a segregated account at WCF Financial Bank and will earn interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will assist us in selling the shares on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings, and will serve as sole manager for any syndicated offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are sold in the offering.

 

 

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $8.00 per Share

 

 

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted Maximum  

Number of shares

     1,381,250         1,625,000         1,868,750         2,149,063   

Gross offering proceeds

   $  11,050,000       $  13,000,000       $  14,950,000       $ 17,192,504   

Estimated offering expenses, excluding selling agent and underwriters’ commissions

   $ 870,000       $ 870,000       $ 870,000       $ 870,000   

Selling agent and underwriters’ commissions (1)

   $ 330,000       $ 330,000       $ 330,000       $ 330,000   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 9,850,000       $ 11,800,000       $ 13,750,000       $ 15,992,504   

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 7.13       $ 7.26       $ 7.36       $ 7.44   

 

(1) The amounts shown assume that all of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings, and excludes reimbursable expenses and conversion agent fees, which are included in estimated offering expenses. See “Pro Forma Data” and “The Conversion and Offering – Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation” for information regarding compensation to be received by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. in the subscription and community offerings and the compensation to be received by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and the other broker-dealers that may participate in the syndicated offering. If all shares of common stock were sold in the syndicated offering, excluding insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan for which no selling agent fee will be paid, the selling agent fees would be approximately $574,000, $681,000, $789,000 and $913,000 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum levels of the offering, respectively.

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.

Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 18.

  These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

        A Stifel Company

For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center at [Stock Center number].

The date of this prospectus is [Prospectus date].


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     18   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     32   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     34   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     36   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     37   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     38   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     40   

CAPITALIZATION

     41   

PRO FORMA DATA

     43   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     48   

BUSINESS OF WCF BANCORP

     60   

BUSINESS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND WCF FINANCIAL BANK

     60   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     78   

TAXATION

     89   

MANAGEMENT

     91   

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     99   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     100   

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

     101   

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

     127   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF WCF BANCORP

     133   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WCF BANCORP FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     138   

TRANSFER AGENT

     139   

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

     139   

EXPERTS

     140   

LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

     140   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     140   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion, the offering and the exchange of existing shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock for shares of WCF Bancorp common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Our Organizational Structure and the Proposed Conversion

In August 1994 we reorganized into a mutual holding company structure, and since July 1999 we have operated in a two-tiered mutual holding company structure. Webster City Federal Bancorp is a federal corporation and the parent stock holding company of WCF Financial Bank. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp had consolidated assets of $112.9 million, deposits of $88.1 million and stockholders’ equity of $14.6 million. WCF Financial, M.H.C. is a federal mutual corporation and is the parent mutual holding company of Webster City Federal Bancorp. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp had 3,019,005 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 522,476 shares, or 17.3%, were owned by the public, and the remaining 2,496,529 shares were held by WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Pursuant to the terms of the plan of conversion and reorganization (“plan of conversion”), we are converting from the mutual holding company corporate structure to the fully public stock holding company corporate structure. Upon completion of the conversion, WCF Financial, M.H.C. and Webster City Federal Bancorp will cease to exist, and WCF Bancorp will become the successor corporation to Webster City Federal Bancorp. The shares of WCF Bancorp being offered represent the majority ownership interest in Webster City Federal Bancorp currently held by WCF Financial, M.H.C. Public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp will receive shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp in exchange for their shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp at an exchange ratio intended to preserve the same aggregate ownership interest in WCF Bancorp as they had in Webster City Federal Bancorp, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by WCF Financial, M.H.C., without giving effect to new shares purchased in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares. WCF Financial, M.H.C.’s shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp will be cancelled.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

The following diagram shows our current organizational structure, reflecting ownership percentages as of December 31, 2015:

 

LOGO

After the conversion and offering are completed, we will be organized as a fully public stock holding company, with the stock of WCF Bancorp held as follows:

 

LOGO

Our Business

Our business operations are conducted through our wholly owned subsidiary, WCF Financial Bank. WCF Financial Bank is a community bank that was chartered and began operations in 1934, and has operated in Webster City, Iowa continuously since this date. In January 2014 we completed our acquisition of Independence Federal Bank for Savings (“Independence Bank”).

 



 

2


Table of Contents

We conduct our business from two full-service offices located in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa. Our business consists primarily of accepting deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in real estate loans secured by one- to four-family residences. To a lesser extent, we also originate consumer loans and non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans. On a limited basis we have also originated commercial real estate loans, but have deemphasized the origination, and intend to continue to deemphasize the origination, of this type of lending. We also invest in investment securities. Our primary lending area is broader than our primary deposit market area and includes north central and northeastern Iowa. Our revenues are derived principally from interest on loans and securities, and from loan origination and servicing fees. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the “FHLB”).

As a federal savings bank, WCF Financial Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”).

WCF Bancorp is a newly formed Iowa corporation. Following the completion of the conversion and offering, WCF Bancorp will be the holding company for WCF Financial Bank and will succeed Webster City Federal Bancorp as the publicly traded holding company of WCF Financial Bank. As a savings and loan holding company, WCF Bancorp will be subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). Our executive offices are located at 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595 and our telephone number is (515) 832-3071. Our website address is www.wcfbank.com . Information on this website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

Business Strategy

Our goal is to build stockholder value by operating a well-capitalized and profitable financial institution that delivers a superior banking experience to our customers. We have sought to accomplish this objective by adopting a business strategy designed to maintain a strong capital position and high asset quality.

Our current principal business strategies are:

 

    Continuing to emphasize the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We will continue to emphasize the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans in our market area. At December 31, 2015, $46.5 million, or 80.1% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans, compared to $45.7 million, or 82.1% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2014. We will continue to originate these types of loans because it is a strong recurring source of interest income.

 

    Continuing to increase the origination of consumer loans.   We plan to continue to increase the origination of consumer loans, including our direct automobile loans. Our consumer loans increased $1.5 million during 2015 to $4.5 million at December 31, 2015 from $3.1 million at December 31, 2014. Our consumer loans generally carry higher interest rates and shorter maturities than our one- to four-family residential real estate loans, thereby increasing our interest income and reducing our interest rate risk. In addition, we will attempt to expand our relationships with our consumer loan borrowers with the goal of increasing our non-interest income.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
    App lying disciplined underwriting practices to maintain the quality of our loan portfolio . We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success. Our goal is to maintain strong asset quality with moderate credit risk. We seek to accomplish this by applying conservative underwriting standards and by pursuing diligent monitoring and collection efforts. At December 31, 2015, our nonperforming loans (loans which are 90 or more days delinquent and loans which are less than 90 days delinquent but classified as nonaccrual) were 1.38% of our total net loan portfolio.

 

    Enhancing core earnings by increasing lower-cost transaction and savings accounts .   Demand, checking and money market accounts are a lower-cost source of funds than time deposits, and we have made a concerted effort to increase lower-cost transaction deposit accounts and reduce time deposits. Our ratio of core deposits (which we define as all deposit accounts except for certificate of deposit accounts) to total deposits has increased to 47.5% at December 31, 2015 from 44.0% at December 31, 2014. We plan to continue to market our core transaction accounts (primarily checking accounts), by emphasizing our high quality service and competitive pricing of these products. Additionally, we believe our implementation of additional products and improved technological services such as remote deposit capture will increase our core deposits.

 

    Managing interest rate risk. We intend to continue to manage our interest rate risk by maintaining our strategy of selling conforming, fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential real estate loans with terms of more than 20 years and increasing our originations of shorter-term consumer loans.

 

    Growing our business by expanding our branch network. As opportunities arise and conditions permit, we will consider opportunities to expand our branch network through whole-bank or branch acquisitions, de novo branching or both. Although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding specific acquisitions or de novo branching opportunities, our strategy is to grow our business within our consolidating market environment.

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

    Transition us to a more familiar and flexible holding company structure . The stock holding company structure is a more familiar form of organization, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

   

Eliminate some of the uncertainties associated with the mutual holding company structure under financial reform legislation and regulations .  Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act“) the Federal Reserve Board became the federal regulator of all savings and loan holding companies and mutual holding companies, which has resulted in changes in regulations applicable to WCF Financial, M.H.C. and Webster City Federal Bancorp. Among other things, these changes have adversely affected our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders by

 



 

4


Table of Contents
 

making it significantly more difficult for WCF Financial, M.H.C. to waive any dividends declared by Webster City Federal Bancorp. The conversion will eliminate our mutual holding company structure and will enhance our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders, subject to the customary legal, regulatory and financial considerations applicable to all savings and loan holding companies. See “Our Dividend Policy.” It also will eliminate the risk that the Federal Reserve Board will amend existing regulations applicable to the conversion process in a manner disadvantageous to our public stockholders or depositors.

 

    Improve the trading liquidity of our shares of common stock . The larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid and active market for WCF Bancorp common stock. A more liquid market should make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

    Enhance our regulatory capital position.   A strong capital position is essential to achieving our long-term objective of building stockholder value. While WCF Financial Bank exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will greatly strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our planned growth. Minimum regulatory capital requirements have also increased under recently adopted regulations. Compliance with these new requirements will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

    Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions . Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure, and make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for, mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions or business lines as opportunities arise. The additional capital raised in the offering also will enable us to consider larger merger transactions. In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions. Applicable regulations prohibit the acquisition of WCF Bancorp for three years following completion of the conversion, and also prohibit anyone from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our stock without regulatory approval.

Terms of the Offering

We are offering between 1,381,250 and 1,868,750 shares of common stock to eligible depositors and borrowers of WCF Financial Bank, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and, to the extent shares remain available, in a community offering to the general public, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa, and then to existing public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp as of [voting record date]. If necessary, we will also offer shares to the general public in a syndicated offering. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 2,149,063 shares as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the offering or changes in market conditions. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 2,149,063 shares or decreased to fewer than 1,381,250 shares, or the subscription and community offerings are extended beyond [extension date], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the

 



 

5


Table of Contents

subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, your order will be cancelled and we will promptly return your funds with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 2,149,063 shares or decreased to less than 1,381,250 shares, all subscribers’ stock orders will be canceled, their withdrawal authorizations will be canceled and funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be returned promptly with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum. We will then resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place new orders within a specified period of time. No shares purchased in the subscription offering and community offering will be issued until the completion of any syndicated offering.

The purchase price of each share of common stock offered for sale in the offering is $8.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share, regardless of whether the shares are purchased in the subscription offering, the community offering or a syndicated offering. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., our marketing agent in the offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock in the offering but is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering.

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $8.00 Per Share Stock Price

The amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the exchange ratio for the exchange of shares of WCF Bancorp for shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of WCF Bancorp, assuming the offering has been completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of February 26, 2016, this market value was $15.5 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $13.2 million and a maximum of $17.8 million. Based on this valuation range, the 82.7% ownership interest of WCF Financial, M.H.C. in Webster City Federal Bancorp as of December 31, 2015 being sold in the offering, certain assets held by WCF Financial, M.H.C. and the $8.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by WCF Bancorp ranges from 1,381,250 shares to 1,868,750 shares, for gross offering proceeds ranging from $11.05 million at the minimum of the offering range to $14.95 million at the maximum of the offering range. The purchase price of $8.00 per share was determined by us, taking into account, among other factors, the market price of our common stock prior to adoption of the plan of conversion, the requirement under federal regulations that the common stock be offered in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the common stock, and desired liquidity in the common stock after the offering. The exchange ratio ranges from 0.5095 shares at the minimum of the offering range to 0.6893 shares at the maximum of the offering range, and will generally preserve the existing percentage ownership of public stockholders. RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the conversion and offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our estimated pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 2,149,063 shares without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $13.2 million or above $20.5 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may: terminate the offering and promptly return all funds with interest; set a new offering range and give all subscribers the opportunity to place a new order; or take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

The appraisal is based in part on Webster City Federal Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 12 publicly traded savings and loan holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considers comparable to Webster City Federal Bancorp. The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Company Name

   Ticker
    Symbol    
  

Headquarters

   Total
Assets as of
    December 31,    
2015
 
               (In millions)  

Central Federal Corporation (1)

   CFBK   

Worthington, OH

   $     331   

Equitable Financial Corp.

   EQFN   

Grand Island, NE

     223   

First Capital, Inc.

   FCAP   

Corydon, IN

     716   

HMN Financial, Inc.

   HMNF   

Rochester, MN

     643   

IF Bancorp, Inc.

   IROQ   

Watseka, IL

     560   

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

   JXSB   

Jacksonville, IL

     309   

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

   LPSB   

La Porte, IN

     543   

Poage Bancshares, Inc. (1)

   PBSK   

Ashland, KY

     425   

United Community Bancorp

   UCBA   

Lawrenceburg, IN

     510   

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. (1)

   WAYN   

Wooster, OH

     424   

Westbury Bancorp, Inc.

   WBB   

West Bend, WI

     671   

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. (1)

   WBKC   

Midland, MI

     344   

 

(1) Asset size is as of September 30, 2015.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for WCF Bancorp (on a pro forma basis) as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, and for the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, or the latest date available, with stock prices as of February 26, 2016, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 34.3% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 37.4% on a price-to-tangible book value basis, and a premium of 86.7% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

        Price-to-earnings    
multiple (1)
        Price-to-book    
value ratio
        Price-to-tangibl    
ebook value ratio
 

WCF Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

     

Adjusted Maximum

    52.14x        69.44     69.63

Maximum

    45.42x        64.72     64.88

Midpoint

    39.56x        60.02     60.20

Minimum

    33.67x        54.64     54.83

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

     

Averages

    21.19x        91.36     96.12

Medians

    20.33x        90.28     92.16

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The independent appraisal does not indicate trading market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offering the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $8.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were used by RP Financial, LC. to

 



 

7


Table of Contents

estimate our pro forma appraised value for regulatory purposes and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Offering – Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

Effect of WCF Financial, M.H.C.’s Assets on Minority Stock Ownership

In the exchange, the public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp will receive shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp in exchange for their shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp pursuant to an exchange ratio that is designed to provide, subject to adjustment, existing public stockholders with the same ownership percentage of the common stock of WCF Bancorp after the conversion as their ownership percentage in Webster City Federal Bancorp immediately prior to the conversion, without giving effect to new shares purchased in the offering or cash paid in lieu of any fractional shares. However, the exchange ratio will be adjusted downward to reflect assets held by WCF Financial, M.H.C. (other than shares of stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp) at the completion of the conversion, which assets consist primarily of cash. WCF Financial, M.H.C. had net assets of $779,000 as of December 31, 2015, not including Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. This adjustment would decrease Webster City Federal Bancorp’s public stockholders’ ownership interest in WCF Bancorp from 17.3% to 16.2%, and would increase the ownership interest of persons who purchase stock in the offering from 82.7% (the amount of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s outstanding common stock held by WCF Financial, M.H.C.) to 83.8%.

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp Common Stock

If you are a stockholder of Webster City Federal Bancorp at the completion of the conversion, your shares will be exchanged for shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp. The number of shares of common stock you will receive will be based on the exchange ratio, which will depend upon our final appraised value and the percentage of outstanding shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock owned by public stockholders immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of WCF Bancorp as of February 26, 2016, assuming public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp own 17.3% of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock and WCF Financial, M.H.C. had net assets of $779,000 immediately prior to the completion of the conversion. The net assets figure assumes that WCF Financial, M.H.C. receives one quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share from Webster City Federal Bancorp prior to the closing of the conversion. The table also shows the number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock a hypothetical owner of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock would receive in exchange for 100 shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering.

 



 

8


Table of Contents
    Shares to be Sold
in This Offering
    Shares
of WCF
Bancorp to be
Issued for
Shares of
Webster City
Federal Bancorp
    Total
Shares of
Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange

and
Offering
    Exchange
Ratio
    Equivalent
Value of
Shares

Based
Upon

Offering
Price (1)
    Equivalent
Pro
Forma
Tangible
Book
Value Per
Exchanged
Share (2)
    Shares
to be
Received
for 100
Existing
Shares (3)
 
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent            

Minimum

    1,381,250        83.8     266,190        16.2     1,647,440        0.5095      $ 4.08      $ 7.43        50   

Midpoint

    1,625,000        83.8     313,165        16.2     1,938,165        0.5994        4.80        7.97        59   

Maximum

    1,868,750        83.8     360,140        16.2     2,228,890        0.6893        5.51        8.50        68   

Adjusted Maximum

    2,149,063        83.8     414,161        16.2     2,563,224        0.7927        6.34        9.11        79   

 

(1) Represents the value of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Webster City Federal Bancorp, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $8.00 per share purchase price.
(2) Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.
(3) Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

No fractional shares of WCF Bancorp common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Webster City Federal Bancorp. For each fractional share that otherwise would be issued, WCF Bancorp will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder otherwise would be entitled by the $8.00 per share offering price.

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

We intend to invest at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering in WCF Financial Bank, fund the loan to our employee stock ownership plan to finance its purchase of shares of common stock in the stock offering and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering at WCF Bancorp. Therefore, assuming we sell 1,625,000 shares of common stock in the stock offering at the midpoint of the offering range, and we have net proceeds of $11.8 million, we intend to invest $5.9 million in WCF Financial Bank, loan $1.04 million to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of shares of common stock, and retain the remaining $4.9 million of the net proceeds at WCF Bancorp.

WCF Bancorp may use the funds it retains for investment, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock, to acquire other financial institutions or financial services companies and for other general corporate purposes. WCF Financial Bank may use the proceeds it receives to support increased lending, enhance existing products or services, support the development of new products and services, or expand its branch network by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or financial services companies. We do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any acquisition transactions.

Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i) To depositors with accounts at WCF Financial Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on December 31, 2014.

 

  (ii) To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including WCF Financial Bank’s employee stock ownership plan), which may subscribe for, in the aggregate, up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.

 

  (iii) To depositors with accounts at WCF Financial Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date].

 

  (iv) To depositors of WCF Financial Bank at the close of business on [voting record date] and borrowers of WCF Financial Bank as of August 12, 1994 whose borrowings remained outstanding as of [voting record date].

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa, and then to Webster City Federal Bancorp’s public stockholders as of [voting record date]. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and the community offering in a syndicated offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will act as sole manager for the syndicated offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering, and our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion will be final. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Offering.”

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25 shares ($200).

Generally, no individual may purchase more than 25,000 shares ($200,000) of common stock. Additionally, if any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 25,000 shares ($200,000) of common stock:

 

    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

 

    most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a senior officer, partner, trustee or have a substantial beneficial interest; or

 



 

10


Table of Contents
    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 25,000 shares ($200,000).

In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for current stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp other than our employee stock ownership plan. Shares of common stock that you purchase in the offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares you and they receive in exchange for existing shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering. If, based on your current ownership level, you will own more than 9.9% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion and offering following the exchange of your shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock, you will be ineligible to purchase any new shares in the offering. You will be required to obtain regulatory approval or non-objection prior to acquiring 10% or more of WCF Bancorp’s common stock.

Subject to regulatory approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time. See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in “The Conversion and Offering – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

  (i) personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to WCF Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

  (ii) authorizing us to withdraw available funds (without any early withdrawal penalty) from your WCF Financial Bank deposit account(s), other than checking accounts or individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”).

WCF Financial Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a WCF Financial Bank line of credit check or any type of third party check to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash. No wire transfer will be accepted. You may not designate withdrawal from WCF Financial Bank’s accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a WCF Financial Bank individual retirement account, or IRA. See “ – Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.”

You may subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to WCF Bancorp, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your WCF Financial Bank deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received before 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], which is the end of the subscription offering period. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to the address listed on the stock order form, or by delivering it in person to our main office, located at 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa. Hand-delivered stock order forms will be accepted only at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our other office.  Please do not mail stock order forms to WCF Financial Bank’s offices.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

Please see “The Conversion and Offering – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings – Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account, or IRA. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your WCF Financial Bank individual retirement account, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account you may have at WCF Financial Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds to purchase shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

See “The Conversion and Offering – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings – Payment for Shares” and “– Using Individual Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering.

Market for Common Stock

Existing publicly held shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock are quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace operated by the OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “WCFB.” Upon completion of the conversion, the shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp will be exchanged for the existing shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp, and we expect the shares of WCF Bancorp common stock to continue to be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace under the symbol “WCFB.” As of [voting record date], Webster City Federal Bancorp had approximately ____ registered market makers in its common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

Our Dividend Policy

Webster City Federal Bancorp currently pays a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share, or $0.20 per share on an annualized basis. Following completion of the stock offering, WCF Bancorp’s board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on shares of its common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. After the completion of the conversion, we intend to continue to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. Initially, we expect the quarterly dividends to be $0.05 per share, which equals $0.20 per share on an annualized basis and an annual yield of 2.5% based on the offering price of $8.00 per share. We cannot guarantee that we will pay dividends or that, if paid, we will not reduce or eliminate dividends in the future. Any determination to pay dividends on our common stock will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. Our ability to pay dividends to stockholders may depend, in part, upon capital distributions we receive from WCF Financial Bank.

 



 

12


Table of Contents

For information regarding our proposed dividend policy, see “Our Dividend Policy.” For information regarding our recent dividend payment history, see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Market for the Common Stock.”

Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 9,425 shares of common stock in the offering, representing less than 1.0% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $8.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Following the conversion, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own 16,888 shares of common stock, or 1.0% of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the minimum of the offering range, which includes shares they currently own that will be exchanged for shares of WCF Bancorp.

See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers” for more information on the proposed purchases of shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers.

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings is 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend this deadline. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

See “The Conversion and Offering – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings – Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering.

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Federal regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to certify that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights or the shares that you are purchasing. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the order form, you cannot add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. You may only add those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit and loan accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation if there is an oversubscription.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock    

All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form by our transfer agent. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and offering or the next business day. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions described below in “ – Conditions to Completion of the Conversion.” Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they purchased in the offering, even though the common stock will have begun trading.   Your ability to sell your shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

We cannot complete the conversion and offering unless:

 

    The plan of conversion is approved by a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (depositors and eligible borrowers of WCF Financial Bank) as of [voting record date];

 

    The plan of conversion is approved by Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp as of [voting record date], including shares held by WCF Financial, M.H.C.;

 

    The plan of conversion is approved by Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp as of [voting record date], excluding shares held by WCF Financial, M.H.C.;

 

    We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered in the offering; and

 

    We receive approval for the conversion and offering from the Federal Reserve Board.

WCF Financial, M.H.C. intends to vote its shares in favor of the plan of conversion. At [voting record date], WCF Financial, M.H.C. owned 82.7% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp. The directors and executive officers of Webster City Federal Bancorp and their affiliates owned 14,652 shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp, or less than 1.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock and 2.8% of the outstanding shares of common stock, excluding shares held by WCF Financial, M.H.C. They intend to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 1,381,250 shares of common stock, we may take several steps to sell the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:

 

  (i) increase the purchase and ownership limitations; and/or

 

  (ii) seek regulatory approval to extend the offering beyond [extension date], so long as we resolicit subscribers who previously submitted subscriptions in the offering.

If we extend the offering past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will cancel your stock order and promptly return your funds with interest for funds received in the subscription and community offering or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and so indicated on their subscription order form will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large purchasers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 2,149,063 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $13.2 million or above $20.5 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may:

 

    terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds (with interest paid on funds received in the subscription and community offerings);

 

    set a new offering range; or

 

    take such other actions as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum for funds processed for purchases in the subscription and community offerings, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. We will then resolicit subscribers, allowing them to place a new stock order within a specified period of time.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meetings of members of WCF Financial, M.H.C. and of stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp that have been called to vote on the conversion, and at any time after these approvals with regulatory approval. If we terminate the offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

 



 

15


Table of Contents

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of WCF Financial Bank employees which we are implementing in connection with the conversion, to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock that we sell in the offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan’s subscription order will not be filled and the employee stock ownership plan may elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

We intend to implement a stock-based benefit plan no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of this plan would be required. We have not determined whether we would adopt the plan within or after 12 months following the completion of the conversion. If we implement a stock-based benefit plan within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plan would be limited to reserving a number of shares (i) up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and (ii) up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options by key employees and directors. If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, it would not be subject to the percentage limitations set forth above. We have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under the plan. For a description of our current stock-based benefit plan, see “Management – Stock Benefit Plan – Stock-Based Incentive Plan.”

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are available under a stock-based benefit plan if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% and 10% of the shares sold in the offering for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all qualifying employees.

 



 

16


Table of Contents
     Number of Shares to be Granted or
Purchased
    Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock-Based
Benefit  Plans
    Value of Grants (In
Thousands) (1)
 
   At
Minimum of
Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum
of Offering
Range
     As a
Percentage
of Common
Stock
Outstanding
Upon
Completion
of the
Offering
         
             At
Minimum of
Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum of
Offering
Range
 

Employee stock ownership plan

     110,500         171,925         8.0     N/A  (2)     $ 884,000       $ 1,375,400   

Restricted stock awards

     55,250         85,963         4.0        3.24     442,000         687,704   

Stock options

     138,125         214,906         10.0        7.74     145,031         225,651   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     303,875         472,794         22.0     10.50   $ 1,471,031       $ 2,288,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $8.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $1.05 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $8.00; an expected option term of 10 years; a dividend yield of 2.5%; a risk-free rate of return of 2.27%; and expected volatility of 14.13%. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
(2) No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the stock offering.

We may fund our stock-based benefit plan through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock.

Tax Consequences

WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank and WCF Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, and have received an opinion of RSM US LLP regarding the material Iowa tax consequences of the conversion. As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank, WCF Bancorp, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp (except for cash paid for fractional shares). Existing stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp who receive cash in lieu of fractional shares of WCF Bancorp will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information – Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [Stock Center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

 



 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are not in a growth market area, and adverse economic conditions, especially those affecting our market area, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions in our market area which consists primarily of north central and northeastern Iowa. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, we provide banking and financial services to customers primarily in this area. At December 31, 2015, 100% of our loans were secured by real estate or business operations located in Iowa. The local economic conditions in our market area, therefore, have a significant impact on our lending, the ability of the borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing loans.

Our market area is sparsely populated, largely rural and agricultural and has experienced a population decline. It also has limited industrial development compared to more urban and suburban areas. The total populations for Hamilton and Buchanan County, according to the United States Census Bureau in 2015, were approximately 15,000 and 21,000, respectively. According to SNL Financial, the population in Buchanan County has increased 0.40% between the years 2010 to 2015, while the population in Hamilton County has decreased 4.82% between the years 2010 to 2015.

A deterioration in economic conditions could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations:

 

    demand for our products and services may decline;

 

    loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

    collateral for loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ future borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans; and

 

    the net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.

Moreover, a significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could further impact our local economy which would negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our small asset size makes it more difficult for us to compete.

Our small asset size makes it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions which are larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our principal source of income is the interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits and other sources of funds (our net interest income), our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors. In addition, our smaller customer base makes it difficult to generate meaningful non-interest income from such activities as securities and insurance brokerage. As a smaller institution, we are also disproportionately affected by the ongoing higher costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations. Finally, our small size makes it difficult to attract and retain banking professionals with strong community relationships and significant knowledge of our markets difficult.

We are subject to specific market risks due to the dependence by many of our customers on an agriculture economy.

Our lending activities are concentrated in the north central Iowa County of Hamilton, the northeastern Iowa County of Buchanan and their contiguous counties, which are largely rural and agricultural. We do not originate agriculture loans, however, a substantial number of our customers are dependent upon the agricultural economy in our market area, which includes numerous risks that are inherently volatile and impossible to predict or control. These risks include weather-related risks, the value of farm land, market prices for crops and other agricultural products, federal and state regulation of farming, and the presence of diseases and other external factors which may affect any of the foregoing. A downturn in the agricultural economy in our market area would likely have a negative effect on many of our customers and could impact their ability to make timely repayments of their existing loans.

We rely on our management team for the successful implementation of our business strategy.

Our future success will be largely due to the efforts of our senior management team, including Stephen L. Mourlam, our President and Chief Executive Officer who has 37 years of financial institution work experience, and Kyle R. Swon, our Senior Vice President who has 29 years of financial institution work experience. Because we are a small community savings bank with a small management team, each member of our senior management team has more responsibility than his or her counterpart typically would have at a larger institution with more employees, and we have fewer management-level personnel who are in a position to assume the responsibilities of our senior management team. Accordingly, the loss of services of either of these individuals may have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business plan.

A continuation of the historically low interest rate environment may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

In recent years the Federal Reserve Board’s policy has been to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, market interest rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased have been at historically low levels for several years. The average yield on our interest-earning assets was 3.58% and 3.70% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our ability to lower our interest expense is limited at current interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. A continuation of a low interest rate environment will likely continue to adversely affect our net interest income, which would likely have an adverse effect on our profitability.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our emphasis on one- to four-family residential real estate loans exposes us to increased credit risks. Declines in property values can increase the loan-to-value ratios on our residential mortgage loan portfolio, which could expose us to greater risk of loss.

At December 31, 2015, $46.5 million, or 80.1% of our loan portfolio, was secured by owner-occupied, one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Declines in real estate values in our market area could cause some of these mortgages to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

Residential loans with high combined loan-to-value ratios are more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and, therefore, may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, such borrowers may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale proceeds. As a result, these loans may experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses.

We expect to continue to increase our originations of consumer loans, including automobile loans, and such loans generally carry greater risk than loans secured by owner-occupied, one- to four-family real estate, and these risks will increase as we continue to increase originations of these types of loans.

At December 31, 2015, our consumer loans totaled $4.5 million, or 7.8% of our total loan portfolio, of which $2.7 million, or 60.0%, were automobile loans. At that date, we had consumer loans delinquent 60 days or more of $72,000, or 6.4% of total delinquent loans 60 days or more past due. Consumer loans generally have greater risk of loss or default than one- to four-family residential real estate loans, particularly in the case of loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles, or loans that are unsecured. In these cases, we face the risk that any collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. Thus, the recovery and sale of such property could be insufficient to compensate us for the principal outstanding on these loans. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit our ability to recover on such loans. As we increase our originations of consumer loans, it may become necessary to increase our provision for loan losses in the event our losses on these loans increase, which would reduce our profits.

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business. The failure to do so may adversely affect our performance.

We are a community bank and our reputation is one of the most valuable assets of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our market area and contiguous areas. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers or otherwise, our business and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

20


Table of Contents

We participate in a defined benefit pension plan for the benefit of certain of our employees. If we were to terminate this plan, we could incur a substantial expense in connection with the termination.

We participate in a defined benefit pension plan for the benefit of our employees who were employees prior to November 1, 2008. In the future we may choose to terminate or withdraw from the plan, and the expense that would be incurred in connection with such a termination would be primarily dependent upon the value of the plan’s assets at the time of termination, general market interest rates and any additional expense imposed on termination. Based on the value of the plan’s assets and market interest rates at December 31, 2015, the approximate cost to terminate or withdraw from the plan would be $1.2 million. If we choose to terminate the plan in the future, we could incur a substantial expense.

Competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is strong. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, some of our competitors offer loans with lower interest rates on more attractive terms than loans that we offer, and we expect this competition to continue in the foreseeable future. Competition also makes it more difficult and costly to attract and retain qualified employees. We expect competition to increase in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For additional information see “Business of WCF Financial Bank – Competition.”

Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits.

Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between:

 

    the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and

 

    the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

The rates we earn on our assets and the rates we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Like many savings institutions, our liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on our liabilities. In a period of declining interest rates, the interest income we earn on our assets may decrease more rapidly than the interest we pay on our liabilities, as borrowers prepay mortgage loans, and mortgage-backed securities and callable investment securities are called, requiring us to reinvest those cash flows at lower interest rates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Market Risk.”

 

21


Table of Contents

In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates results in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities.

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. While we pursue an asset/liability strategy designed to mitigate our risk from changes in interest rates, such changes can still have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect our ability to originate real estate loans, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings.

At December 31, 2015, our “economic value of equity” analysis prepared by our third party consultant indicates that value of our equity would decrease by $2.2 million, or 12.2%, if there was an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in market interest rates. However, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet or projected operating results. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Market Risk.”

We could record future losses on our investment securities portfolio.

A number of factors could cause us to conclude that an unrealized loss that exists with respect to our securities constitutes an impairment that is other-than-temporary, which could result in material losses to us. These factors include, but are not limited to, continued failure to make scheduled interest payments, an increase in the severity of the unrealized loss on a particular security, an increase in the continuous duration of the unrealized loss without an improvement in value or changes in market conditions and/or industry or issuer specific factors that would render us unable to forecast a full recovery in value.

A significant percentage of our assets is invested in securities and cash and cash equivalents, which typically have a lower yield than our loan portfolio.

Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income. At December 31, 2015, 42.8% of our assets was invested in investment securities, time deposits in other financial institutions and cash and cash equivalents. These investments yield substantially less than the loans we hold in our portfolio. While we intend to invest a greater proportion of our assets in loans with the goal of increasing our net interest income, we may not be able to increase originations of loans that are acceptable to us.

Our cost of operations is high relative to our revenues.

Our non-interest expense totaled $3.1 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We continue to analyze our expenses and achieve efficiencies where available. Although we strive to generate increases in both net interest income and non-interest income, our efficiency ratio remains high as a result of operating expenses. Our efficiency ratio totaled 83.7% and 83.2% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

22


Table of Contents

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Our allowance for loan losses was 0.9% of total loans and 64.0% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2015. Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.

In addition, the OCC periodically reviews our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by bank regulatory authorities may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and/or increase our costs of operations.

Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of federal deposit insurance funds and the depositors and borrowers of WCF Financial Bank, rather than for our stockholders. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. These regulations, along with existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance and monetary laws, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations affect the way financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. Further, changes in accounting standards can be both difficult to predict and involve judgment and discretion in their interpretation by us and our independent accounting firms. These changes could materially impact, potentially even retroactively, how we report our financial condition and results of operations, as could our interpretation of such changes.

The Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure, and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies have been given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, some of which are not in final form. Consequently, the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for years.

 

23


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets continue to be examined for compliance with consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakened the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which limits our ability to borrow at the holding company level and invest the proceeds from such borrowings in WCF Financial Bank, and excludes certain instruments that previously were eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.

The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business may not be known until all regulations affecting community banks under the statute are implemented. As a result, at this time we do not know the full extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act will impact our business, operations or financial condition. However, compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations and policies has already resulted in changes to our business and operations, as well as additional costs, and diverted management’s time from other business activities, which adversely affects our financial condition and results of operations.

We have become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which will adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or limit our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares.

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies approved a final rule implementing the regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”) and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were effective for us on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from prior rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. WCF Financial Bank has elected to opt out of the requirement under the final rule to include certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings for calculating its regulatory capital requirements. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and, when fully phased in, will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement began to be phased in effective January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

 

24


Table of Contents

We have analyzed the effects of these new capital requirements, and we believe that, upon completion of the offering, we would meet all of these new requirements, including the full 2.5% capital conservation buffer, as if these new requirements had been in full effect as of December 31, 2015.

The application of more stringent capital requirements likely will result in lower returns on equity, and could require raising additional capital in the future, or result in regulatory actions if we are unable to comply with capital requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, change our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. The implementation of changes to: asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations; items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers, could result in management modifying our business strategy, and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or repurchasing our shares. See “Supervision and Regulation – Federal Bank Regulation – Capital Requirements.”

Non-compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions.

The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on conducting acquisitions or establishing new branches. During the last year, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. The policies and procedures we have adopted that are designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations.

The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.

As a result of the completion of the conversion and offering, we will become a public reporting company. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a stand-alone public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we would expect to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. In addition, we may need to hire additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our management’s attention from our operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as modified by the JOBS Act. We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting, that may occur when outside auditors attest to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. Taking advantage of any of these exemptions may adversely affect the value and trading price of our common stock.

Proposed and final regulations could restrict our ability to originate and sell loans.

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued a rule intended to clarify how lenders can avoid legal liability under the Dodd-Frank Act, which holds lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage. Under the rule, loans that meet the “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:

 

    excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans);

 

    interest-only payments;

 

    negative amortization; and

 

    terms of longer than 30 years.

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a loan must be made to a borrower whose total monthly debt-to-income ratio does not exceed 43%. Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify a borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments.

 

26


Table of Contents

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the regulatory agencies to issue regulations that require securitizers of loans to retain “not less than 5% of the credit risk for any asset that is not a qualified residential mortgage.” The regulatory agencies have issued a final rule to implement this requirement. The final rule provides that the definition of “qualified residential mortgage” includes loans that meet the definition of qualified mortgage issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

The final rule could have a significant effect on the secondary market for loans and the types of loans we originate, and restrict our ability to make loans. Similarly, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule on qualified mortgages could limit our ability or desire to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, which could limit our growth or profitability.

We could be adversely affected by failure in our internal controls.

A failure in our internal controls could have a significant negative impact not only on our earnings, but also on the perception that customers, regulators and investors may have of us. We continue to devote a significant amount of effort, time and resources to continually strengthening our controls and ensuring compliance with complex accounting standards and banking regulations.

Cyber-attacks or other security breaches could adversely affect our operations, net income or reputation.

We regularly collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others and concerning our business, operations, plans and strategies. In some cases, this confidential or proprietary information is collected, compiled, processed, transmitted or stored by third parties on our behalf.

Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial and other transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks and mobile phishing. A failure in or breach of our operational or information security systems, or those of our third-party service providers, as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches or due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions, could adversely affect our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs or cause losses.

If this confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could be exposed to significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage, civil litigation and financial loss.

Although we employ a variety of physical, procedural and technological safeguards to protect this confidential and proprietary information from mishandling, misuse or loss, these safeguards do not provide absolute assurance that mishandling, misuse or loss of the information will not occur, and that if mishandling, misuse or loss of information does occur, those events will be promptly detected and addressed. Similarly, when confidential or proprietary information is collected, compiled, processed, transmitted or stored by third parties on our behalf, our policies and procedures require that the third party agree to maintain the confidentiality of the information, establish and maintain policies and procedures designed to preserve the confidentiality of the information, and permit us to confirm the third party’s compliance with the terms of the agreement. As information security risks and cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

 

27


Table of Contents

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities, deposits, and loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur and may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

In addition, we outsource some of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to the Offering

The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $8.00 purchase price per share in the offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $8.00 purchase price in the offering. In many cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After the shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of WCF Bancorp and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations in our common stock may be unrelated to our operating performance.

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

We intend to invest between $4.9 million and $6.9 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $8.0 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in WCF Financial Bank. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments and for general corporate purposes, including repurchasing shares of our common stock and paying dividends. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan to our employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of

 

28


Table of Contents

common stock in the offering. WCF Financial Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of funding the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and when we apply or reinvest such proceeds. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, may require the approval of the OCC or the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to invest the net proceeds. Our failure to reinvest these funds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average stockholders’ equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of financial institutions. Our return on equity will be low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Our return on equity also will be negatively affected by added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt, and may be negatively affected by higher minimum regulatory capital requirements. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income and leverage the capital raised in the stock offering, we expect our return on equity to be low, which may reduce the market price of our shares of common stock.

There is currently a limited public market for our common stock and it is unlikely that an active, liquid market for our common stock will develop after completion of the offering.

Our common stock currently trades in the over-the-counter market and an active market for the common stock has yet to develop. Our common stock will continue to trade in the over-the-counter market after the completion of the offering. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan and our directors and executive officers, is likely to be quite limited. Accordingly, an active, liquid trading market for our common stock is unlikely to develop and shareholders may not be able to sell their shares of our common stock at the volume, prices and times desired. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest will lead to a more active trading market in our common stock. The lack of an established market or an active market for our common stock after this offering could have a material adverse effect on the value and liquidity of an investment in our common stock.

Our stock-based benefit plan will increase our expenses and reduce our income.

We intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan after the conversion, subject to stockholder approval, which will increase our annual compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and stock awards granted to participants under the plan. The actual amount of this stock-related compensation and benefit expense will depend on the number of options and stock awards granted under the plan, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period, and other factors which we cannot predict at this time. If we adopt a stock-based benefit plan within 12 months following the conversion, the shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under such plan would be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the shares of our common stock sold in the stock offering. If we adopt a stock-based benefit plan more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, we may award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts, which would further increase costs.

 

29


Table of Contents

In addition, we will recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts, and we will recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the offering for shares purchased in the offering and for our stock-based benefit plan has been estimated to be approximately $55,000 after tax at the adjusted maximum of the offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $8.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based benefit plan, see “Management – Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

The implementation of a stock-based benefit plan may dilute your ownership interest. Historically, stockholders have approved these stock-based benefit plans.

We intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan following completion of the conversion and stock offering. This plan may be funded either through open market purchases of our common stock or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of our common stock to fund this plan will be subject to many factors, including applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. While our intention is to fund the stock-based benefit plan through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 10.5% dilution in ownership interest if newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options and shares of restricted common stock in amounts equal to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the offering, and all such stock options are exercised. Such dilution would also reduce earnings per share. If we adopt the plan more than 12 months following the conversion, the stock-based benefit plan would not be subject to these limitations and stockholders could experience greater dilution.

Although the implementation of a stock-based benefit plan would be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and state and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of WCF Bancorp without our board of directors’ approval. Under regulations applicable to the conversion, for a period of three years following completion of the conversion, no person may offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of our common stock without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Historically, the Federal Reserve Board (and the Office of Thrift Supervision as its predecessor agency regulating savings and loan holding companies) have not approved acquisitions of 10% or more of a converted savings institution’s common stock for a period of three years following a conversion. Moreover, under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity or group must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring control of a savings and loan holding company. There also are provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt, including a provision that prohibits any person from voting more than 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Furthermore, shares of restricted stock and stock options that we may grant to employees and directors, stock ownership by our management and directors

 

30


Table of Contents

and other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of WCF Bancorp without the consent of our board of directors. Taken as a whole, these statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and thus could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

For additional information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of WCF Bancorp” and “Management – Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”

You may not revoke your decision to purchase WCF Bancorp common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with the purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated offering. Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, LC., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in completing the conversion and offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond [extension date], or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 2,149,063 shares or decreased to fewer than 1,381,250 shares.

The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.

If the subscription rights granted to certain current or former depositors of WCF Financial Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, that it is more likely than not that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

 

31


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Webster City Federal Bancorp and its subsidiaries as of and for the periods indicated. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Webster City Federal Bancorp contained elsewhere in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear in this prospectus.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

     

Total assets

   $     112,916       $     111,235   

Cash and cash equivalents

     8,867         4,040   

Interest-bearing time deposits in banks

     2,950         5,094   

Investment securities

     36,526         40,675   

Loans, net

     57,380         55,039   

Office property and equipment, net

     4,570         4,557   

Deposits

     88,080         92,914   

FHLB advances

     8,000         1,000   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,813         2,121   

Total equity

     14,583         14,822   
     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
   2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Operations Data:

     

Interest income

   $ 3,707       $ 3,958   

Interest expense

     (613      (696
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     3,094         3,262   

Provision for loan losses

     (190      (18
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     2,904         3,244   

Noninterest income

     644         120   

Noninterest expense

     (3,145      (2,814
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     423         550   

Income tax expense

     (29      (101
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 394       $ 449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share

   $ 0.13       $ 0.15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents
     At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2015     2014  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

    

Performance Ratios:

    

Return on average assets

     0.36     0.40

Return on average equity

     2.66     3.03

Interest rate spread (1)

     2.89     2.92

Net interest margin (2)

     2.99     3.05

Efficiency ratio (3)

     83.69     83.21

Non-interest expense to average total assets

     2.85     2.52

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     116.50     119.61

Average equity to average total assets

     13.46     13.25

Asset Quality Ratios:

    

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.70     0.18

Non-performing loans to total loans, net

     1.38     0.37

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     64.01     178.71

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.88     0.66

Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans

     0.08     0.17

Capital Ratios (Bank only):

    

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     27.78     29.84

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     26.75     n/a   

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     26.75     29.07

Tier 1 capital (to total assets)

     12.24     12.34

Other Data:

    

Number of full service offices

     2        2   

 

(1) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.
(3) Represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

 

33


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may,” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

    statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;

 

    changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

    our ability to access cost-effective funding;

 

    fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions;

 

    demand for loans and deposits in our market area;

 

    our ability to implement and change our business strategies;

 

    competition with depository and other financial institutions;

 

    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, the fair value of financial instruments, our level of loan originations, or increases in the level of defaults, losses and prepayments on loans we have made and make;

 

    adverse changes in the securities markets;

 

34


Table of Contents
    changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements, including as a result of Basel III;

 

    the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing regulations;

 

    changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios;

 

    technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

 

    the inability of third-party providers to perform as expected;

 

    our ability to manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk in the current economic environment;

 

    our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

    our ability to successfully integrate into our operations any assets, liabilities, customers, systems and management personnel we may acquire and our ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames and any goodwill charges related thereto;

 

    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

    our ability to retain key employees;

 

    adverse changes in the national agriculture economy and the agriculture economy in our market area;

 

    our compensation expense associated with equity allocated or awarded to our employees; and

 

    changes in the financial condition, results of operations or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, we do not undertake, and we specifically disclaim any obligation, to release publicly the results of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

 

35


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $9.9 million and $13.8 million, or $16.0 million if the offering range is increased by 15%.

We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

     Based Upon the Sale at $8.00 Per Share of  
     1,381,250 Shares     1,625,000 Shares     1,868,750 Shares     2,149,063 Shares (1)  
     Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent of
Net
Proceeds
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Offering proceeds

   $ 11,050        $ 13,000        $ 14,950        $ 17,193     

Less offering expenses

     (1,200       (1,200       (1,200       (1,200  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net offering proceeds

   $ 9,850        100.0   $ 11,800        100.0   $ 13,750        100.0   $ 15,993        100.0
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Distribution of net proceeds:

                

To WCF Financial Bank

   $ 4,925        50.0   $ 5,900        50.0   $ 6,875        50.0   $ 7,996        50.0

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

   $ 884        9.0   $ 1,040        8.8   $ 1,196        8.7   $ 1,375        8.6

Retained by WCF Bancorp

   $ 4,041        41.0   $ 4,860        41.2   $ 5,679        41.3   $ 6,622        41.4

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of WCF Financial Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if all shares were not sold in the subscription and community offerings and a portion of the shares were sold in a syndicated offering.

WCF Bancorp may use the proceeds it retains from the offering:

 

    to invest in securities;

 

    to pay cash dividends to stockholders;

 

    to repurchase shares of our common stock;

 

    to finance the potential acquisition of financial institutions or financial services companies, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

See “Our Dividend Policy” for a discussion of our expected dividend policy following the completion of the conversion. Under current federal regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval, or except to fund the granting of restricted stock awards (which would require notification to the Federal Reserve Board) or tax qualified employee stock benefit plans.

 

36


Table of Contents

WCF Financial Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

    to fund new loans;

 

    to enhance existing products and services, hire additional employees and/or support growth and the development of new products and services;

 

    to expand its retail banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity;

 

    to invest in securities; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities. We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions. The use of the proceeds may also change depending on our ability to receive regulatory approval to establish new branches or acquire other financial institutions.

We expect our return on equity to be low until we are able to reinvest effectively the additional capital raised in the offering. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, we expect our return on equity to be below the industry average, which may negatively affect the value of our common stock. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Offering – Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse effect on our financial performance.”

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

Webster City Federal Bancorp currently pays a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share, or $0.20 per share on an annualized basis. After the completion of the conversion and offering, we intend to continue to pay cash dividends on a quarterly basis. Initially, we expect the quarterly dividends to be $0.05 per share, which equals $0.20 per share on an annualized basis and an annual yield of 2.5% based on the offering price of $8.00 per share. The amount of dividends to be paid will be subject to our capital requirements, our financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations, and general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends in the future, or that any such dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.

WCF Bancorp will not be permitted to pay dividends on its common stock if its stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established by WCF Bancorp in connection with the conversion. The source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by WCF Bancorp and earnings thereon, and dividends from WCF Financial Bank. In addition, WCF

 

37


Table of Contents

Bancorp will be subject to state law limitations and federal bank regulatory policy on the payment of dividends. Iowa law generally limits dividends if the corporation would not be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business after giving effect to the dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the corporation’s total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the distribution.

After the completion of the conversion, WCF Financial Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to WCF Bancorp, its sole stockholder, if WCF Financial Bank’s stockholder’s equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. In addition, WCF Financial Bank will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. WCF Financial Bank must file an application with the Federal Reserve Board for approval of a capital distribution if the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of WCF Financial Bank’s net income for that year to date plus its retained net income for the preceding two years, or WCF Financial Bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution.

Any payment of dividends by WCF Financial Bank to WCF Bancorp that would be deemed to be drawn from WCF Financial Bank’s bad debt reserves established prior to 1988, if any, would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by WCF Financial Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the pre-1988 bad debt reserves for such distribution. WCF Financial Bank does not intend to make any distribution that would create such a federal tax liability. See “The Conversion and Offering – Liquidation Rights.” For further information concerning additional federal law and regulations regarding the ability of WCF Financial Bank to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends to WCF Bancorp, see “Taxation – Federal Taxation.”

We will file a consolidated federal tax return with WCF Financial Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal tax purposes. Additionally, during the three-year period following the conversion, we will not be permitted to make any capital distribution to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace under the symbol “WCFB.” Upon completion of the conversion, we expect that the shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp will continue to be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace under the same symbol “WCFB.” In order to have our shares quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace, we are required to have at least one broker-dealer who will make a market in our common stock. As of [voting record date], Webster City Federal Bancorp had approximately          registered market makers in its common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but is under no obligation to do so.

The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee

 

38


Table of Contents

stock ownership plan and our directors and executive officers, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $8.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock for the periods indicated, as obtained from the OTC Pink Marketplace, and the dividends declared during the periods. As of the close of business on [voting record date], there were 3,019,005 shares of common stock outstanding, including 522,476 publicly held shares (shares held by stockholders other than WCF Financial, M.H.C.), and approximately ____ stockholders of record.

 

     Price Per Share      Dividends Per
Share
 
     High      Low     

Year Ending December 31, 2016

        

Second quarter (through [voting record date])

   $         $         $     

First quarter

   $         $         $ 0.05   

Year Ended December 31, 2015

        

Fourth quarter

   $ 7.65       $ 7.25       $ 0.05   

Third quarter

   $ 7.75       $ 7.30       $ 0.05   

Second quarter

   $ 7.75       $ 7.15       $ 0.04   

First quarter

   $ 7.95       $ 7.16       $ —     

Year Ended December 31, 2014

        

Fourth quarter

   $ 8.48       $ 6.91       $ —     

Third quarter

   $ 7.10       $ 6.85       $ —     

Second quarter

   $ 7.15       $ 6.75       $ —     

First quarter

   $ 7.10       $ 6.80       $ —     

On March 3, 2016, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, and on May        , 2016, the closing prices of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock as reported on the OTC Pink Marketplace were $7.12 per share and $             per share, respectively. On the effective date of the conversion, all publicly held shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock, including shares of common stock held by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion and Offering – Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” The above table reflects actual prices and has not been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio. See “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.”

 

39


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At December 31, 2015, WCF Financial Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of WCF Financial Bank at December 31, 2015, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of WCF Financial Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $8.00 per share. The table also compares historical and pro forma capital levels to those required to be considered “well capitalized.” The table assumes the receipt by WCF Financial Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

     WCF Financial Bank
Historical at

December 31, 2015
    Pro Forma at December 31, 2015, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of  
       1,381,250 Shares     1,625,000 Shares     1,868,750 Shares     2,149,063 Shares (1)  
     Amount      Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
    Amount     Percent of
Assets
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

   $ 13,179         11.67   $ 16,778        14.40   $ 17,519        14.94   $ 18,260        15.47   $ 19,112        16.08
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Tier 1 leverage capital (2)(3)

   $ 13,024         12.24   $ 16,623        15.11   $ 17,364        15.68   $ 18,105        16.24   $ 18,957        16.87

Tier 1 leverage requirement

     5,321         5.00        5,501        5.00        5,538        5.00        5,575        5.00        5,618        5.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 7,703         7.24   $ 11,122        10.11   $ 11,826        10.68   $ 12,530        11.24   $ 13,339        11.87
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital (2)(3)

   $ 13,024         26.75   $ 16,623        33.64   $ 17,364        35.03   $ 18,105        36.42   $ 18,957        38.00

Tier 1 risk-based requirement

     3,896         8.00        3,953        8.00        3,965        8.00        3,977        8.00        3,990        8.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 9,128         18.75   $ 12,670        25.64   $ 13,399        27.03   $ 14,128        28.42   $ 14,967        30.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based
capital (2)(3)

   $ 13,529         27.78   $ 17,128        34.66   $ 17,869        36.05   $ 18,610        37.44   $ 19,462        39.02

Total risk-based
requirement

     4,869         10.00        4,941        10.00        4,956        10.00        4,971        10.00        4,988        10.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 8,660         17.78   $ 12,187        24.66   $ 12,913        26.05   $ 13,639        27.44   $ 14,473        29.02
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital (2)(3)

   $ 13,024         26.75   $ 16,623        33.64   $ 17,364        35.03   $ 18,105        36.42   $ 18,957        38.00

Common equity tier 1 
risk-based requirement

     3,165         6.50        3,212        6.50        3,222        6.50        3,231        6.50        3,242        6.50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 9,859         20.25   $ 13,411        27.14   $ 14,142        28.53   $ 14,874        29.92   $ 15,714        31.50
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of capital infused into WCF Financial Bank:

  

               

Net proceeds

  

  $ 4,925        $ 5,900        $ 6,875        $ 7,996     

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

  

    (442       (520       (598       (688  

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

   

    (884       (1,040       (1,196       (1,375  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase

  

  $ 3,599        $ 4,340        $ 5,081        $ 5,933     
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Tier 1 leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total average assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.

 

40


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Webster City Federal Bancorp at December 31, 2015 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of WCF Bancorp after giving effect to the conversion and offering based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

     Webster City
Federal Bancorp
Historical at
December 31,
2015
    Pro Forma at December 31, 2015
Based upon the Sale in the Offering at
$8.00 per Share of
 
       1,381,250
Shares
    1,625,000
Shares
    1,868,750
Shares
    2,149,063
Shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits (2)

   $ 88,080      $ 87,412      $ 87,412      $ 87,412      $ 87,412   

Borrowed funds

     8,000        8,000        8,000        8,000        8,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 96,080      $ 95,412      $ 95,412      $ 95,412      $ 95,412   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

          

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion) (3)

     —          —          —          —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (3) (4)

     433        16        19        22        26   

Additional paid-in capital (3)

     9,634        7,689        9,636        11,583        13,821   

MHC capital contribution

     —          1,029        1,029        1,029        1,029   

Retained earnings (5)

     16,635        16,635        16,635        16,635        16,635   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     93        93        93        93        93   

Less:

          

Treasury stock

     (12,212     —          —          —          —     

Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (6)

     —          (884     (1,040     (1,196     (1,375

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plan (7)

     —          (442     (520     (598     (688
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 14,583      $ 24,136      $ 25,852      $ 27,568      $ 29,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Shares Outstanding

          

Shares offered for sale

     —          1,381,250        1,625,000        1,868,750        2,149,063   

Exchange shares issued

     —          266,190        313,165        360,140        414,161   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares outstanding

     —          1,647,440        1,938,165        2,228,890        2,563,224   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets

     12.91     19.84     20.95     22.04     23.25

Tangible equity as a percentage of total assets

     12.84     19.78     20.89     21.98     23.19

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) Webster City Federal Bancorp currently has 20,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, and 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, $0.10 par value per share. On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock to be outstanding.
(4) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of WCF Bancorp common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under a stock-based benefit plan. If the plan is implemented within the first year after the closing of the offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of WCF Bancorp common stock sold in the offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plan. See “Management.”
(5) The retained earnings of WCF Financial Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering – Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation – Dividends.”

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

41


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(6) Assumes that 8% of the shares sold in the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from WCF Bancorp. The loan will be repaid principally from WCF Financial Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since WCF Bancorp will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on WCF Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased for grant by a stock-based benefit plan. The funds to be used by such plan to purchase the shares will be provided by WCF Bancorp. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $8.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. WCF Bancorp will accrue compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to such stock-based benefit plans and will credit capital in an amount equal to the charge to operations. Implementation of such plan will require stockholder approval.

 

42


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following table summarizes historical data of Webster City Federal Bancorp and pro forma data of WCF Bancorp at and for the year ended December 31, 2015. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion.

The net proceeds in the table are based upon the following assumptions:

 

  (i) all of the shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription and community offerings;

 

  (ii) our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering with a loan from WCF Bancorp. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at the prime rate of interest, as may be adjusted annually) over 25 years. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by WCF Financial Bank. The effect on earnings for the employee stock ownership plan is the cost of amortizing the combined loan over 25 years, net of historical expense for the year ended December 31, 2015; and

 

  (iii) total expenses of the offering will be $1.2 million.

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the period at an assumed interest rate of 1.76% (1.10% on an after-tax basis). This represents the yield on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of December 31, 2015, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate federal regulations require that we assume in presenting pro forma data.

We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:

 

    the yield on the U.S Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources; and

 

    we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. For pro forma earnings per share calculations, we adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of the year, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma table gives effect to the implementation of a stock-based benefit plan. We have assumed that a stock-based benefit plan will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We have assumed that awards of common stock granted under such plan vest over a five-year period.

 

43


Table of Contents

We also have assumed that options will be granted under a stock-based benefit plan to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. In preparing the table below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $8.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $1.05 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 14.13% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 2.5%, an expected option term of 10 years and a risk-free rate of return of 2.27%.

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under a stock-based benefit plan in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering and that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the completion of the stock offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to WCF Financial Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering. We will use a portion of the proceeds we retain to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma table does not give effect to:

 

    withdrawals from deposit accounts to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering;

 

    our results of operations after the stock offering; or

 

    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

The following pro forma information may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the dates on which the offering actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities. The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation accounts to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of WCF Financial Bank, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “The Conversion and Offering – Liquidation Rights.”

 

44


Table of Contents
     At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Based upon the Sale at $8.00 Per Share of
 
     1,381,250
Shares
    1,625,000
Shares
    1,868,750
Shares
    2,149,063
Shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 11,050      $ 13,000      $ 14,950      $ 17,193   

Market value of shares issued in the exchange

     2,130        2,505        2,881        3,313   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 13,180      $ 15,505      $ 17,831      $ 20,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 11,050      $ 13,000      $ 14,950      $ 17,193   

Expenses

     (1,200     (1,200     (1,200     (1,200
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

     9,850        11,800        13,750        15,993   

Assets received from mutual holding company

     1,029        1,029        1,029        1,029   

Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan

     (884     (1,040     (1,196     (1,375

Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plan

     (442     (520     (598     (688
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted

   $ 9,553      $ 11,269      $ 12,985      $ 14,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

        

Consolidated net earnings:

        

Historical

   $ 394      $ 394      $ 394      $ 394   

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     94        113        132        154   

Income on assets from mutual holding company

     7        7        7        7   

Employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (22     (26     (30     (34

Stock awards (3)

     (55     (65     (75     (86

Stock options (4)

     (26     (31     (36     (41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

   $ 392      $ 392      $ 392      $ 394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (5):

        

Historical

   $ 0.26      $ 0.22      $ 0.19      $ 0.16   

Income on adjusted net proceeds

     0.06        0.06        0.06        0.06   

Employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.01     (0.01

Stock awards (3)

     (0.04     (0.04     (0.04     (0.04

Stock options (4)

     (0.02     (0.02     (0.02     (0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share (5)

   $ 0.25      $ 0.21      $ 0.18      $ 0.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share

     32.00x        38.10x        44.44x        53.33x   

Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations

     1,541,360        1,813,365        2,085370        2,398,176   

At December 31, 2015

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Historical

   $ 14,583      $ 14,583      $ 14,583      $ 14,583   

Estimated net proceeds

     9,850        11,800        13,750        15,993   

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

     1,029        1,029        1,029        1,029   

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (884     (1,040     (1,196     (1,375

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plans (3)

     (442     (520     (598     (688
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity (6)

   $ 24,136      $ 25,852      $ 27,568      $ 29,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

   $ (75   $ (75   $ (75   $ (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity (6)

   $ 24,061      $ 25,777      $ 27,493      $ 29,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share (7):

        

Historical

   $ 8.85      $ 7.52      $ 6.54      $ 5.69   

Estimated net proceeds

     5.98        6.09        6.17        6.24   

Equity increase from the mutual holding company

     0.62        0.53        0.46        0.40   

Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan (2)

     (0.54     (0.54     (0.54     (0.54

Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan (3)

     (0.27     (0.27     (0.27     (0.27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)

   $ 14.64      $ 13.33      $ 12.36      $ 11.52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets

   $ (0.05   $ (0.04   $ (0.03   $ (0.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (6) (7)

   $ 14.59      $ 13.29      $ 12.33      $ 11.49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     54.64     60.02     64.72     69.44

Offering price as percentage of pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share

     54.83     60.20     64.88     69.63

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

     1,647,440        1,938,165        2,228,890        2,563,224   

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

45


Table of Contents
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from WCF Bancorp, and the outstanding loan with respect to existing shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp held by the employee stock ownership plan will be refinanced and consolidated with the new loan. WCF Financial Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. WCF Financial Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 25 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718-40, “Compensation – Stock Compensation – Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by WCF Financial Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 37.3%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 4,420, 5,200, 5,980 and 6,877 shares were committed to be released during the year at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for net income per share calculations.
(3) Assumes a stock-based benefit plan purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering. Stockholder approval of the plan and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from WCF Bancorp or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by WCF Bancorp. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $8.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2015, and (iii) the plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 37.3%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plan and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.85%.
(4) Assumes that options are granted under a stock-based benefit plan to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares sold in the offering. Stockholder approval of the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plan, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $8.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $1.05 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 37.3%. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used and the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $8.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares used to satisfy the exercise of options comes from authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 9.09%.
(5) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock that will be exchanged for shares of WCF Bancorp common stock in the conversion. See “The Conversion and Offering – Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the year. See note 2, above. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.
(6) The retained earnings of WCF Financial Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion and Offering – Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation – Dividends.”

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

46


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(7) Per share figures include publicly held shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock that will be exchanged for shares of WCF Bancorp common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint and maximum of the offering range, respectively. The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 0.5095, 0.5994, 0.6893 and 0.7927 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

 

47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion and analysis reflects our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Webster City Federal Bancorp and the consolidated financial statements provided in this prospectus.

Overview

Our profitability is highly dependent on our net interest income, which is the difference between our interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds.

Our net income decreased $55,000, or 12.3%, to $394,000, or $0.13 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $449,000, or $0.15 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was due to a decrease in interest income and increases in our provision for loan losses and noninterest interest expense, offset in part by a decrease in interest expense and an increase in total noninterest income. The increase in our provision for loan losses, which increased $172,000 to $190,000 for 2015 from $18,000 for 2014, reflected management’s ongoing assessment of the risks inherent in our loan portfolio, including increases in consumer loans and general concerns about our marker area economy which is largely dependent on farming and agriculture.

An increase in interest rates will present us with a challenge in managing our interest rate risk. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which can result in interest expense increasing more rapidly than interest income as interest rates increase. Therefore, increases in interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations. As described in “ – Market Risk,” we expect that our net interest income and our net portfolio value would decrease as a result of an instantaneous increase in interest rates. We use a variety of strategies to help manage interest rate risk, as described in “ – Market Risk.” In addition, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business – Future changes in interest rates may reduce our profits.”

Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, our profitability depends primarily on the general economic conditions in north central and northeastern Iowa. Local economic conditions have a significant impact on our lending operations, the ability of our borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Although we do not originate agricultural real estate or agricultural business loans, our market are is largely rural and agricultural. Accordingly, the agricultural economy generally has a significant effect on the financial stability of many of our customers. In addition, changes in economic conditions could result in increased actual losses or increased losses inherent in our loan portfolio, either of which could require us to significantly increase our provision for loan losses. Changes in economic conditions could further negatively affect us as described in “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business – A worsening of economic conditions in our market area could reduce demand for our products and services and/or result in increases in our level of non-performing loans, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and earnings; and “– We are subject to specific market risks due to the dependence by many of our customers on an agriculture economy.”

 

48


Table of Contents

Business Strategy

Our goal is to build stockholder value by operating a well-capitalized and profitable financial institution that delivers a superior banking experience to our customers. We have sought to accomplish this objective by adopting a business strategy designed to maintain a strong capital position and high asset quality.

Our current principal business strategies are:

 

    Continuing to emphasize the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans . We will continue to emphasize the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans in our market area. At December 31, 2015, $46.5 million, or 80.1% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans, compared to $45.7 million, or 82.1% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2014. We will continue to originate these types of loans because it is a strong recurring source of interest income.

 

    Continuing to increase the origination of consumer loans .   We plan to continue to increase the origination of consumer loans, including our direct automobile loans. Our consumer loans increased $1.5 million during 2015 to $4.5 million at December 31, 2015 from $3.1 million at December 31, 2014. Our consumer loans generally carry higher interest rates and shorter maturities than our one- to four-family residential real estate loans, thereby increasing our interest income and reducing our interest rate risk. In addition, we will attempt to expand our relationships with our consumer loan borrowers with the goal of increasing our non-interest income.

 

    Applying disciplined underwriting practices to maintain the quality of our loan portfolio . We believe that strong asset quality is a key to long-term financial success. Our goal is to maintain strong asset quality with moderate credit risk. We seek to accomplish this by applying conservative underwriting standards and by pursuing diligent monitoring and collection efforts. At December 31, 2015, our nonperforming loans (loans which are 90 or more days delinquent and loans which are less than 90 days delinquent but classified as nonaccrual) were 1.38% of our total loan portfolio.

 

    Enhancing core earnings by increasing lower-cost transaction and savings accounts .   Demand, checking and money market accounts are a lower-cost source of funds than time deposits, and we have made a concerted effort to increase lower-cost transaction deposit accounts and reduce time deposits. Our ratio of core deposits (which we define as all deposit accounts except for certificate of deposit accounts) to total deposits has increased to 47.5% at December 31, 2015 from 44.0% at December 31, 2014. We plan to continue to market our core transaction accounts (primarily checking accounts), by emphasizing our high quality service and competitive pricing of these products. Additionally, we believe our implementation of additional products and improved technological services such as remote deposit capture will increase our core deposits.

 

    Managing interest rate risk . We intend to continue to manage our interest rate risk by maintaining our strategy of selling conforming, fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential real estate loans with terms of more than 20 years and increasing our originations of shorter-term consumer loans.

 

49


Table of Contents
    Growing our business by expanding our branch network .   As opportunities arise and conditions permit, we will consider opportunities to expand our branch network through whole-bank or branch acquisitions, de novo branching or both. Although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding specific acquisitions or de novo branching opportunities, our strategy is to grow our business within our consolidating market environment.

Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies are those that involve significant judgments and assumptions by management and that have, or could have, a material impact on our income or the carrying value of our assets. Our critical accounting policies are those related to our allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and the realizability of deferred tax assets. Management has discussed the development, selection and application of these critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of the board of directors.

Allowance for Loan Losses . The allowance for loan losses is the amount estimated by management as necessary to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses, which is charged against income.

Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. We consider a variety of factors in establishing this estimate including, but not limited to, current economic conditions, delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of the borrower, results of internal and external loan reviews and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates by management that may be susceptible to significant change. The allowance for loan losses has two components: general and specific as further discussed below.

The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the following loan segments: one- to four-family residential real estate loans, consumer loans, non-owner occupied one- to four-family real estate loans and commercial real estate loans and land loans. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; loan concentrations, trends in volume and terms of loans; changes in lending practices and procedures; changes in lending management and staff; changes in the value of underlying collateral; changes in the quality of the loan review system; national and local economic trends and conditions; and the effects of other external factors. There were no changes in our policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2015.

The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent or foreclosure is probable. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, we do not separately identify individual one- to four-family residential real estate loans or consumer loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) agreement.

 

50


Table of Contents

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

We periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a TDR. All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Securities .   Management periodically reviews all investment securities with significant declines in fair value for potential other-than-temporary impairment. The guidance addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether the impairment is other-than-temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. It also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities .  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. A valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets when, based upon the available evidence including historical and projected taxable income, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

Assets . Total assets increased $1.7 million, or 1.5%, to $112.9 million at December 31, 2015 from $111.2 million at December 31, 2014. The increase was due to increases in deferred taxes on income, prepaid expenses and other assets, net loans and cash and cash equivalents, offset in part by decreases in securities available-for-sale and time deposits.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Time Deposits in Other Financial Institutions .   Cash and cash equivalents increased $4.8 million, or 119.5%, to $8.9 million at December 31, 2015 from $4.0 million at December 31, 2014. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to management’s decision to increase liquidity rather than reinvest these funds in securities available-for-sale or place these funds in time deposits with other financial institutions. Time deposits in other financial institutions decreased $2.1 million, or 42.1%, to $3.0 million at December 31, 2015 from $5.1 million at December 31, 2014 reflecting their maturations.

Securities available-for-sale .   Investments in securities available-for-sale decreased $4.1 million, or 10.2%, to $36.5 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $40.7 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease resulted from management’s decision to deploy certain of these funds upon maturity into cash and cash equivalents.

 

51


Table of Contents

Net Loans .   Net loans receivable increased $2.3 million, or 4.3%, to $57.4 million at December 31, 2015 from $55.0 million at December 31, 2014. The increase in net loans receivable was due primarily to an increase of $849,000, or 1.9%, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans to $46.5 million at December 31, 2015 from $45.7 million at December 31, 2014, and an increase of $1.5 million, or 47.6%, in consumer loans, to $4.5 million at December 31, 2015 from $3.1 million at December 31, 2014, reflecting our increased emphasis on growing our consumer loan portfolio.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock .   Federal Home Loan Bank stock increased $279,000, or 160.8%, to $453,000 at December 31, 2015 from $174,000 at December 31, 2014. The increase reflects additional stock we were required to purchase as a result of our increase in FHLB advances during 2015.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets . Prepaid expenses and other assets increased $431,000, or 67.0%, to $1.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $642,000 at December 31, 2014. The increase represents the recognition of a receivable for a Tax Incremental Financing (“TIF”) agreement on our new headquarters building in Webster City. The remaining receivable balance at December 31, 2015 was $439,000 which was offset by a liability for the same amount included in “ – Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities.”

Deposits .   Total deposits decreased $4.8 million, or 5.2%, to $88.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $92.9 million at December 31, 2014. We experienced decreases in statement savings accounts of $157,000, or 1.4%, and in money market accounts of $374,000, or 3.1%. Additionally, certificates of deposit decreased $5.8 million, or 11.1%, due to the withdrawal of one public deposit of approximately $1.3 million during the year and management’s decision generally not to compete for certain longer-term retail funds with terms greater than 48 months. These decreases were offset in part by an increase in NOW accounts of $1.5 million, or 8.4%.

FHLB Advances .   FHLB Advances increased $7.0 million, or 700.0%, to $8.0 million at December 31, 2015 from $1.0 million at December 31, 2014, as we replaced deposit outflows with low cost FHLB advances.

Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities . Accrued expenses and other liabilities decreased $308,000, or 14.5%, to $1.8 million at December 31, 2015 from $2.1 million at December 31, 2014. Invoices payable to contractors decreased $426,000 to $0 at December 31, 2015 from $426,000 at December 31, 2014, due to the completion of the construction of our new headquarters. Additionally, at December 31, 2014 we had a payable of $298,000 for the repurchase and retirement of 31,455 shares of common stock. These decreases were partially offset by the addition of unearned TIF revenue of $439,000 as of December 31, 2015 as described in “ – Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets.”

Stockholders’ Equity . Total stockholders’ equity decreased $239,000, or 1.6%, to $14.6 million at December 31, 2015 from $14.8 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to aggregate dividends paid of $423,000, share repurchases of $33,000 and other comprehensive loss of $121,000, offset in part by net income of $394,000 in 2015.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Net Income . Net income was $394,000, or $0.13 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $449,000, or $0.15 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

52


Table of Contents

Interest Income . Interest income decreased $250,000, or 6.3%, to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in interest income was caused by decreases in income on loans and on investment securities, reflecting the ongoing decrease in average yields on our loan and investment securities portfolios in the current low interest rate environment. Specifically, the average yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 3.58% for 2015 from 3.70% for 2014. Additionally, the average balance of interest-earning assets decreased $3.4 million to $103.5 million for 2015 from $106.9 million for 2014.

Interest income on loans decreased $44,000, or 1.5%, to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This was due to a decrease in average yield offset in part by an increase in the average balance of loans. The average balance of loans increased $2.0 million to $56.4 million for 2015 from $54.4 million for 2014. The yield on average loans decreased 26 basis points to 5.09% for 2015 from 5.35% for 2014, due to continued repayments of higher-yielding loans and originating loans in a continuing lower interest rate environment.

Interest income on investment securities decreased $201,000, or 20.5%, to $777,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $977,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was due to a decrease in the average balance of investment securities of $4.2 million, or 9.8%, to $38.8 million for 2015 from $43.0 million for 2014, and a 27 basis point decrease in the yield on average investment securities year to year to 2.00% for 2015 from 2.27% for 2014. The decrease in the average yield on investment securities resulted primarily from an increase in the average balance of municipal securities which increased $4.8 million, or 42.1%, year to year.

Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased $83,000, or 11.9%, to $613,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $696,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, due to decreases in interest expense on deposits. The decrease in interest expense reflected the current low interest rate environment, as our cost of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased nine basis points to 0.69% for 2015 from 0.78% for 2014. Additionally, our average balance of interest-bearing liabilities decreased $546,000 year-to-year.

Interest expense on deposits decreased $82,000, or 12.8%, to $562,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $644,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Interest expense on certificates of deposits decreased $85,000, or 14.7%, to $494,000 for 2015 from $579,000 for 2014, due to a decrease in the average balance of certificates of deposit of $4.4 million and a decrease in the average rate we paid on such deposits, to 1.00% for 2015 from 1.08% for 2014. Interest expense on statement savings, money markets and NOW accounts remained relatively unchanged, increasing $2,000 year to year. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits decreased eight basis points to 0.65% for 2015 from 0.73% for 2014.

Interest expense on borrowings decreased $1,000, or 1.9%, to $51,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $52,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Despite an increase in average borrowings of $1.6 million, to $2.6 million for 2015 from $1.0 million for 2014, the average rate paid on borrowings decreased 317 basis points to 1.96% for 2015 from 5.13% for 2014 as FHLB Advances matured and we added lower cost borrowings in late 2015.

Net Interest Income . Net interest income decreased $168,000, or 5.1%, to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our average interest rate spread decreased to 2.89% for 2015 from 2.92% for 2014, and our net interest margin decreased to 2.99% for 2015 from 3.05% for 2014. Additionally, our average net interest-earning assets decreased $2.9 million, or 16.4%, year-to-year. Components of interest income vary from time to time based on the availability and interest rates of loans, securities and other interest-earning assets.

 

53


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses .   The provision for loan losses increased $172,000 to $190,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $18,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Consistent with our loan loss methodology, the increase in the provision for loan losses during 2015 reflected management’s review of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio, including the increased amount of consumer loans, and the general risks associated with the farming and agricultural economy in our market area. Total past due loans 60 days and greater increased $330,000, or 41.7%, to $1.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $792,000 at December 31, 2014. The allowance for loan losses was $505,000 at December 31, 2015 compared to $361,000 at December 31, 2014. The ratio of the allowance to total loans outstanding was 0.88% as of December 31, 2015 compared to 0.66% as of December 31, 2014, and the ratio of the allowance to non-performing loans was 64.0% as of December 31, 2015 compared to 178.7% as of December 31, 2014. For further information, see “Business of WCF Financial Bank – Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Non-interest Income . Non-interest income increased $545,000, or 455.8%, to $664,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $120,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to an increase in fees and service charges of $53,000, to $317,000 for 2015 from $264,000 for 2014. In 2015, we recognized no impairment loss on securities available-for-sale compared to an impairment loss of $183,000 in 2014. Net gain on sale of securities increased $185,000, to $208,000 for 2015 from $22,000 for 2014. Additionally, in 2015 we recognized a gain on sale of office property and equipment of $137,000 compared to no gain or loss in 2014. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $14,000 in other income.

Non-interest Expense . Non-interest expense increased $331,000, or 11.8%, to $3.1 million for 2015 from $2.8 million for 2014. Office property and equipment increased $243,000, or 101.4%, to $482,000 for 2015 from $239,000 for 2014. The increase resulted from the move into our new headquarters in May 2015, which resulted in increased depreciation charges. Additionally, we recognized a charitable contribution expense of $260,000 in 2015 resulting from the partial donation of our former headquarters. This increase was offset, in part, by a decrease in data processing expense of $101,000, or 21.6%, to $366,000 for 2015 from $467,000 for 2014. Our data processing expense in 2014 reflected additional one-time costs incurred in connection with the Independence Bank acquisition.

Provision for Income Taxes .   We had income tax expense of $30,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to income tax expense of $101,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our effective tax rate was 7.0% for 2015, compared to 18.3% for 2014. The lower effective tax rate for 2015 resulted primarily from our charitable contribution taken during the year.

 

54


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet

Average balances and yields . The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at and for the years indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.

 

     At December 31,
2015
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
       2015     2014  
     Yield/
Cost%
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
     Interest      Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
     Interest      Yield/
Rate  (1)
 
           (Dollars in Thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

                  

Loans (4)

     4.92   $ 56,360       $ 2,869         5.09   $ 54,399       $ 2,913         5.35

Investment securities – taxable

     1.70        22,581         404         1.79        31,587         707         2.24   

Investment securities – non-taxable

     2.33        16,219         372         2.29        11,411         270         2.37   

Other interest-earning assets

     0.47        8,315         62         0.75        9,490         68         0.72   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     3.44        103,475         3,707         3.58        106,887         3,958         3.70   
       

 

 

         

 

 

    

Noninterest-earning assets

       6,775              4,994         
    

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

     $ 110,355            $ 111,881         
    

 

 

         

 

 

       

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                  

Savings accounts

     0.21   $ 11,977       $ 22         0.18      $ 11,314       $ 24         0.21   

Money market accounts

     0.39        12,121         33         0.27        11,926         29         0.24   

NOW

     0.10        12,771         13         0.10        11,337         12         0.11   

Certificates of deposit (5)

     1.20        49,346         494         1.00        53,772         579         1.08   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     0.76        86,215         562         0.65        88,349         644         0.73   
       

 

 

            

Advances from FHLB of Des Moines

     0.95        2,603         51         1.96        1,014         52         5.13   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     0.78        88,817         613         0.69        89,363         696         0.78   
       

 

 

         

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing deposits

       5,129              5,317         

Total liabilities

       1,452              2,373         
    

 

 

               

Equity

       14,832              14,828         
    

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 110,230            $ 111,881         
    

 

 

         

 

 

       

Net interest income

        $ 3,094            $ 3,262      
       

 

 

         

 

 

    

Net interest rate spread (1)

     2.89           2.89           2.92   

Net interest-earning assets (2)

     $ 14,658            $ 17,524         
    

 

 

         

 

 

       

Net interest margin (3)

             2.99           3.05   

Average of interest-earning assets to
interest-bearing liabilities

     116.50           116.5           119.6

 

(1) Represents the difference between the weighted average yield on average interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest-earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets.
(4) Amortization of fees, discounts and premiums included in interest income were $58,000 and $61,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(5) Amortization of premiums included in interest expense were $102,000 and $147,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

55


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to changes in both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     Years Ended December 31,
2015 vs. 2014
 
     Increase (Decrease)
Due to
     Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     Volume      Rate     
     (In thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

        

Loans (1)

   $ 103       $ (147    $ (44

Securities available for sale—taxable

     (178      (125      (303

Securities available for sale – non-taxable

     111         (9      102   

Other interest-earning assets

     (9      3         (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     27         (278      (251
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

        

Savings accounts

     1         (4      (3

Money market accounts

     —           4         4   

NOW accounts

     2         (1      1   

Certificates of deposit (2)

     (46      (39      (85
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     (43      (40      (83

Borrowings

     46         (46      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     3         (86      (83
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 24       $ (192    $ (168
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Amortization of fees, discounts and premiums included in interest income were $58,000 and $61,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(2) Amortization of premiums included in interest expense were $102,000 and $147,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

56


Table of Contents

Market Risk

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk (“IRR”). Our assets, consisting primarily of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, have longer maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits and other borrowings. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage IRR and reduce the exposure of our net interest income (“NII”) to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our board of directors has established an Asset/Liability Management Committee which is responsible for evaluating the IRR inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the board of directors. With the assistance of an IRR management consultant, the committee monitors the level of IRR on a regular basis and generally meets at least on a quarterly basis to review our asset/liability policies and IRR position.

We have sought to manage our IRR to minimize the exposure of our earnings and capital to changes in interest rates. As part of our ongoing asset/liability management, we currently use the following strategies to manage our IRR: (i) using alternative funding sources, such as advances from the FHLB Des Moines, to “match fund” certain investments and/or loans; (ii) selling our fixed-rate conforming one- to four-family residential real estate loans with terms of greater than 20 years; (iii) continuing to emphasize increasing core deposits; (iv) offering adjustable rate and shorter-term consumer loans; and (v) investing in securities with variable rates or fixed rates with shorter durations. Shortening the average maturity of our interest-earning assets by increasing our investments in shorter-term loans and securities, as well as loans and securities with variable rates of interest, helps to better match the maturities and interest rates of our assets and liabilities, thereby reducing the exposure of our NII to changes in market interest rates.

Economic Value of Equity Analysis . We analyze the sensitivity of our financial condition to changes in interest rates through our economic value of equity model. This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the fair value of our assets and predicted changes in the present value of our liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates. The table below represents an analysis of our IRR as measured by the estimated changes in our economic value of equity, resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in the yield curve (+100, +200 and +300 basis points and -100 basis points) at December 31, 2015.

 

57


Table of Contents

Change in

Interest Rates

(basis points) (1)

   Estimated EVE (2)            EVE as a Percentage of Fair
Value of Assets (3)
 
      Estimated Increase
(Decrease) in EVE
    EVE
Ratio (4)
    Increase (Decrease)
(basis points)
 
      Amount     Percent      
(Dollars in thousands)  

+300

   $ 13,437       $ (4,152     (23.61 )%      13.26     (227

+200

     15,438         (2,151     (12.23 )%      14.61     (92

+100

     17,063         (526     (2.99 )%      15.56     3   

    —  

     17,589         —          —          15.53     —     

- 100

     16,932         (657     (3.74 )%      14.59     (94

 

(1) Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) EVE is the fair value of expected cash flows from assets, less the fair value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet contracts.
(3) Fair value of assets represents then amount at which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arms-length transaction.
(4) EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the fair value of assets.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2015, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 3.7% decrease in our economic value of equity. In the event of a 300 basis points increase in interest rates, we would experience a decrease of 23.6% in economic value of equity.

The preceding simulation analysis does not represent a forecast of actual results and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions, which are subject to change, including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including the yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows, and others. Also, as market conditions vary, prepayment/refinancing levels, the varying impact of interest rate changes on caps and floors embedded in adjustable rate loans, early withdrawal of deposits, changes in product preferences, and other internal/external variables will likely deviate from those assumed.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The term “liquidity” refers to the ability of Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank to meet current and future short-term financial obligations. Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank further define liquidity as the ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to fund loan originations, deposit withdrawals and operating expenses. Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. WCF Financial Bank’s primary sources of liquidity are deposits, scheduled amortization and prepayments of loan principal and investment securities, and FHLB advances. WCF Financial Bank can borrow funds from the FHLB based on eligible collateral of loans and securities. WCF Financial Bank had FHLB advances of $8.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2015 with unused borrowing capacity of $24.4 million. Additionally, at December 31, 2015, we had the ability to borrow $1.0 million from the Bankers’ Bank.

WCF Financial Bank’s primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of investment securities. WCF Financial Bank’s originations net of loan principal repayments were $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Historically we have not purchased loans, and we did not purchase any loans during 2015 or 2014 other than the loans acquired through our merger with Independence Bank. Purchases of securities totaled $19.9 million and $15.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

58


Table of Contents

Loan repayments and maturing investment securities are a relatively predictable source of funds. However, deposit flows, calls of investment securities and prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities are strongly influenced by interest rates, general and economic conditions and competition in the marketplace. These factors reduce the predictability of the timing of these sources of funds. Deposit flows are affected by the level of interest rates, by the interest rates and products offered by competitors and by other factors. WCF Financial Bank monitors its liquidity position frequently and anticipates that it will have sufficient funds to meet its current funding commitments.

Certificates of deposit totaled $46.3 million at December 31, 2015, of which $22.8 million had maturities of one year or less. WCF Financial Bank relies on competitive rates, customer service and long-standing relationships with customers to retain deposits. Based on our experience with deposit retention and current retention strategies, management believes that, although it is not possible to predict future terms and conditions upon renewal, a significant portion of such deposits will remain with us.

Webster City Federal Bancorp is a separate legal entity from WCF Financial Bank and must provide for its own liquidity needs, such as repurchasing stock and paying dividends to stockholders. Webster City Federal Bancorp’s primary source of liquidity is the dividends it receives from WCF Financial Bank. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp (on an unconsolidated, stand-alone basis) had cash and cash equivalents of $677,000.

The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including funding loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, which will increase our net interest-earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the stock offering, as well as other factors associated with the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the stock offering. See “Risk Factors – Our return on equity will be low following the stock offering. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.”

Management is not aware of any other known trends, events or uncertainties that will have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material effect on Webster City Federal Bancorp’s or WCF Financial Bank’s liquidity, capital or operations, nor is management aware of any current recommendations by regulatory authorities which, if implemented, would have a material effect on Webster City Federal Bancorp’s or WCF Financial Bank’s liquidity, capital or operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles are not recorded in our financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments, lines of credit, and letters of credit.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions other than unused lines of credit in the normal course of our lending activities.

Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see note 1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

59


Table of Contents

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related financial data presented in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

BUSINESS OF WCF BANCORP

WCF Bancorp is an Iowa corporation that was organized in March 2016. Upon completion of the conversion, WCF Bancorp will become the holding company of WCF Financial Bank and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Webster City Federal Bancorp. Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial, M.H.C. will cease to exist following the completion of the conversion.

As part of the conversion, WCF Bancorp will receive the cash, securities and other assets held by Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial, M.H.C., which totaled $779,000 as of December 31, 2015, and will retain 50% of the net proceeds of the offering. A portion of the net proceeds from the offering will be used to make a loan to the WCF Financial Bank employee stock ownership plan. WCF Bancorp will have no significant liabilities. WCF Bancorp intends to use the support staff and offices of WCF Financial Bank and will pay WCF Financial Bank for these services. If WCF Bancorp expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.

WCF Bancorp intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering.” In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.

Our executive offices are located at 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595 and our telephone number is (515) 832-3071. Our website address is www.wcfbank.com. Information on this website is not and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

BUSINESS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND WCF FINANCIAL BANK

Webster City Federal Bancorp

In August 1994 we reorganized into a mutual holding company structure, and since July 1999 we have operated in a two-tiered mutual holding company structure. Webster City Federal Bancorp is a federal corporation that is a stock holding company and the parent company of WCF Financial Bank. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp had consolidated assets of $112.9 million, deposits of $88.1 million and stockholders’ equity of $14.6 million. Webster City Federal Bancorp’s parent company is WCF Financial, M.H.C., a federally chartered mutual holding company. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp had 3,019,005 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 522,476 shares, or 17.3%, were owned by the public, and the remaining 2,496,529 shares, or 82.7%, were owned by WCF Financial, M.H.C.

 

60


Table of Contents

On January 3, 2014, Webster City Federal Bancorp completed its merger with Independence Federal Bank for Savings (“Independence Bank”), a mutual savings association based in Independence, Iowa, which as of that date operated from one banking office in Independence, Iowa, and had assets with a fair value of $19.7 million, loans of $10.5 million and deposit balances with a fair value of $18.4 million. To reflect the mutual interests of the depositors of Independence Bank, as part of the transaction, Webster City Federal Bancorp issued 196,429 shares of common stock to WCF Financial, M.H.C. The operations of Independence Bank were merged with and into WCF Financial Bank.

Webster City Federal Bancorp’s executive office is located at 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595 and the telephone number at that address is (515) 832-3071. Its internet address is  www.wcfbank.com . Information on our website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

WCF Financial Bank

WCF Financial Bank is a community bank that was chartered and began operations in 1934. We have operated continuously in Webster City, Iowa since this time. Our business consists primarily of accepting deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in real estate loans secured by one- to four-family residences. To a lesser extent, we also originate consumer loans and non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans. On a limited basis we have also originated commercial real estate loans, but have deemphasized the origination, and intend to continue to deemphasize the origination of, this type of lending. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including certificates of deposit, commercial and regular checking accounts and savings accounts. We invest in securities primarily issued or guaranteed by United States Government sponsored enterprises and securities issued by municipalities. Our principal sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and investments, as well as borrowings from the FHLB of Des Moines.

WCF Financial Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the OCC. WCF Financial Bank is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines.

Our website address is www.wcfbank.com . Information on our website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

Market Area

We conduct our operations from our two offices located in Webster City, Iowa and Independence, Iowa. Webster City is the county seat for Hamilton County, Iowa and Independence is the county seat of Buchanan County, Iowa. We consider Hamilton County and Buchanan County, Iowa, and the surrounding contiguous counties, to be our primary market area.

Hamilton County is located approximately 60 miles north, and Buchanan County is approximately 125 miles northeast, of Des Moines, Iowa. Both counties consist primarily of small towns and rural areas. The total estimated populations for Hamilton and Buchanan County in July 2014, according to the United States Census Bureau, were approximately 15,000 and 21,000, respectively. According to SNL Financial, the population in Buchanan County increased 0.40% between 2010 to 2014, while the population of Hamilton County decreased by 3.50% between 2010 to 2014. The median household income for 2014 for Hamilton County was $47,358, while the median household income for 2014 for Buchanan County was $56,393. By contrast, the national level of median household income for 2014 was $53,482. According to Nielsen and SNL Financial, by 2021, the projected increases in household incomes are expected to be 0.72% for Hamilton County and 11.52% for Buchanan County. The projected national median household income is projected to increase by 7.77%.

 

61


Table of Contents

The economy of our market area is heavily dependent on farming and agriculture. The major employers in our market area include the Van Diest Supply Company and the Van Diest Medical Center, Webster City Community School District, John Deere and the governments of Webster City and Independence, Iowa.

Competition

We face competition in our market areas both in making loans and attracting deposits. We compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds and insurance companies. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide.

Our deposit sources are primarily concentrated in the communities surrounding our banking offices in Webster City and Independence, Iowa. As of June 30, 2015 (the latest date for which information is publicly available), we ranked third in deposit market share out of five banks and thrift institutions with offices in Hamilton County, and we ranked sixth in deposit market share out of nine banks and thrift institutions with offices in Buchanan County, Iowa. Our deposit market share is approximately 19.5% and 3.9% for Hamilton County and Buchanan County, respectively.

Lending Activities

Our primary lending activity is the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. To a lesser extent, we also originate consumer loans and non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans (which we sometimes refer to as one- to four-family investment property loans). On a very limited basis, we have originated commercial real estate loans. However, in recent years we have significantly reduced the origination of commercial real estate loans and we do not intend to emphasize the origination of these types of loans in the future.

Loan Portfolio Composition .   The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015     2014  
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

One- to four-family residential real estate

   $ 46,511         80.1   $ 45,662         82.1

Non owner occupied one- to four-family residential real estate

     4,030         7.0        4,257         7.7   

Commercial real estate

     2,974         5.1        2,636         4.7   

Consumer

     4,543         7.8        3,077         5.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     58,058         100.0     55,632         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discount on loan purchases

     (85        (113   

Deferred loan costs (fees)

     (88        (119   

Allowance for loan losses

     (505        (361   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 57,380         $ 55,039      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

62


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities .   The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in the year ending December 31, 2016. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the impact of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.

 

     One-to
four-family
residential
real estate
     Non owner-
occupied
one-to four-
family
residential
real estate
     Commercial
real estate
     Consumer      Total  
     (In Thousands)  

Due During the Years

Ending December 31,

              

2016

   $ 63       $ 65       $ —         $ 705       $ 833   

2017

     134         9         —           309         452   

2018

     482         27         —           618         1,127   

2019 to 2020

     722         87         30         1,681         2,520   

2021 to 2025

     4,193         623         1,155         584         6,555   

2026 to 2030

     9,712         1,396         824         —           11,933   

2031 and beyond

     31,205         1,823         965         646         34,639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,511       $ 4,030       $ 2,974       $ 4,543       $ 58,058   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2015 that are contractually due after December 31, 2016.

 

     Due After December 31, 2016  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (In thousands)  

One- to four-family residential real estate

   $ 32,388       $ 14,060       $ 46,448   

Non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate

     3,001         964         3,965   

Commercial real estate

     2,773         201         2,974   

Consumer

     3,838         —           3,838   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42,000       $ 15,225       $ 57,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . We make loans according to written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors. The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and value of the property that will secure the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s employment and credit history and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower. We require “full documentation” on all of our loan applications.

Our policies and loan approval limits are established by the board of directors. For one- to four-family residential real estate loans, our loan committee, which is comprised of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President, Chief Lending Officer and another loan officer, has loan authority of up to $250,000. All one- to four-family residential real estate loans above $250,000 require the approval of our board of directors. Generally, all loans not requiring board approval are ratified at the next regularly scheduled board meeting. For consumer loans, our loan officers have loan authority of up to $25,000. All consumer loans above $25,000 require the approval of the loan committee.

 

63


Table of Contents

We require appraisals of all real property securing one- to four-family residential real estate loans and non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans. All appraisers are state-licensed or state-certified appraisers, and are approved by the board of directors annually.

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Loans . Our primary lending consists of originating owner-occupied, one- to four-family residential real estate loans, substantially all of which are secured by properties located in our market area. At December 31, 2015, $46.5 million, or 80.1% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We offer these loans with fixed-rate maturities of up to 30 years as well as adjustable rates. In recent years, in the historically low interest rate environment, nearly all of our one-to four family residential real estate loan originations have had fixed-rates of interest. The average loan balance of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans at December 31, 2015 was $52,000. At December 31, 2015, our largest one- to four-family residential real estate loan had a principal balance of $409,000 and was performing in accordance with its repayment terms as of such date.

One- to four-family residential real estate loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, which is generally $417,000 for single-family homes. We generally underwrite loans that exceed this amount (“jumbo loans”) in the same manner as conforming loans. Traditionally, we have maintained in our portfolio all of the loans that we originate. However, in recent years, we have sold all fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans with maturities of greater than 20 years.

Our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans generally consist of loans with initial interest rates fixed for one, three, five or seven years, and annual adjustments thereafter are indexed based on changes in the Monthly Federal Cost of Funds Index. Our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans generally have an interest rate adjustment limit of 200 basis points per adjustment, with a maximum lifetime interest rate adjustment limit of 600 basis points. In the current low interest rate environment, we have not originated a significant dollar amount of adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

Generally, we originate one- to four-family residential real estate loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80%, and will, on occasion, originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 90% with private mortgage insurance or additionally readily marketable collateral. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not originate a significant amount of one- to four-family residential real estate loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. All borrowers are required to obtain an abstract of title and a title opinion. We also require fire and casualty insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance.

We do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential properties (where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan).   We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (traditionally defined as loans having less than full documentation).

 

64


Table of Contents

We acquired $8.3 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans in connection with our acquisition of Independence Bank in January 2014. At December 31, 2015 $3.1 million of our total one- to four-family residential loans that were acquired from Independence Bank were adjustable-rate loans.

Non Owner-Occupied One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Loans . At December 31, 2015, $4.0 million, or 7.0%, of our total loan portfolio, consisted of non owner-occupied, or “investment,” one- to four-family residential real estate loans, all of which were secured by properties located in our market area. At December 31, 2015, our non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans had an average balance of $39,000. At December 31, 2015, our largest non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential loan had a principal balance of $194,000 and was performing in accordance with its repayment terms as of such date.

We originate fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans secured by non owner-occupied one- to four-family properties. These loans may have a term of up to 20 years. In recent years, in the historically low interest rate environment, nearly all of our non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential loan originations have fixed-rates of interest. We generally lend up to 75% of the property’s appraised value. Appraised values are determined by an outside independent appraiser. In deciding to originate a loan secured by a non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential property, we review the creditworthiness of the borrower, the expected cash flow from the property securing the loan, the cash flow requirements of the borrower and the value of the property securing the loan. We require an abstract of title, a title opinion, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property.

Non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential loans generally carry higher interest rates and have shorter terms than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential loans, however, entail greater credit risks compared to the owner-occupied one- to four-family residential mortgage loans we originate. The payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property.

Commercial Real Estate Loans . On a very limited basis, we have offered commercial real estate loans. In recent years we have significantly reduced the origination of these types of loans, and we do not intend to emphasize the origination of these types of loans in the future. At December 31, 2015, $3.0 million, or 5.1% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of commercial real estate loans, which are generally secured by retail, industrial, service or other commercial properties and loans secured by raw land. At December 31, 2015, our commercial real estate loans had an average balance of $73,000. At December 31, 2015, our largest commercial real estate loan had a principal balance of $302,000.

We have offered fixed-rate and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans. In recent years, in the historically low interest rate environment, nearly all of our commercial real estate loan originations have had fixed-rates of interest. These loans generally have terms of up to 20 years. We generally lend up to 75% of the property’s appraised value. Appraised values are determined by an outside independent appraiser. In evaluating the property securing the loan, we review the creditworthiness of the borrower, the expected cash flow from the property securing the loan, the cash flow requirements of the borrower, the value and condition of the property securing the loan and the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property. In evaluating a proposed commercial real estate loan, we emphasize the ratio of the property’s projected net cash flow to the loan’s debt service requirement (generally requiring a minimum ratio of 1.15 times), computed after deduction for a vacancy factor and property expenses we deem appropriate. We require an abstract of title, a title opinion, fire and extended coverage casualty insurance, and, if appropriate, flood insurance, in order to protect our security interest in the underlying property.

 

65


Table of Contents

Commercial real estate loans afford us the opportunity to earn higher yields than those obtainable on one- to four-family residential real estate lending. Nevertheless, commercial real estate lending may involve greater risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans because the loans generally have larger principal balances and repayment of these loans is dependent on the successful operation or management of the commercial property securing the loan. The success of the loan may also be affected by many factors outside the control of the borrower. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate than residential properties. Land loans pose additional risks because the property generally does not produce income and may be relatively illiquid.

Consumer Loans . We offer a variety of consumer loans including new and used automobile loans, home improvement and home equity loans, recreational vehicle loans, and loans secured by certificates of deposits. We do not purchase indirect automobile loans from dealers. At December 31, 2015, consumer loans totaled $4.5 million, or 7.8% of our loan portfolio, of which $2.7 million, or 60.0%, were automobile loans. At this date, $291,000 of our consumer loans were unsecured.

Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity, which reduces our exposure to changes in interest rates. In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to our existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities. We intend to continue to emphasize and grow our portfolio of consumer loans in the future.

Consumer loans generally have greater risk compared to longer-term loans secured by improved, owner-occupied real estate, particularly consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. As a result, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.

We also offer home equity loans secured by a first or second mortgage on residential property. Our home equity loans are made with fixed or adjustable rates, and with combined loan-to-value ratios up to 90% on an owner-occupied principal residence.

We do not make second mortgage loans unless we also hold the first mortgage on the borrower’s primary residence. With respect to our second mortgage loans, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for our loans.

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing . Lending activities are conducted by our loan personnel operating at our offices. All loans that we originate are underwritten pursuant to our standard policies and procedures. Our ability to originate loans is dependent upon the relative customer demand for such loans and competition from other lenders, which is affected by market interest rates as well as anticipated future market interest rates. Our loan origination and sales activity may be adversely affected by a rising interest rate environment, which typically results in decreased loan demand. Our loan originations are generated by our loan personnel, existing customers, referrals from realtors, residential home builders, automobile dealers and walk-in business.

 

66


Table of Contents

In recent years we have not purchased loans, and we do not intend to purchase loans in the near future. Pursuant to our acquisition of Independence Bank in January 2014, we acquired $10.5 million in loans, substantially all of which were secured by properties located in Buchanan County, Iowa.

Substantially all of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate meet the underwriting guidelines established by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. In recent years, we have sold our conforming, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that have terms of greater than 20 years, on a servicing-released basis.

The following table sets forth our loan origination, purchase, sale and principal repayment activity during the periods indicated.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Total loans, at beginning of period

   $ 55,632       $ 43,769   

Loans originated:

     

One- to four-family residential

     7,675         6,241   

Non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential

     113         286   

Commercial real estate

     422         502   

Consumer

     3,094         508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans originated

     11,305         7,535   

Loans acquired:

     

One- to four-family residential

     —           8,313   

Non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential

     —           2,149   

Commercial real estate

     —           —     

Consumer

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans acquired

     —           10,462   

Loans sold:

     

One- to four-family residential

     (2,577      (1,512

One- to four-family investment

     —           —     

Commercial real estate

     —           —     

Consumer

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans sold

     (2,577      (1,512

Other:

     

Principal repayments

     (6,301      (4,622

Net loan activity

     2,427         11,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans, including loans held for sale, at end of period

   $ 58,058       $ 55,632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Performing and Problem Assets

Delinquency Procedures .  When a borrower fails to make a required monthly loan payment, a late notice is generated, generally on the 15 th day after the payment due date, stating the payment and late charges due. A follow-up notice is sent every 15 days thereafter. On a case-by-case basis, we will also include follow-up phone calls. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time future payments are not reasonably assured or the loan is 90 days delinquent, unless the credit is well secured. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Our President and Chief Executive Officer determines on a case-by-case basis further actions. If the loan is reinstated, foreclosure proceedings will be discontinued and the borrower will be permitted to continue to make payments. The loan will remain on nonaccrual status until a timely repayment history of six months has been established.

 

67


Table of Contents

When we acquire real estate as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the real estate is classified as foreclosed real estate held for sale until it is sold. The real estate is recorded at estimated fair value at the date of acquisition less estimated costs to sell. Any write-down resulting from the acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Estimated fair value is based on a new appraisal or an in-house evaluation which is obtained as soon as practicable, typically at the start of the foreclosure proceeding. Subsequent decreases in the value of the property are charged to operations. After acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property, however, are capitalized as long as the total cost basis of the property does not exceed estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.

Delinquent Loans . The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type, by amount and by percentage of type at the dates indicated.

 

     Loans Delinquent For         
     30-89 Days      90 Days and Over      Total  
     Number      Amount      Number      Amount      Number      Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At December 31, 2015

                 

One- to four-family residential

     35       $ 1,437         9       $ 460         44       $ 1,897   

Non owner occupied one- to four-family residential

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial real estate

     —           —           1         302         1         302   

Consumer

     16         100         7         27         23         127   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     52       $ 1,537         17       $ 789         68       $ 2,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014

                 

One- to four-family residential

     34       $ 1,408         11       $ 364         45       $ 1,772   

Non owner occupied one- to four-family residential

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial real estate

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer

     16         128         7         25         23         153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     50       $ 1,536         18       $ 389         68       $ 1,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Performing Assets .   The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time future payments are not reasonably assured or the loan is 90 days delinquent, unless the credit is well secured. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed. Interest received on nonaccrual loans is applied against principal. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. Restructured loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the revised contractual terms for a reasonable period of time (typically six months) and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is reasonably assured.

 

68


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding our non-performing assets at the dates indicated. We had no TDRs at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015     2014  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

    

One- to four-family residential real estate

   $ 185      $ 202   

Non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate

     —          —     

Commercial real estate

     302        —     

Consumer

     —          —     

Total

     487        202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate

     —          —     

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due:

    

One- to four-family residential real estate

     275        —     

Commercial real estate

     —          —     

Consumer

     27        —     

Total loans 90 days or more past due

     302        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     789        202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate owned

     6        —     

Other non-performing assets

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 795      $ 202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Total non-performing loans to total net loans

     1.38     0.37

Total non-performing assets to total assets

     0.70     0.18

For the year ended December 31, 2015, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms and interest income recognized on such loans was immaterial, and the amount of interest we recorded on these loans was $0.

At December 31, 2015, nonaccrual loans consisted of three one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaling $185,000 and one commercial real estate loan totaling $302,000.

At December 31, 2015, we had $2.0 million in loans that were not currently classified as nonaccrual, 90 days past due or troubled debt restructurings, but where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused management to have concerns as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with existing loan repayment terms and that could result in disclosure as non-accrual, 90 days past due or troubled debt restructurings.

Troubled Debt Restructurings. Troubled debt restructurings are defined under ASC 310-40 to include loans for which either a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven, or for loans modified at interest rates or on terms materially less favorable than current market rates. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had no loans that were classified as a troubled debt restructuring.

Foreclosed Real Estate Held for Sale. At December 31, 2015, we had $6,000 in foreclosed real estate held for sale, consisting of one residential real estate property.

 

69


Table of Contents

Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide that loans and other assets of lesser quality should be classified as “substandard”, “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention/watch” by our management.

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required to charge-off the amount of such assets. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional loss allowances.

In connection with the filing of our periodic reports and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Loans are listed on the “watch list” initially because of emerging financial weaknesses even though the loan is currently performing as agreed, or because of delinquency status, or if the loan possesses weaknesses although currently performing. Management reviews the status of each impaired loan on our watch list with the Loan Committee and then with the full board of directors at the next regularly scheduled board meeting. If the asset quality of a loan deteriorates, the classification is changed to “special mention/watch,” “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” depending on the circumstances and the evaluation. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on nonaccrual status and classified “substandard.”

Assets that do not expose us to risk sufficient to warrant classification, but which possess potential weaknesses that deserve our close attention, are required to be designated as special mention/watch. As of December 31, 2015, we had $2.0 million of assets designated as special mention/watch.

We regularly review our asset portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. On the basis of our review of our assets at December 31, 2015, substandard assets consisted of loans of $488,000. There were no doubtful or loss assets at December 31, 2015.                

As of December 31, 2015, our largest substandard loan classification had a principal balance of $302,000 and was secured by raw land. Management believes this loan is adequately collateralized.    

See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus for a description by loan category of our classified and special mention/watch assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

70


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan Losses . Our allowance for loan losses is the amount considered necessary to reflect probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio. We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on at least a quarterly basis. When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings.

Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses consists of two key elements: (1) specific allowances for impaired loans, and (2) a general valuation allowance for non-impaired loans. Although we determine the amount of each element of the allowance separately, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for the entire portfolio.

This analysis process is inherently subjective, as it requires us to make estimates that are susceptible to revisions as more information becomes available. Although we believe that we have established the allowance at levels to absorb probable and estimable losses, future additions may be necessary if economic or other conditions in the future differ from the current environment.

Specific Allowances on Impaired Loans . We establish a specific allowance when loans are determined to be impaired. Loss is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. Factors in identifying a specific problem loan include: (1) the strength of the customer’s personal or business cash flows; (2) the availability of other sources of repayment; (3) the amount due or past due; (4) the type and value of collateral; (5) the strength of our collateral position; (6) the estimated cost to sell the collateral; and (7) the borrower’s effort to cure the delinquency. In addition, for loans secured by real estate, we consider the extent of any past due and unpaid property taxes applicable to the property serving as collateral for the mortgage.

General Valuation Allowance on Non-impaired Loans . We establish a general allowance for non-impaired loans to recognize the probable losses associated with lending activities. This general valuation allowance is determined by segregating the loans by loan category and assigning allowance percentages based on our historical loss experience for the last three years, adjusted for qualitative factors that could impact the allowance for loan losses. These qualitative factors may include changes in lending policies and procedures, existing general economic and business conditions affecting our primary market area, volume and severity of non-performing loans, collateral value, nature and volume of the loan portfolio and existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and the level of such concentrations, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle and bank regulatory examination results. The applied loss factors are re-evaluated quarterly to ensure their relevance in the current real estate environment.

In addition, as an integral part of their examination process, the OCC with respect to WCF Financial Bank, and the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City with respect to Webster City Federal Bancorp, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require that we recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examinations.

The allowance for loan losses increased $144,000, or 40.1%, to $505,000 at December 31, 2015 from $361,000 at December 31, 2014. In addition, the allowance for loan losses to total loans receivable increased to 0.87% at December 31, 2015 from 0.65% at December 31, 2014. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans decreased to 63.95% at December 31, 2015 from 92.78% at December 31, 2014. To the best of our knowledge, we have provided for all losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

71


Table of Contents

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding were 0.90% for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 0.63% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Appraisals are performed by a rotating list of independent, certified appraisers to obtain fair values on non-homogenous loans secured by real estate. The appraisals are generally obtained when a loan becomes impaired.

We periodically evaluate the carrying value of loans and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the information used in making the evaluations.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time future payments are not reasonably assured or the loan is 90 days delinquent, unless the credit is well secured. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off is reversed against interest income. Subsequent collection of interest on nonaccrual loans is recorded as income when received or applied to reduce the loan balance. Loans are returned to accrual status when there is no longer any reasonable doubt as to the timely collection of interest.

 

72


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

     At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
   2015     2014  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 361      $ 436   

Charge-offs:

    

One- to four-family residential

     (33     (97

Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Commercial real estate

     —          —     

Consumer

     (13     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (46     (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

    

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Commercial real estate

     —          —     

Consumer

     —          4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     —          4   

Net charge-offs

     (46     (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     190        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 505      $ 361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

     0.08     0.17

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of year

     64.01     178.71

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year

     0.88     0.66

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the total loan balances by category, and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015     2014  
     Amount      Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
    Amount      Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
    Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

One- to four-family residential

   $ 367         72.7     80.1   $ 301         83.4     82.1

Non owner-occupied one- to four-family residential

     46         9.1        6.9        27         7.5        7.7   

Commercial real estate

     32         6.3        5.1        15         4.2        4.7   

Consumer

     60         11.9        7.8        18         5.0        5.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 505         100.0     100.0   $ 361         100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Investments

General. Our investment policy is established by the board of directors. Our investment policy dictates that investment decisions will be made based on the safety of the investment, liquidity and pledging requirements, our interest rate risk and our potential long term earnings. The Investment Committee of the board of directors is responsible for overseeing our investment program and evaluating on an ongoing basis our investment policy and objectives. Our Chief Executive Officer has the authority to purchase securities within specific guidelines established by the investment policy. All transactions are reviewed by the board of directors at its regular meetings. U.S. GAAP requires that securities be categorized as “held to maturity,” “trading securities” or “available for sale,” based on management’s intent as to the ultimate disposition of each security. U.S. GAAP allows debt securities to be classified as “held to maturity” and reported in financial statements at amortized cost only if the reporting entity has the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity. Securities that might be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in the security’s prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, or other similar factors cannot be classified as “held to maturity.”

At December 31, 2015, all of our securities were classified as available-for-sale.

Our investment policy does not permit hedging activities, such as futures, options or swap transactions, gains trading or short sales. Additionally, securities deemed unacceptable for our portfolio include any security whose interest rate is tied to a foreign currency exchange rate.

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our securities portfolio (excluding Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines and Bankers’ Bank common stock) at the dates indicated. At the dates indicated, all of our investment securities were held as available for sale.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

U.S government and agency securities

   $ —         $ —         $ 3,809       $ 3,809   

Mortgage-backed securities (1)

     17,523         17,356         21,088         21,232   

Municipal securities

     18,300         18,613         14,383         14,569   

Corporate securities

     552         557         1,052         1,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 36,375       $ 36,526       $ 40,332       $ 40,675   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, and are backed by residential mortgage loans.

 

74


Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio and the mortgage-backed securities portfolio at December 31, 2015 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made. Our municipal securities are all tax-exempt. All of our securities at this date were held as available-for-sale.

 

    One Year or Less     More than One Year
through Five Years
    More than Five Years
through Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total Securities  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Mortgage-backed securities

  $ 5        4.76   $ 20        2.28   $ 5,885        1.55   $ 11,613        1.68   $ 17,523      $ 17,356        1.64

Municipal securities

    445        2.48     2,476        1.96     13,593        2.34     1,786        2.76     18,300        18,613        2.33

Corporate securities

    —              500        2.69     —            $ 52        6.45   $ 552      $ 557        3.04
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $ 450        2.51   $ 2,996        2.09   $ 19,478        2.10   $ 13,451        1.84   $ 36,375      $ 36,526        2.01
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our lending activities and, as applicable, other investments. We also borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines to supplement cash flow needs, and at December 31, 2015 we had $8.0 million of FHLB advances outstanding. We also have an available line of credit in the amount of $1.0 million at Bankers’ Bank, of which there was no amount outstanding at December 31, 2015. Our additional sources of funds are scheduled loan repayments, loan prepayments, retained earnings and the proceeds of loan and securities sales.

Deposits. We accept deposits primarily from individuals who reside in and businesses located in our market area. We rely on our competitive pricing and products, convenient location and quality customer service to attract and retain deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. Our deposit accounts consist of statement savings accounts, money market accounts, NOW accounts and certificates of deposits.

Interest rates paid, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market interest rates, liquidity requirements and our deposit growth goals. Historically we have not relied on brokered deposits and at December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not have any brokered deposits.

The following table sets forth the distribution of average total deposits by account type, for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

              

Statement savings

   $ 11,977         13.1     0.18   $ 11,314         12.1     0.21

Money market

     12,121         13.3        0.27        11,926         12.7        0.24   

NOW

     17,900         19.6        0.07        16,654         17.8        0.11   

Certificates of deposit

     49,346         54.0        1.00        53,772         57.4        1.08   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 91,344         100.0     0.65   $ 93,666         100.0     0.73
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth all our certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     (In thousands)  

Interest Rate:

     

Less than 1%

   $ 18,969       $ 22,309   

1.00% - 1.99%

     18,038         14,592   

2.00% - 2.99%

     9,252         12,660   

3.00% - 3.99%

     —           2,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,259       $ 52,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of all our certificates of deposit by interest rate at December 31, 2015.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Period to Maturity  
     Less Than
or Equal to
One Year
     Over One
Year to Two
Years
     Over Two
Years to
Three Years
     Over Three
Years
     Total      Percentage
of Total
Certificate
Accounts
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Rate:

                 

Less than or equal to1.00%

   $ 15,341       $ 3,449       $ 179       $ —         $ 18,969         41.0

1.00% - 1.99%

     3,594         4,340         3,371         6,733         18,038         39.0   

2.00% - 2.99%

     3,904         4,854         494         —           9,251         20.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,839       $ 12,623       $ 4,044       $ 6,733       $ 46,258         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of our outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $13.3 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of those certificates as of December 31, 2015.

 

     At
December 31, 2015
 
     (In thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 1,152   

Over three months through six months

     699   

Over six months through one year

     5,749   

Over one year to three years

     3,865   

Over three years

     1,808   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,273   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings. We may obtain advances from the FHLB of Des Moines utilizing the security of the common stock we own in the FHLB of Des Moines and qualifying residential mortgage loans as collateral, provided certain standards related to creditworthiness are met. These advances are made pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. FHLB

 

77


Table of Contents

of Des Moines advances are generally available to meet seasonal and other withdrawals of deposit accounts and to permit increased lending. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at and for the periods shown:

 

     At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2015     2014  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

FHLB:

    

Balance at end of period

   $ 8,000      $ 1,000   

Average balance during period

   $ 2,603      $ 1,014   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

   $ 8,000      $ 1,100   

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

     0.95     5.10

Average interest rate during period

     1.96     5.13

Properties

We operate from our main office located at 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595 and our branch office located at 305 First Street West, Independence, Iowa 50644. Both of our premises are owned. The net book value of our premises, land and equipment was $4.6 million at December 31, 2015. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our present and foreseeable needs, subject to possible future expansion.

Legal Proceedings

At December 31, 2015, we were not involved in any legal proceedings the outcome of which we believe would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2015, we had 20 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. We believe that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

Subsidiary Activity

WCF Financial Bank is the only direct subsidiary of Webster City Federal Bancorp. WCF Financial Bank has one subsidiary, WCF Financial Service Corp., an inactive Iowa corporation that previously provided insurance products, but no longer conducts any business.

Upon completion of the conversion, WCF Financial Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of WCF Bancorp.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

As a federal savings bank, WCF Financial Bank is subject to examination and regulation by the OCC, and is also subject to examination by the FDIC. The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which WCF Financial Bank may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund. This

 

78


Table of Contents

regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund and depositors, and not for the protection of security holders. WCF Financial Bank also is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, which is one of the 11 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

Under this system of regulation, the regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory, enforcement, rulemaking and examination activities and policies, including rules or policies that: establish minimum capital levels; restrict the timing and amount of dividend payments; govern the classification of assets; determine the adequacy of loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes; and establish the timing and amounts of assessments and fees. Moreover, as part of their examination authority, the banking regulators assign numerical ratings to banks and savings institutions relating to capital, asset quality, management, liquidity, earnings and other factors. These ratings are inherently subjective and the receipt of a less than satisfactory rating in one or more categories may result in enforcement action by the banking regulators against a financial institution. A less than satisfactory rating may also prevent a financial institution, such as WCF Financial Bank or its holding company, from obtaining necessary regulatory approvals to access the capital markets, pay dividends, acquire other financial institutions or establish new branches.

In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations, Community Reinvestment Act laws and regulations, and fair lending laws and regulations. Government agencies have the authority to impose monetary penalties and other sanctions on institutions that fail to comply with these laws and regulations, which could significantly affect our business activities, including our ability to acquire other financial institutions or expand our branch network.

As a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, WCF Bancorp will be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. It will be required to file certain reports with the Federal Reserve Board and will be subject to examination by and the enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve Board. WCF Bancorp will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.

Any change in applicable laws or regulations, whether by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the operations and financial performance of WCF Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank.

Set forth below is a brief description of material regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to WCF Financial Bank and WCF Bancorp. The description is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on WCF Financial Bank and WCF Bancorp.

Federal Banking Regulation

Business Activities. A federal savings association derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and applicable federal regulations. Under these laws and regulations, WCF Financial Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. WCF Financial Bank may also establish subsidiaries that may engage in certain activities not otherwise permissible for WCF Financial Bank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.

 

79


Table of Contents

Capital Requirements.  Federal regulations require federally insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8.0%, and a 4.0% Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. These capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets ( e.g. , recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. Common equity Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity Tier 1 and additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus, meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations. In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OCC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors, but qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where deemed necessary.

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% of risk-weighted assets on January 1, 2019.

At December 31, 2015, WCF Financial Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.

Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings association may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of December 31, 2015, WCF Financial Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings association, WCF Financial Bank must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. Under the QTL test, WCF Financial Bank must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month period. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings association, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings association’s business.

 

80


Table of Contents

WCF Financial Bank also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. This test generally requires a savings association to have at least 75% of its deposits held by the public and earn at least 25% of its income from loans and U.S. government obligations. Alternatively, a savings association can satisfy this test by maintaining at least 60% of its assets in cash, real estate loans and U.S. Government or state obligations.

A savings association that fails the qualified thrift lender test must operate under specified restrictions set forth in the Home Owners’ Loan Act. The Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. At December 31, 2015, WCF Financial Bank satisfied the QTL test.

Capital Distributions. Federal regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings association, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the savings association’s capital account. A federal savings association must file an application with the OCC for approval of a capital distribution if:

 

    the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings association’s net income for that year to date plus the savings association’s retained net income for the preceding two years;

 

    the savings association would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;

 

    the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or regulatory condition; or

 

    the savings association is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings, generally due to an unsatisfactory CAMELS rating or being subject to a cease and desist order or formal written agreement that requires action to improve the institution’s financial condition.

Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings association that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as WCF Financial Bank, must still file a notice with the Federal Reserve Board at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.

A notice or application related to a capital distribution may be disapproved if:

 

    the federal savings association would be undercapitalized following the distribution;

 

    the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or

 

    the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.

 

81


Table of Contents

In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution if, after making such distribution, the institution would fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirement. A federal savings association also may not make a capital distribution that would reduce its regulatory capital below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with its conversion to stock form.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All federal savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of a federal savings association, the OCC is required to assess the federal savings association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. A savings association’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the OCC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.

The Community Reinvestment Act requires all institutions insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to publicly disclose their rating. WCF Financial Bank received a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.

Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings association’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and federal regulation. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as WCF Financial Bank. WCF Bancorp will be an affiliate of WCF Financial Bank because of its control of WCF Financial Bank. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements. In addition, federal regulations prohibit a savings association from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve the purchase of low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates.

WCF Financial Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

    be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

    not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of WCF Financial Bank’s capital.

 

82


Table of Contents

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by WCF Financial Bank’s board of directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

Enforcement. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings associations and has authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including directors, officers, shareholders, attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on a federal savings association. Formal enforcement action by the OCC may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The FDIC also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or recommend to the OCC that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings association. If such action is not taken, the FDIC has authority to take the action under specified circumstances.

Standards for Safety and Soundness.   Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. Interagency guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to implement an acceptable compliance plan. Failure to implement such a plan can result in further enforcement action, including the issuance of a cease and desist order or the imposition of civil money penalties.

Interstate Banking and Branching.   Federal law permits well capitalized and well managed holding companies to acquire banks in any state, subject to Federal Reserve Board approval, certain concentration limits and other specified conditions. Interstate mergers of banks are also authorized, subject to regulatory approval and other specified conditions. In addition, among other things, recent amendments made by the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish de novo branches on an interstate basis provided that branching is authorized by the law of the host state for the banks chartered by that state.

Prompt Corrective Action.   Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulators take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this purpose, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. The applicable OCC regulations were amended to incorporate the previously mentioned increased regulatory capital standards that were effective January 1, 2015. Under the amended regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a leverage

 

83


Table of Contents

ratio of less than 4.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 4.5%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a leverage ratio of less than 3.0% or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends, and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. An undercapitalized bank’s compliance with a capital restoration plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the Federal Reserve Board to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

At December 31, 2015, WCF Financial Bank met the criteria for being considered “well capitalized.”

Insurance of Deposit Accounts.   The Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured financial institutions such as WCF Financial Bank. Deposit accounts in WCF Financial Bank are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. Rates are based on each institution’s risk category and certain specified risk adjustments. Institutions deemed to be less risky pay lower rates while institutions deemed riskier pay higher rates. Assessment rates (inclusive of possible adjustments) currently range from 2   1 / 2 to 45 basis points of each institution’s total assets less tangible capital. The FDIC may increase or decrease the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment rulemaking. The FDIC’s current system represents a change, required by the Dodd-Frank Act, from its prior practice of basing the assessment on an institution’s deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC, which has exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund ratio of 2%.

 

84


Table of Contents

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of WCF Financial Bank. We cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.60 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

Privacy Regulations.   Federal regulations generally require that WCF Financial Bank disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares a customer’s “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, WCF Financial Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having their personal information shared with unaffiliated third parties and not to disclose account numbers or access codes to non-affiliated third parties for marketing purposes. WCF Financial Bank currently has a privacy protection policy in place and believes that such policy is in compliance with the regulations.

USA Patriot Act.   WCF Financial Bank is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act, which gives federal agencies additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act contains provisions intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies and imposes affirmative obligations on financial institutions, such as enhanced recordkeeping and customer identification requirements.

Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . Federal savings associations are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by WCF Financial Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to state and federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

85


Table of Contents
    Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

    Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies; and

 

    Rules and regulations of the various federal and state agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal and state laws.

The deposit operations of WCF Financial Bank also are subject to, among others, the:

 

    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

    Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

 

    Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

Federal Reserve System

The Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: for that portion of transaction accounts aggregating $103.6 million or less (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) the reserve requirement is 3.0% and the amounts greater than $103.6 million require a 10.0% reserve (which may be adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board between 8.0% and 14.0%). The first $14.5 million of otherwise reservable balances (which may be adjusted by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements. WCF Financial Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

WCF Financial Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Members of the Federal Home Loan Bank are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. WCF Financial Bank was in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 2015. Based on redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost. WCF Financial Bank reviews for impairment, based on the ultimate recoverability, the cost basis of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines stock. As of December 31, 2015, no impairment has been recognized.

 

86


Table of Contents

Holding Company Regulation

WCF Bancorp will be a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board will have enforcement authority over WCF Bancorp and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a risk to WCF Financial Bank.

As a savings and loan holding company, WCF Bancorp’s activities will be limited to those activities permissible by law for financial holding companies (if WCF Bancorp makes an election to be treated as a financial holding company and meets the other requirements to be a financial holding company) or multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. Such activities include lending and other activities permitted for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, insurance and underwriting equity securities. Multiple savings and loan holding companies are authorized to engage in activities specified by federal regulation, including activities permitted for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act.

Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, and from acquiring or retaining control of any depository institution not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board must consider such things as the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on and the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors. A savings and loan holding company may not acquire a savings institution in another state and hold the target institution as a separate subsidiary unless it is a supervisory acquisition under Section 13(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act or the law of the state in which the target is located authorizes such acquisitions by out-of-state companies.

Savings and loan holding companies historically have not been subject to consolidated regulatory capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to establish minimum consolidated capital requirements for all depository institution holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries. However, legislation was enacted in December 2014 that required the Federal Reserve Board to amend its “Small Bank Holding Company” exemption from consolidated holding company capital requirements to generally extend its applicability to bank and savings and loan holding companies of up to $1 billion in assets. Regulations implementing this amendment were effective May 15, 2015. Consequently, savings and loan holding companies of under $1 billion in consolidated assets remain exempt from consolidated regulatory capital requirements, unless the Federal Reserve determines otherwise in particular cases.

The Dodd-Frank Act extended the “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The Federal Reserve Board has promulgated regulations implementing the “source of strength” policy that require holding companies to act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.

 

87


Table of Contents

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends and the repurchase of shares of common stock by bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies. In general, the policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Regulatory guidance provides for prior regulatory consultation with respect to capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the company’s net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the company’s overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. The policy statement also states that a holding company should inform the Federal Reserve Board supervisory staff prior to redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock if the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or if the repurchase or redemption would result in a net reduction, as of the end of a quarter, in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies may affect the ability of WCF Bancorp to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

In order for WCF Bancorp to be regulated as savings and loan holding company by the Federal Reserve Board, rather than as a bank holding company, WCF Financial Bank must qualify as a “qualified thrift lender” under federal regulations or satisfy the “domestic building and loan association” test under the Internal Revenue Code. Under the qualified thrift lender test, a savings institution is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangible assets, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities) in at least nine out of each 12 month period. At December 31, 2015, WCF Financial Bank maintained 88.6% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and was in compliance with the qualified thrift lender requirement.

Federal Securities Laws

WCF Bancorp common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the conversion and stock offering. WCF Bancorp will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in WCF Bancorp’s public offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of WCF Bancorp may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of WCF Bancorp will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If WCF Bancorp meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of WCF Bancorp that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of WCF Bancorp, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, WCF Bancorp may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

88


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company such as WCF Bancorp unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquiror has the power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with WCF Bancorp, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.    

TAX ATION

WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank are, and WCF Bancorp will be, subject to federal and state income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal and state taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank.

Webster City Federal Bancorp is currently open to audit under statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2015. Neither the federal tax return nor the state tax return has been audited for the last five years.

Federal Taxation

Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank currently report their income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and use a tax year ending December 31 for filing their federal income tax returns.

Bad Debt Reserves . Prior to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), WCF Financial Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the reserve. These additions could, within specified formula limits, be deducted in arriving at our taxable income. As a result of the 1996 Act, WCF Financial Bank has elected to use the experience method in

 

89


Table of Contents

computing its bad debt deduction beginning with its 1996 federal tax return. Savings institutions were required to recapture any excess reserves over those established as of December 31, 1987 (base year reserve). At December 31, 2015, WCF Financial Bank had no reserves subject to recapture in excess of its base year reserves.

Taxable Distributions and Recapture . Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if WCF Financial Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests. Federal legislation has eliminated these thrift-related recapture rules. At December 31, 2015, our total federal pre-1988 base year reserve was approximately $2.1 million. However, under current law, pre-1988 base year reserves remain subject to recapture if WCF Financial Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter.

Alternative Minimum Tax . The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, which we refer to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The AMT is payable to the extent such alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain AMT payments may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp had $62,000 of AMT payments available to carry forward to future periods.

Net Operating Loss Carryovers . A company may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp had $0 in net operating loss carry forwards for federal income tax purposes.

Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction . Webster City Federal Bancorp may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from WCF Financial Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% in the case of dividends received from a corporation in which a corporate recipient owns at least 20% of its stock, and corporations that own less than 20% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend may deduct only 70% of dividends received or accrued on their behalf.

State Taxation

WCF Bancorp will file an Iowa corporation tax return, and the Bank files an Iowa franchise income tax return.

The Iowa corporate income tax rate ranges from 6% to 12% depending upon Iowa taxable income. Interest from federal securities is not taxable for purposes of the Iowa corporate income tax.

Iowa imposes a financial institution franchise tax, in lieu of the corporate income tax, on the Iowa franchise taxable income of financial institutions at the rate of 5%. Iowa franchise taxable income is generally similar to federal taxable income except that interest from state and municipal obligations is taxable, and no deduction is allowed for state franchise taxes. The net operating loss carryforward rules are similar to the federal rules. However, Iowa no longer allows carrybacks of net operating losses for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2009.

 

90


Table of Contents

MA NAGEMENT

Our Directors and Executive Officers

Directors of WCF Bancorp serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. The executive officers of WCF Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank are elected annually. The following table states our directors’ and executive officers’ names, their ages as of December 31, 2015, the years when they began serving as directors of WCF Financial Bank and the years when their current terms expire.

 

Name (1)

  

Position(s) Held With

WCF Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank

   Age     

Director

Since

  

Current Term
Expires

C. Thomas Chalstrom

   Director      51       2014    2019

Leo Moriarity

   Director      56       2000    2017

Stephen L. Mourlam

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director      63       2001    2018

Harold J. Pursley

   Chairman of the board of directors      73       2007    2019

Kyle R. Swon

   Senior Vice President and Director      54       2001    2017

Kasie L. Doering

   Chief Financial Officer      38       n/a    n/a

 

(1) The mailing address for each person listed is 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595.

The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. With regard to our directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Each director is also a director of WCF Financial Bank. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.

Directors

C. Thomas Chalstrom is the President and Chief Executive Officer of First Federal Credit Union, Cedar Rapids, Iowa, a position he has held since September 2013. Prior to this, from June 2012 until August 2013, following the sale of First Federal Savings Bank of Iowa, Mr. Chalstrom was a consultant. From 1985 until its sale in 2012, Mr. Chalstrom served in positions of increasing importance at First Federal Savings Bank of Iowa. Mr. Chalstrom has over 25 years experience as a senior executive of a financial institution and his extensive banking experience in both lending and management provides the board with industry insights and valuable perspectives in assessing strategic direction of WCF Financial Bank.    

Dr. Leo Moriarity is a dentist with offices in Webster City and Clarion, Iowa. Dr. Moriarity is our longest serving board member and as such provides the board with extensive institutional knowledge of WCF Financial Bank. Additional, Dr. Moriarity provides the board with managerial and financial experience as a small business owner .

Stephen L. Mourlam is our President and Chief Executive Officer, positions he has held since January 2009. Mr. Moral began his employment with WCF Financial Bank in 1979 and held positions of increasing responsibility during his tenure. Mr. Mourlam’s experience provides the Board with a perspective on the day to day operations of WCF Financial Bank, and assists the board in assessing the trends and developments in the financial institutions industry on a local and national basis. Additionally, Mr. Mourlam has extensive ties to the communities that support our business generation.

 

91


Table of Contents

Harold J. Pursley is retired. Prior to his retirement in 2008, Mr. Pursley was the chief executive officer of IMD Medical, a medical device company. Mr. Pursley additionally had over 30 years of accounting experience during his career, including serving as controller or chief financial officer for various companies. Mr. Pursley’s expertise and background with regard to accounting matters and internal controls and business finance provide the board and the Audit Committee with valuable insight into accounting issues involving WCF Financial Bank.

Kyle R. Swon is our Senior Vice President, a position he has held since January 2009. Mr. Swon has been employed by WCF Financial Bank since 1987. Mr. Swon’s experience provides the board with a perspective on the day to day operations of WCF Financial Bank, and assists the board in assessing the trends and developments in the financial institutions industry on a local basis. Additionally, Mr. Swon has extensive ties to the communities that support our business generation.

Executive Officer Who is Not a Director

Kasie L. Doering is our Chief Financial Officer, a position she has held since February 2016. Prior to her employment with WCF Financial Bank, from 2007 until January 2016, Ms. Doering held the position of Program Manager for Academic Budgeting and Planning at Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa.

Board Independence

The board of directors has determined that, except for Messrs. Mourlam and Swon, each member of the board of directors is an “independent director” as defined in the Nasdaq listing rules, which we choose to follow. Messrs. Mourlam and Swon are not considered independent because they serve as executive officers of Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank. In evaluating the independence of our independent directors, we found no transactions between us and our independent directors that are not required to be reported under “ – Transactions With Certain Related Persons,” below, and that had an impact on our determination as to the independence of our directors.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is applicable to our officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.wcfbank.com. Amendments to and waivers from the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will also be disclosed on our website.

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

All transactions between Webster City Federal Bancorp and its executive officers, directors, holders of 10% or more of the shares of its common stock and affiliates thereof, are on terms no less favorable to Webster City Federal Bancorp than could have been obtained by it in arms-length negotiations with unaffiliated persons. Such transactions must be approved by a majority of the independent directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp not having any interest in the transaction. In the ordinary course of business, WCF Financial Bank makes loans available to its directors, officers and employees. These loans are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to WCF Financial Bank. These loans neither involve more than the normal risk of collectibility nor present other unfavorable features.

 

92


Table of Contents

Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits an issuer from (1) extending or maintaining credit, (2) arranging for the extension of credit, or (3) renewing an extension of credit in the form of a personal loan, to an officer or director. There are several exceptions to this general prohibition, one of which is applicable to Webster City Federal Bancorp. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act does not apply to loans made by a depository institution that is insured by the FDIC and is subject to the insider lending restrictions of the Federal Reserve Act. All loans to WCF Financial Bank’s directors and officers are made in conformity with the Federal Reserve Act and applicable regulations.

In accordance with the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market which we choose to follow, any transactions that would be required to be reported under this section of this prospectus must be reviewed by our audit committee or another independent body of the board of directors. In addition, any transaction with a director is reviewed by and subject to approval of the members of the board of directors who are not directly involved in the proposed transaction, to confirm that the transaction is on terms that are no less favorable as those that would be available to us from an unrelated party through an arms-length transaction.

Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 certain information as to the total remuneration paid by us to Messrs. Mourlam and Swon. No other executive officer received total compensation for the year ended December 31, 2015 of more than $100,000. Each individual listed below is referred to as a “named executive officer.”

 

     SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE  

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary ($)      Bonus ($)(1)      All Other
Compensation
($) (2)
     Total ($)  

Stephen L. Mourlam

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2015         139,417         500         12,450         152,367   

Kyle R. Swon

Senior Vice President

     2015         105,994         500         12,450         118,944   

 

(1) Represents a holiday bonus payable to all employees of WCF Financial Bank.
(2) Represents board fees payable for services rendered in 2015. Beginning in 2016, directors who are also officers of WCF Financial Bank will no longer receive board fees.

Benefit Plans

Change in Control Agreements.   As of the effective date of the conversion, WCF Financial Bank intends to enter into change in control agreements with Messrs. Mourlam and Swon that will supersede and replace their existing severance agreements with WCF Financial Bank. The terms of proposed change in control agreements are substantially similar to with the existing severance agreements.

 

93


Table of Contents

The change in control agreements will have an initial term of two years. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreements, the disinterested members of the board of directors must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreements for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreements. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it must notify the executive at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to such date.

In the event that the executive’s involuntary termination of employment other than for cause, disability or death, or voluntary resignation for “good reason” occurs on or after the effective date of a change in control of WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank, the executive would be entitled to a severance payment equal to two times the average of the three preceding years’ annual base salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation paid or accrued by the executive during such years, and the amount of any benefits received pursuant to any employee benefit plans on behalf of the executive by WCF Financial Bank during such years, excluding health and welfare benefits. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, the executive would be entitled to the continuation of substantially comparable life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage under the same cost sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of WCF Financial Bank. Such coverage will cease upon the date which is two years after the executive’s date of termination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments required under the agreements will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 280G. For purposes of the change in control agreements, “good reason” is defined as: (1) a material reduction in the executive’s base compensation in effect immediately prior to the date of a change in control; (2) a material reduction in the executive’s duties or responsibilities as in effect prior to a change in control; (3) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the officer to whom the executive is required to report; (4) any material change in the geographic location at which the executive must perform his services to WCF Financial Bank; and (5) a material breach of the change in control agreements by WCF Financial Bank.

401(k) Plan . Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank currently maintain The Architect 401(k) MEP, which is a multiple-employer tax-qualified profit sharing plan with a salary deferral feature under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). All employees who have attained age 21 and have completed one year of employment during which they worked at least 1,000 hours are eligible to participate in the plan.

A participant may elect to contribute up to 100% of his or her compensation to the 401(k) Plan on a pre-tax basis, subject to the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2016, the pre-tax deferral contribution limit is $18,000, provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute, on a pre-tax basis, an additional $6,000 to the 401(k) Plan. In addition to salary deferral contributions, the 401(k) Plan provides that WCF Financial Bank will make a matching contribution to each participant’s account equal to 100% of the participant’s contribution, up to 6% of the participant’s elective deferral contributions. WCF Financial Bank may, in its sole discretion, make a profit sharing contribution to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of the participants. A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral and employer contributions. The 401(k) Plan permits a participant to direct the investment of his or her own account into various available investment options.

Generally, a participant (or participant’s beneficiary) may receive a distribution from his or her vested account at retirement, age 59  1 2 (while employed), death, disability or termination of employment, and the distribution will be made in a cash lump sum payment.

 

94


Table of Contents

Stock Benefit Plans

Employee Stock Ownership Plan. In connection with the conversion, WCF Financial Bank adopted an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees. WCF Financial Bank’s named executive officers are eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan just like any other employee. Eligible employees who have attained age 21 and were employed by us as of January 1, 2016 will begin participation in the employee stock ownership plan on the later of the effective date of the employee stock ownership plan or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period.

The employee stock ownership plan trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 8% of the total number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock sold in the offering. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from WCF Bancorp equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through WCF Financial Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 25-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year. See “Pro Forma Data.”

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as we repay the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. A participant will become vested in his or her account balance at a rate of 20% per year over a 6-year period, beginning in the second year. Participants who were employed by WCF Financial Bank immediately prior to the offering will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. Participants also will become fully vested automatically upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the employee stock ownership plan upon separation from service. The employee stock ownership plan reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of employment among the remaining participants.

The employee stock ownership plan permits participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The trustee votes unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

Under applicable accounting requirements, WCF Financial Bank will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to participants’ accounts, which may be more or less than the original issue price. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in WCF Bancorp’s earnings.

 

95


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2015 certain information as to the total remuneration paid to directors other than Messrs. Mourlam and Swon.

 

     DIRECTOR COMPENATION  

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
     Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation ($)
     Total ($)  

C. Thomas Chalstrom

     12,450         —           —           12,450   

Leo Moriarity

     12,450         —           —           12,450   

Harold Pursley

     12,450         968         —           13,418   

Dennis Tasler (2)

     4,000         —           —           4,000   

 

(1) Represents above-market earnings on compensation that was deferred by Mr. Pursley pursuant to the 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as calculated in accordance with SEC rules.
(2) Mr. Tasler retired from the board of directors in May 2015.

Director Fees

WCF Financial Bank pays each outside director a monthly retainer of $600 and an additional $400 per meeting attended. Directors do not receive additional fees for board committees. Webster City Federal Bancorp does not separately compensate directors for their service.

Director Plans

2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan .   WCF Financial Bank adopted the Amended and Restated WCF Financial Bank 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2005. Any member of the board of directors is eligible to participate in the plan. The plan allows for a participant to elect to defer up to 100% of his director fees to the plan. All amounts contributed to the plan are credited to a bookkeeping account established on behalf of each participant. The participant’s account balance will be credited with earnings based on an adjustable rate equal to 1.0% above the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal . The interest rate adjusts annually and will be 1.0% above the prime rate on the first business day of the plan year, retroactive to January 1, of such year.

Each participant will have the right to elect for the payment of his account balance to commence on either a specified date or upon his separation from service (the “commencement date”). However, the participant’s account balance may be paid out prior to the commencement date due to the participant’s death or disability. Generally, the participant’s account balance will be payable in a lump sum distribution. However, a participant can elect for his account balance to be payable in equal monthly installments over a period of either five or 10 years. In the event of the director’s separation from service within two years following a change in control of WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank, the participant’s account balance will accrue earnings at an interest rate equal to 7.0% from his date of termination until his account balance has been fully distributed.

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion

Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the aggregate number of shares reserved for the exercise of stock options or available for stock awards under the stock-based benefit plan would be limited to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the stock offering.

 

96


Table of Contents

The stock-based benefit plan will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering, and if adopted within one year after the stock offering, the plans must be approved by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our stockholders. If stock-based benefit plans are established more than one year after the stock offering, they must be approved by a majority of votes cast by our stockholders. The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plans only if such plans are adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plans;

 

    any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plans, in the aggregate, may not acquire more than 10% of the shares sold in the offering, unless WCF Financial Bank has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and restricted stock plans may acquire up to 12% of the shares sold in the offering;

 

    the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plans;

 

    accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of WCF Financial Bank or WCF Bancorp; and

 

    our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that WCF Financial Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.

We have not determined whether we will present the stock-based benefit plan for stockholder approval prior to or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. If either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plan by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

 

97


Table of Contents

The actual value of the shares awarded under a stock-based benefit plan would be based in part on the price of WCF Bancorp’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The following table presents the total value of all shares of restricted stock that would be available for issuance under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $6.00 per share to $12.00 per share.

 

Share Price     55,250 Shares
Awarded at Minimum of
Offering Range
    65,000 Shares
Awarded at Midpoint
of Offering Range
    74,750 Shares
Awarded at Maximum of
Offering Range
    85,963 Shares
Awarded at
Adjusted Maximum
of Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except share price information)  
$ 6.00      $ 332      $ 390      $ 449      $ 516   
  8.00        442        520        598        688   
  10.00        553        650        748        860   
  12.00        663        780        897        1,032   

The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $6.00 per share to $12.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.

 

Exercise Price     Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option
    138,125 Options at
Minimum of Offering
Range
    162,500 Options at
Midpoint of Offering
Range
    186,875 Options at
Maximum of Offering
Range
    214,906 Options at
Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range
 
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information)  
$ 6.00      $ 0.79      $ 109      $ 128      $ 148      $ 170   
  8.00        1.05        145        171        196        226   
  10.00        1.31        181        213        245        282   
  12.00        1.58        218        257        295        340   

The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $8.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

 

98


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

The following table provides the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, and all individuals known to management to own more than 5% of our common stock as of [voting record date].

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Total Shares Beneficially
Owned (1)
     Percent of All Common
Stock Outstanding
 

C. Thomas Chalstrom

     —          

Leo Moriarity

     4,700         *   

Harold J. Pursley.

     4,000         *   

Stephen L. Mourlam

     3,281         *   

Kyle R. Swon

     2,671         *   

Kasie L. Doering

     —           —     

All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)

     14,652         *

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

     2,496,529         82.7

 

* Less than 1%.

 

99


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The table below sets forth, for each of WCF Bancorp’s directors and executive officers, and for all of these individuals as a group, the following information:

 

  (i) the number of exchange shares to be held upon completion of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock as of [voting record date];

 

  (ii) the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and

 

  (iii) the total shares of common stock to be held upon completion of the conversion.

In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the minimum of the offering range. See “The Conversion and Offering – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Federal regulations prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the offering for one year after the date of purchase.

 

     Number of
Exchange
Shares to Be
Held (1)
     Proposed Purchases of Stock
in the Offering (2)
     Total Common Stock to
be Held at Minimum of
Offering Range (3)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Number of
Shares
     Amount      Number of
Shares
     Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
 

C. Thomas Chalstrom

     —           2,500       $ 20,000         2,500         *

Leo Moriarity

     2,394         2,000         16,000         4,394         *   

Harold J. Pursley

     2,038         2,000         16,000         4,038         *   

Stephen L. Mourlam

     1,671         2,000         16,000         3,671         *   

Kyle R. Swon

     1,360         300         2,400         1,660         *   

Kasie L. Doering

     —           625         5,000         625         *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total for Directors and Executive Officers

     7,463         9,425       $ 75,400         16,888         1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Based on information presented in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock,” and assuming an exchange ratio of 0.5095 at the minimum of the offering range.
(2) Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
(3) At the adjusted maximum of the offering range, directors and executive officers would beneficially own 21,039 shares, or less than 1.0% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

100


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND OFFERING

The boards of directors of WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank have approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by the stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp and the members of WCF Financial, M.H.C. Special meetings of stockholders and members have been called for this purpose. We have filed applications with the Federal Reserve Board with respect to the conversion and with respect to WCF Bancorp becoming the holding company for WCF Financial Bank, and the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion. We have also submitted amendments to WCF Financial Bank’s charter with the OCC, and the effectiveness of this amendment is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock.

General

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. WCF Financial, M.H.C. will be merged into Webster City Federal Bancorp, and WCF Financial, M.H.C. will no longer exist. Webster City Federal Bancorp, which owns 100% of WCF Financial Bank, will be merged into a new Iowa corporation named WCF Bancorp, Inc. As part of the conversion, the 82.7% ownership interest of WCF Financial, M.H.C. in Webster City Federal Bancorp will be offered for sale in the stock offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the outstanding common stock of WCF Financial Bank will be owned by WCF Bancorp, and all of the outstanding common stock of WCF Bancorp will be owned by public stockholders. Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial, M.H.C. will cease to exist. A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.

Under the plan of conversion, at the completion of the conversion and offering, each share of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock owned by persons other than WCF Financial, M.H.C. will be converted automatically into the right to receive new shares of WCF Bancorp common stock determined pursuant to an exchange ratio. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the exchange of existing shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp for new shares of WCF Bancorp, the public stockholders will own the same aggregate percentage of shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp that they owned in Webster City Federal Bancorp immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any shares they purchased in the offering and their receipt of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by WCF Financial, M.H.C.

We intend to retain between $4.0 million and $5.7 million of the net proceeds of the offering and to invest between $4.9 million and $6.9 million of the net proceeds in WCF Financial Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, supplemental account holders and Other Members. In addition, we will offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given in the following order:

 

101


Table of Contents
  (i) Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa; and

 

  (ii) Webster City Federal Bancorp’s public stockholders as of [voting record date].

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Federal Reserve Board. See “ – Community Offering.”

We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings through a syndicated offering in which Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be sole manager. See “– Syndicated Offering” herein.

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of WCF Bancorp. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $8.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “ – Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

The following is a brief summary of the conversion and offering and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of WCF Financial Bank. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to WCF Financial, M.H.C.’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board, and filed as an exhibit to WCF Bancorp’s application to become the holding company for WCF Financial Bank, which can be inspected, without charge, at the OCC. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part. Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for converting and undertaking the stock offering are to:

 

    Transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure . The stock holding company structure is a more familiar form of organization, and will give us greater flexibility to access the capital markets through possible future equity and debt offerings, although we have no current plans, agreements or understandings regarding any additional securities offerings.

 

   

Eliminate the uncertainties associated with the mutual holding company structure under financial reform legislation . Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board became the federal regulator of all savings and loan holding companies and mutual holding companies, which has resulted in changes in regulations applicable to WCF Financial, M.H.C. and Webster City Federal Bancorp. Among other things, these

 

102


Table of Contents
 

changes have adversely affected our ability to pay cash dividends to our stockholders by making it significantly more difficult for WCF Financial, M.H.C. to waive any dividends declared by Webster City Federal Bancorp. The conversion will eliminate our mutual holding company structure and will enhance our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders, subject to the customary legal, regulatory and financial considerations applicable to all savings and loan holding companies. See “Our Dividend Policy.” It also will eliminate the risk that the Federal Reserve Board will amend existing regulations applicable to the conversion process in a manner disadvantageous to our public stockholders or depositors.

 

    Improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock . The larger number of shares that will be outstanding after completion of the conversion and offering is expected to result in a more liquid market for WCF Bancorp common stock. A more liquid market should make it easier for our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and will give us greater flexibility in implementing capital management strategies.

 

    Enhance our regulatory capital position .   A strong capital position is essential to achieving our long-term objective of building stockholder value. While WCF Financial Bank exceeds all regulatory capital requirements, the proceeds from the offering will greatly strengthen our capital position and enable us to support our planned growth. Minimum regulatory capital requirements have also increased under recently adopted regulations. Compliance with these new requirements will be essential to the continued implementation of our business strategy.

 

    Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions . Although we do not currently have any understandings or agreements regarding any specific acquisition transaction, the stock holding company structure will give us greater flexibility to structure, and make us a more attractive and competitive bidder for, mergers and acquisitions of other financial institutions or business lines as opportunities arise. The additional capital raised in the offering also will enable us to consider larger merger transactions. In addition, although we intend to remain an independent financial institution, the stock holding company structure may make us a more attractive acquisition candidate for other institutions. Applicable regulations prohibit the acquisition of WCF Bancorp for three years following completion of the conversion, and also prohibit anyone from acquiring or offering to acquire more than 10% of our stock without regulatory approval.

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by members of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (depositors and eligible borrowers of WCF Financial Bank) is required to approve the plan of conversion. By their approval of the plan of conversion, the members of WCF Financial, M.H.C. will also be approving the merger of WCF Financial, M.H.C. into Webster City Federal Bancorp. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp held by the public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp (stockholders other than WCF Financial, M.H.C.) also are required to approve the plan of conversion. We have filed applications with the Federal Reserve Board with respect to the conversion and with respect to WCF Bancorp becoming the holding company for WCF Financial Bank, and the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. The proposed amendment to WCF Financial Bank’s charter must also be deemed effective by the OCC in order to consummate the conversion.

 

103


Table of Contents

Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders

At the completion of the conversion, each publicly held share of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock will be converted automatically into the right to receive a number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio which ensures that the public stockholders will own the same percentage of common stock in WCF Bancorp after the conversion as they held in Webster City Federal Bancorp immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by WCF Financial, M.H.C. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market value of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of WCF Bancorp prepared by RP Financial, LC., and the number of shares of common stock issued in the offering. The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 0.5095 shares for each publicly held share of Webster City Federal Bancorp at the minimum of the offering range to 0.7927 shares for each publicly held share of Webster City Federal Bancorp at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.

The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the appraised value of WCF Bancorp as of February 26, 2016, assuming public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp own 17.3% of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock and WCF Financial, M.H.C. has net assets of $1,029,000 immediately prior to the completion of the conversion (reflecting the continued payments of dividends by Webster City Federal Bancorp prior to the completion of the conversion). The table also shows how many shares of WCF Bancorp a hypothetical owner of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the offering.

 

     Shares to be Sold in
This Offering
    Shares of WCF Bancorp to be
Issued for Shares of Webster
City Federal Bancorp
    Total Shares
of Common
Stock to be
Issued in
Exchange and
Offering
     Exchange
Ratio
     Equivalent
Value of
Shares
Based
Upon
Offering
Price (1)
     Equivalent
Pro Forma
Tangible
Book Value
Per
Exchanged
Share (2)
     Shares to
be
Received
for 100
Existing
Shares (3)
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent                

Minimum

     1,381,250         83.8     266,190         16.2     1,647,440         0.5095       $ 4.08       $ 7.43         50   

Midpoint

     1,625,000         83.8        313,165         16.2        1,938,165         0.5994         4.80         7.97         59   

Maximum

     1,868,750         83.8        360,140         16.2        2,228,890         0.6893         5.51         8.50         68   

Adjusted Maximum

     2,149,063         83.8        414,161         16.2        2,563,224         0.7927         6.34         9.11         79   

 

(1) Represents the value of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock to be received in the conversion by a holder of one share of Webster City Federal Bancorp, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $8.00 per share offering price.
(2) Represents the pro forma tangible book value per share at each level of the offering range multiplied by the respective exchange ratio.
(3) Cash will be paid in lieu of fractional shares.

 

104


Table of Contents

Effects of Conversion

Continuity . The conversion will not affect the normal business of WCF Financial Bank of accepting deposits and making loans. WCF Financial Bank will continue to be a federal savings association and will continue to be regulated by the OCC and the Federal Reserve Board. After the conversion, WCF Financial Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp serving at the time of the conversion will be the directors of WCF Bancorp upon the completion of the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion, each depositor of WCF Financial Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from WCF Financial Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Members of WCF Financial, M.H.C . At present, members of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (depositors and certain borrowers of WCF Financial Bank) have voting rights in WCF Financial, M.H.C. as to all matters requiring member approval. Upon completion of the conversion, members of WCF Financial, M.H.C. will cease to have any voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in WCF Financial Bank will be vested in WCF Bancorp as the sole stockholder of WCF Financial Bank. The stockholders of WCF Bancorp will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to WCF Bancorp common stock.

Tax Effects . We have received an opinion of counsel with regard to the federal income tax consequences of the conversion and an opinion of our tax advisor with regard to the state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank, the public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp (except for cash paid for fractional shares), eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders or other members. See “ – Material Income Tax Consequences.”

Effect on Liquidation Rights .   Each depositor in WCF Financial Bank has both a deposit account in WCF Financial Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of WCF Financial, M.H.C. based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This ownership interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of WCF Financial, M.H.C. and WCF Financial Bank; however, there has never been a liquidation of a solvent mutual holding company. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in WCF Financial, M.H.C. without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of WCF Financial, M.H.C., which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

 

105


Table of Contents

Consequently, depositors in a stock depository institution that is a subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which would be realizable only in the unlikely event that WCF Financial, M.H.C. and WCF Financial Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of WCF Financial, M.H.C. after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

Under the plan of conversion, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by WCF Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank in an aggregate amount equal to (i) WCF Financial, M.H.C.’s ownership interest in Webster City Federal Bancorp’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition included in this prospectus, plus (ii) the value of the net assets of WCF Financial, M.H.C. as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of WCF Financial, M.H.C. prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Webster City Federal Bancorp). WCF Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in WCF Financial Bank after the conversion. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests, if any, in the event of a liquidation of (a) WCF Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank or (b) WCF Financial Bank. See “ – Liquidation Rights.”

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and applicable regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation and any valuation updates, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $50,000, as well as payment for reimbursable expenses. We have paid RP Financial, LC. less than $40,000 in professional fees over the past three years, consisting of valuation and planning analysis, including services in connection with our January 2014 acquisition of Independence. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from RP Financial, LC.’s bad faith or negligence.

The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Webster City Federal Bancorp. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

    the present results and financial condition of Webster City Federal Bancorp and the projected results and financial condition of WCF Bancorp;

 

    the economic and demographic conditions in Webster City Federal Bancorp’s existing market area;

 

    certain historical, financial and other information relating to Webster City Federal Bancorp;

 

    a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Webster City Federal Bancorp with those of other publicly traded savings institutions;

 

106


Table of Contents
    the effect of the conversion and offering on WCF Bancorp’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;

 

    the proposed dividend policy of WCF Bancorp; and

 

    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

The independent valuation is also based on an analysis of a peer group of publicly traded savings and loan holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to WCF Bancorp under regulatory guidelines applicable to the independent valuation. Under these guidelines, a minimum of ten peer group companies are selected from the universe of all publicly traded financial institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial and other operating characteristics. Such companies must also be traded on an exchange (such as Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange). The peer group companies selected for WCF Bancorp also consisted of fully converted stock institutions that were not subject to an actual or rumored acquisition and that had been in fully converted form for at least one year. In addition, RP Financial, LC. limited the peer group companies to Midwest institutions with assets less than $750 million.

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma effect of the offering. Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of the peer group companies. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value. RP Financial, LC. did not consider a pro forma price-to-assets approach to be meaningful in preparing the appraisal, as this approach is more meaningful when a company has low equity or earnings. The price-to-assets approach is less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive reported and core earnings.    

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of WCF Bancorp with the peer group. RP Financial, LC. made downward adjustments for financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, primary market area and liquidity of the shares. RP Financial made no adjustments for asset growth, dividends, marketing of the issue, management, or effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. The downward adjustment applied for financial condition was due in part to Webster City Federal Bancorp’s lower loans/assets ratio, less loan diversification, higher funding costs and lower return on equity. The downward adjustment applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings was due to Webster City Federal Bancorp’s lower reported earnings rate and lower earnings growth potential due to the concentration on residential lending for portfolio and the less favorable market area characteristics. The downward adjustment applied for primary market area took into consideration Hamilton and Buchanan Counties’ generally less favorable demographic and economic measures. The downward adjustment for liquidity of the shares was applied due to WCF Bancorp’s lower expected market capitalization and number of common shares to be outstanding, and the projected listing of WCF Bancorp stock on the OTC Pink Marketplace exchange.

Included in RP Financial, LC.’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of WCF Bancorp after the conversion that were used in determining the appraised value.

 

107


Table of Contents

These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return of 1.10% as of December 31, 2015 on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock sold in the offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $8.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning assumptions included in the independent valuation and used in preparing pro forma data. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.

The independent valuation states that as of February 26, 2016, the estimated pro forma market value of WCF Bancorp was $15.5 million. Based on federal regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $13.2 million and a maximum of $17.8 million. The aggregate offering price of the shares will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the percentage of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock owned by WCF Financial, M.H.C. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the percentage of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock owned by WCF Financial, M.H.C., certain assets held by WCF Financial, M.H.C. and the $8.00 price per share, the minimum of the offering range is 1,381,250 shares, the midpoint of the offering range is 1,625,000 shares and the maximum of the offering range is 1,868,750 shares.

The board of directors of WCF Bancorp reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:

 

    Webster City Federal Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations;

 

    a comparison of financial performance ratios of Webster City Federal Bancorp to those of other financial institutions of similar size;

 

    market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and

 

    the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock.

All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The offering range may be amended, with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Webster City Federal Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank or market conditions generally. If the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of WCF Bancorp to less than $13.2 million or more than $20.5 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to WCF Bancorp’s registration statement.

The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for WCF Bancorp (on a pro forma basis) as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, and for the peer group companies based on earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, or the latest date available, with stock prices as of February 26, 2016, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the offering range indicated a discount of 34.3% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 37.4% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 86.7% on a price-to-earnings basis. Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the appraisal, considered the range of price-to-earnings multiples and the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more

 

108


Table of Contents

important than the other. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premium/discount took into consideration the potential financial effect of the conversion and offering as well as the trading price of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock. The closing price of the common stock was $7.50 per share on February 26, 2016, the effective date of the appraisal, and $7.12 per share on March 3, 2016, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value
ratio
 

WCF Bancorp (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion)

       

Adjusted Maximum

     52.14x         69.44     69.63

Maximum

     45.42x         64.72     64.88

Midpoint

     39.56x         60.02     60.20

Minimum

     33.67x         54.64     54.83

Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)

       

Averages

     21.19x         91.36     96.12

Medians

     20.33x         90.28     92.16

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core,” or recurring, earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers WCF Financial Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of WCF Financial Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $8.00 price per share.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $20.5 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 2,149,063 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $8.00 per share will remain fixed. See “ – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 2,149,063 shares.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $20.5 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 2,149,063 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $13.2 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 1,381,250 shares, then we will promptly return with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum all funds processed by us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Federal Reserve Board to complete the offering. If we extend the offering and conduct a resolicitation due to a change in the independent valuation, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order within a specified period of time. Any single offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [final extension date], which is two years after the special meeting of members to approve the plan of conversion.

 

109


Table of Contents

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and WCF Bancorp’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and WCF Bancorp’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis.

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are filed as exhibits to the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights    

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and on the purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “ – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor of WCF Financial Bank with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on December 31, 2014 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of $200,000 (25,000 shares) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the product of the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders. See “ – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining unallocated shares will be allocated to each remaining Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in same the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on December 31, 2014. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list all accounts could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Webster City Federal Bancorp or who are associates of such persons will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to their increased deposits in the 12 months preceding December 31, 2014.

 

110


Table of Contents

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee plans, including WCF Financial Bank’s employee stock ownership plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.     

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders .  To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, each depositor of WCF Financial Bank with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $200,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at [supplemental eligibility record date]. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list all accounts could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Priority 4: Other Members . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor of WCF Financial Bank as of the close of business on [voting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and each borrower of WCF Financial Bank as of August 12, 1994 whose borrowings remained outstanding as of [voting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to $200,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

111


Table of Contents

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member must list on the stock order form all deposit and eligible loan accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [voting record date]. In the event of an oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor and borrower can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum or adjusted maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock has been sold in the offering. If at least 1,381,250 shares have not been sold in the offering by [extension date] and the Federal Reserve Board not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly, with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum for funds processed in the subscription and community offerings, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If the Federal Reserve Board grants an extension beyond [extension date], we will resolicit purchasers in the offering as described under “ – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings – Expiration Date.”

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and Other Members, we will offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares will be offered in the community offering with the following preferences:

 

  (i) Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa;

 

  (ii) Webster City Federal Bancorp’s public stockholders as of [voting record date]; and

 

  (iii) Other members of the general public.

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to $200,000 (25,000 shares) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If an oversubscription occurs due to the

 

112


Table of Contents

orders of public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp or members of the general public, the allocation procedures described above will apply to the orders of such persons. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus with respect to the community means any person who occupies a dwelling within the local community, has a present intent to remain within the local community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the local community together with an indication that such presence within the local community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to determine whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date .   The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering, unless extended. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and we are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date], in which event we will resolicit purchasers.

Syndicated Offering

If feasible, our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a wide distribution of our shares of common stock.

If a syndicated offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will serve as sole manager, and we will pay fees of 6.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering. The shares of common stock will be sold at the same price per share ($8.00 per share) that the shares are sold in the subscription offering and the community offering.

In the event of a syndicated offering, it is currently expected that investors would follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the subscription and community offerings (the use of order forms and the submission of funds directly to WCF Bancorp for the payment of the purchase price of the shares ordered) except that payment must be in immediately available funds (bank checks, money orders, deposit account withdrawals from accounts at WCF Financial Bank or wire transfers). See “ – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings.” “Sweep” arrangements and delivery versus payment settlement will only be used in a syndicated offering to the extent consistent with Rules 10b-9 and 15c2-4 and then-existing guidance and interpretations thereof of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding the conduct of “min/max” offerings.

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or if there are an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares. The Federal Reserve Board and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority must approve any such arrangements.

 

113


Table of Contents

Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following additional limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

  (i) No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares ($200) of common stock, to the extent those shares are available for purchase;

 

  (ii) Tax qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%;

 

  (iii) Except for the employee stock ownership plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than 25,000 shares ($200,000) of common stock in all categories of the offering combined;

 

  (iv) The number of shares of common stock that an existing Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholder may purchase in the offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion and offering; and

 

  (v) The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by executive officers and directors of WCF Financial Bank and their associates, in the aggregate, when combined with shares of common stock issued in exchange for existing shares, may not exceed 33% of the total shares issued in the conversion.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with regulatory approval and without further approval of members of WCF Financial, M.H.C. or stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount of shares of common stock and who indicated on their stock order forms a desire to be resolicited in the event of an increase will be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit, and other large subscribers may be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by persons who choose to increase their orders. If the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares sold in the offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5% of the shares sold in the offering may not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the offering.

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 2,149,063 shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

  (i) to fill the subscriptions of our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, specifically our employee stock ownership plan, for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering;

 

114


Table of Contents
  (ii) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

  (iii) to fill unfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa, then to Webster City Federal Bancorp’s public stockholders as of [voting record date], and then to members of the general public.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

  (i) any corporation or organization (other than WCF Financial Bank, WCF Bancorp, Webster City Federal Bancorp or WCF Financial, M.H.C. or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of those entities) of which the person is a senior officer, partner or, directly or indirectly, 10% beneficial stockholder;

 

  (ii) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

  (iii) any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Webster City Federal Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank.

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

  (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

  (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.” Persons having the same address, and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying accounts registered at the same address, will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise. Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors.

Common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and certain officers of WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the

 

115


Table of Contents

offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “ – Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of WCF Bancorp.”

Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent and Underwriter Compensation    

Subscription and Community Offerings . To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, we have retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will assist us on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings by:

 

    advising us on the financial and securities market implications of the conversion and the plan of conversion;

 

    assisting us in structuring and marketing the offering;

 

    reviewing all offering documents, including the prospectus, stock order forms and marketing materials (it being understood that the preparation and filing of any and all such documents will be our responsibility and that of our counsel);

 

    assisting us in scheduling and preparing meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, if necessary;

 

    assisting us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors in connection with the offering, as needed;

 

    assisting us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the offering;

 

    meeting with our board of directors and/or our management to discuss any of the above services; and

 

    providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offering.

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has received a non-refundable management fee of $25,000, and will receive a success fee of $225,000 for the shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings. The $25,000 management fee will be credited against the $225,000 success fee.

Syndicated Offering .   If shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated offering, we will pay a fee of 6.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering.

 

116


Table of Contents

Expenses .   Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. also will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses, not to exceed $30,000, and fees and expenses of its legal counsel in an amount not to exceed $75,000. Such fees may be increased by an additional amount not to exceed $25,000, including in the event of a material delay of the offering. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agency agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. shall have earned in full, and be entitled to be paid in full, all fees then due and payable as of such date of termination. We have separately agreed to pay Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. up to $23,000 in fees for serving as records agent, as described below.

Records Management

We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. as records agent in connection with the conversion and the subscription and community offerings. In its role as records agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will assist us in the offering by:

 

    consolidating accounts into a central file;

 

    designing and preparing proxy forms and stock order forms;

 

    organizing and supervising our stock information center;

 

    providing proxy and ballot tabulation services for the special meeting of members, including acting as or supporting the inspector of election; and

 

    providing necessary subscription services to distribute, collect and tabulate stock orders in the offering.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive fees of $23,000 for these services, plus reimbursement for reasonable expenses up to $5,000. Of the fees for serving as records agent, $5,000 has been paid as of the date of this prospectus.

Indemnity

We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as well as certain other claims and litigation arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement with respect to the conversion.

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of WCF Financial Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Our other employees have been

 

117


Table of Contents

instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

Lock-up Agreements

We and each of our directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and ending 90 days after the closing of the offering, without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., we will not, directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of WCF Bancorp stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for WCF Bancorp stock, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of WCF Bancorp stock, or (iii) announce any intention to take any of the foregoing actions, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, our directors and executive officers have agreed that they will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of WCF Bancorp common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for WCF Bancorp common stock. If either (1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period described in the first sentence of this paragraph, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs, or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply during the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or event.

Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings

Expiration Date . The subscription offering and the community offering, if held, will expire at 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend one or both for up to 45 days, with the approval of Federal Reserve Board, if required. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require the Federal Reserve Board’s approval. If the offering is so extended, all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. If the offering range is decreased below the minimum of the offering range or is increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, all subscribers’ stock orders will be cancelled, their deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled, and funds submitted to us will be returned promptly, with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum for funds processed in the subscription and community offerings. We will then resolicit the subscribers, giving them an opportunity to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum from the date the order is processed.

 

118


Table of Contents

Use of Order Forms in the Subscription and Community Offerings . To purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you must properly complete an original stock order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 1:00 p.m., Central Time, on [expiration date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided or by overnight delivery to the address listed on the stock order form, or deliver it in person to our main office located at 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa. Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our other office.  Please do not mail stock order forms to WCF Financial Bank’s offices.

Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares in the offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by WCF Financial Bank, the FDIC or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock must accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares in the subscription and community offerings may be made by:

 

  (i) personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to WCF Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

  (ii) authorization of withdrawal of available funds from your WCF Financial Bank deposit accounts.

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at WCF Financial Bank are provided on the order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate of deposit accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate of deposit account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate of deposit

 

119


Table of Contents

will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders received in the subscription and community offerings will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at WCF Financial Bank and will earn interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum from the date payment is processed until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not remit cash, WCF Financial Bank line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to WCF Bancorp). You may not designate on your stock order form direct withdrawal from a WCF Financial Bank retirement account. See “ – Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” If permitted by the Federal Reserve Board, in the event we resolicit large purchasers, as described above in “– Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares, but instead must pay for the additional shares using immediately available funds. No wire transfer will be accepted without our prior approval.

Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [extension date]. If the subscription and community offerings are extended past [extension date], all subscribers will be notified and given an opportunity to confirm, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will promptly return your funds with interest at [escrow interest rate]% per annum or cancel your deposit account withdrawal authorization. We may resolicit purchasers for a specified period of time.

Regulations prohibit WCF Financial Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or WCF Bancorp to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.

Using Individual Retirement Account Funds . If you are interested in using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account. By regulation, WCF Financial Bank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use funds that are currently in a WCF Financial Bank retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, offering self-directed retirement accounts. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at WCF Financial Bank or elsewhere, to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as

 

120


Table of Contents

possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [expiration date] offering deadline. Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.    

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock . All shares of common stock sold will be issued in book entry form. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the subscription and community offerings will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order forms as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion and offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the day of completion of the conversion and stock offering or the next business day.  Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the shares of common stock will have begun trading.   Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply:

 

  (i) a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such state;

 

  (ii) the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us or our employees to register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or

 

  (iii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Applicable banking regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the order form, you cannot add the name(s) of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. You may only add those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

 

121


Table of Contents

We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Stock Information Center

Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The telephone number is [Stock Center number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on bank holidays.

Liquidation Rights

Liquidation prior to the conversion .   In the unlikely event that WCF Financial, M.H.C. is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of WCF Financial, M.H.C. would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of WCF Financial, M.H.C. remaining, these assets would first be distributed to certain depositors of WCF Financial Bank based on such depositors’ liquidation rights. The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of WCF Financial, M.H.C. after claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.     

Liquidation following the conversion .   The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by WCF Bancorp for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to (i) WCF Financial, M.H.C.’s ownership interest in Webster City Federal Bancorp’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition contained in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of WCF Financial, M.H.C. as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of WCF Financial, M.H.C. prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Webster City Federal Bancorp). The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel liquidation account in WCF Financial Bank to support the WCF Bancorp liquidation account in the event WCF Bancorp does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the WCF Bancorp liquidation account.

In the unlikely event that WCF Financial Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account to be established in Webster City Federal Bancorp, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest. Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of WCF Financial Bank or WCF Bancorp above that amount.

The liquidation account established by WCF Bancorp is designed to provide qualifying depositors a liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation interests such persons had in WCF Financial, M.H.C.) after the conversion in the event of a complete liquidation of WCF Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank or a liquidation solely of WCF Financial Bank. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) WCF Financial Bank or (ii) WCF Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to depositors as of December 31, 2014 and [supplemental eligibility record date] of their interests in the

 

122


Table of Contents

liquidation account maintained by WCF Bancorp. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of WCF Financial Bank only, when WCF Bancorp has insufficient assets (other than the stock of WCF Financial Bank) to fund the liquidation account distribution owed to Eligible Account Holders, and WCF Financial Bank has positive net worth, then WCF Financial Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund WCF Bancorp’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by WCF Bancorp as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations. If WCF Bancorp is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of WCF Financial Bank, then the WCF Bancorp liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the WCF Financial Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the WCF Bancorp liquidation account.

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion and upon the written request of the Federal Reserve Board, WCF Bancorp will transfer, or upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, WCF Bancorp may transfer, the liquidation account and the depositors’ interests in such account to WCF Financial Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon be subsumed into the liquidation account of WCF Financial Bank.

Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank is not the surviving institution, would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution or company.

Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in WCF Financial Bank on December 31, 2014 or [supplemental eligibility record date], respectively, equal to the proportion that the balance of such account holder’s deposit account on December 31, 2014 or [supplemental eligibility record date], respectively, bears to the balance of all deposit accounts of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in WCF Financial Bank on such dates.

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on December 31, 2014 or [supplemental eligibility record date], or any other annual closing date, then the liquidation account as well as the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositors. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

 

123


Table of Contents

Material Income Tax Consequences

Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to the federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or tax advisor is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank and WCF Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman, PC, regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which include the following:

 

  1. The merger of WCF Financial, M.H.C. with and into Webster City Federal Bancorp will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in WCF Financial, M.H.C. for liquidation interests in Webster City Federal Bancorp will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

  3. None of WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of WCF Financial, M.H.C. to Webster City Federal Bancorp and the assumption by Webster City Federal Bancorp of WCF Financial, M.H.C.’s liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in Webster City Federal Bancorp.

 

  4. The basis of the assets of WCF Financial, M.H.C. and the holding period of such assets to be received by Webster City Federal Bancorp will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in WCF Financial, M.H.C. immediately before the exchange.

 

  5. The merger of Webster City Federal Bancorp with and into WCF Bancorp will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code. Neither Webster City Federal Bancorp nor WCF Bancorp will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.

 

  6. The basis of the assets of Webster City Federal Bancorp and the holding period of such assets to be received by WCF Bancorp will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Webster City Federal Bancorp immediately before the exchange.

 

  7. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Webster City Federal Bancorp for interests in the liquidation account in WCF Bancorp.

 

  8. The exchange by the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the liquidation interests that they constructively received in Webster City Federal Bancorp for interests in the liquidation account established in WCF Bancorp will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.

 

124


Table of Contents
  9. Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of WCF Bancorp common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock surrendered in the exchange.

 

  10. Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her WCF Bancorp common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.

 

  11. Except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares, current stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock for WCF Bancorp common stock.

 

  12. Cash received by any current stockholder of Webster City Federal Bancorp in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of WCF Bancorp common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of WCF Bancorp common stock, which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive. Accordingly, a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share. If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.

 

  13. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase WCF Bancorp common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of WCF Bancorp common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

  14. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of WCF Financial Bank supporting the payment of the WCF Bancorp liquidation account in the event WCF Bancorp lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the WCF Financial Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of Webster City Federal Bancorp with and into WCF Bancorp.

 

  15. It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of WCF Bancorp common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the WCF Bancorp common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

  16. No gain or loss will be recognized by WCF Bancorp on the receipt of money in exchange for WCF Bancorp common stock sold in the offering.

 

125


Table of Contents

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank, WCF Bancorp and persons receiving subscription rights and stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp. With respect to items 13 and 15 above, Luse Gorman, PC noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm further noted that RP Financial, LC. has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on the distribution of such rights. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

The opinion as to item 14 above is based on the position that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received any payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in WCF Financial Bank are reduced; and (iv) the WCF Financial Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if WCF Bancorp lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.

In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the benefit provided by the WCF Financial Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event WCF Bancorp lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman, PC believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the WCF Financial Bank liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

The opinion of Luse Gorman, PC, unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed reorganization and stock offering, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.

We have also received an opinion from RSM US LLP that the Iowa state income tax consequences are consistent with the federal income tax consequences.

The federal and state tax opinions have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to WCF Bancorp’s registration statement.

 

126


Table of Contents

Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or certain officers of WCF Financial Bank, Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial, M.H.C. generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the individual. These shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of WCF Bancorp also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion, may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by any of our equity incentive plans or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any restricted stock plans.

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

General . As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp will become stockholders of WCF Bancorp. There are differences in the rights of stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp and stockholders of WCF Bancorp caused by differences between federal and Iowa law and regulations, and differences in Webster City Federal Bancorp’s federal stock charter and bylaws and WCF Bancorp’s Iowa articles of incorporation and bylaws.

This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.

Authorized Capital Stock . The authorized capital stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp consists of 20,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.10 par value per share.

The authorized capital stock of WCF Bancorp consists of 30,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Webster City Federal Bancorp’s charter and WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation both authorize the board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our board of directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a third party seeks control. We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes.

 

127


Table of Contents

Issuance of Capital Stock . Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, WCF Financial, M.H.C. is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. WCF Financial, M.H.C. will no longer exist following completion of the conversion.

WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation do not contain restrictions on the issuance of shares of capital stock to directors, officers or controlling persons, whereas Webster City Federal Bancorp’s charter restricts such issuances to general public offerings, or to directors for qualifying shares, unless the share issuance or the plan under which they would generally be issued has been approved by stockholders. However, stock-based compensation plans, such as stock option plans and restricted stock plans, would have to be submitted for approval by WCF Bancorp stockholders to qualify stock options for favorable federal income tax treatment.

Voting Rights . Neither Webster City Federal Bancorp’s charter or bylaws nor WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “ – Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.

Payment of Dividends .   Webster City Federal Bancorp’s ability to pay dividends depends, to a large extent, upon WCF Financial Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Webster City Federal Bancorp, which is restricted by federal statutes and regulations and by federal income tax considerations related to federal savings associations.

The same restrictions will apply to WCF Financial Bank’s payment of dividends to WCF Bancorp. In addition, Iowa law generally provides that WCF Bancorp is limited to paying dividends: (i) if, after paying such dividend, it would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or (ii) if WCF Bancorp’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus any amount that would be needed, if it were to be dissolved at the time of the dividend payment, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of its shareholders whose rights are superior to the rights of its shareholders receiving the distribution.

Limitations on Liability . The charter and bylaws of Webster City Federal Bancorp do not limit the personal liability of directors or officers.

WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation provide that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to WCF Bancorp for certain actions as directors or officers, except: (1) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which the director is not entitled; (2) an intentional infliction of harm on WCF Bancorp or its shareholders; (3) a violation of Section 490.833 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act (“IBCA”); or (4) an intentional violation of criminal law. These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit WCF Bancorp.

Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents . As generally allowed under current Federal Reserve Board regulations and Webster City Federal Bancorp’s bylaws, Webster City Federal Bancorp will indemnify its current and former directors, officers and employees for any amount for which that person becomes liable under a judgment in, and any reasonable costs incurred in connection with, any litigation involving such person’s activities as a director, officer or employee if such person obtains a final judgment on the merits in his or her favor. In addition, indemnification is permitted in the case of a settlement, a final judgment against such person, or final judgment other than on the

 

128


Table of Contents

merits, if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such person was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of Webster City Federal Bancorp or its stockholders. Webster City Federal Bancorp also is permitted to pay ongoing expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee if a majority of disinterested directors concludes that such person may become entitled to indemnification.

The articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp provide that it shall indemnify (i) its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Iowa law, including the advancement of expenses, and (ii) other employees or agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the board of directors and permitted by Iowa law. Iowa law allows WCF Bancorp to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of WCF Bancorp. No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.

Special Meetings of Stockholders . Webster City Federal Bancorp’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the chairman, the president, a majority of the members of the board of directors or the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting. WCF Bancorp’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the president, the chief executive officer, the chairman or by a majority vote of the total authorized directors, and shall be called upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least 25% of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals . Webster City Federal Bancorp’s bylaws provide that stockholders may submit nominations for election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders and may propose any new business to be taken up at such a meeting by filing the proposal in writing with Webster City Federal Bancorp at least five days before the date of any such meeting.

WCF Bancorp’s bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to WCF Bancorp not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of WCF Bancorp at the principal executive office of WCF Bancorp no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

Management believes that it is in the best interests of WCF Bancorp and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. In certain instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are in their best interests.

 

129


Table of Contents

Stockholder Action Without a Meeting . The bylaws of Webster City Federal Bancorp provide that action may be taken without a meeting if all shareholders entitled to vote on such matter consent in writing. WCF Bancorp’s bylaws do not provide for action to be taken by shareholders without a meeting. However, under Iowa law, action may be taken by stockholders without a meeting if 90% of all stockholders entitled to vote on the action consent to taking such action without a meeting.

Stockholders’ Right to Examine Books and Records . A federal regulation, which is applicable to Webster City Federal Bancorp, provides that stockholders may inspect and copy specified books and records after proper written notice for a proper purpose. Iowa law provides that a stockholder may inspect a company’s bylaws, stockholder minutes, annual statement of affairs and any voting trust agreements. However, only a stockholder or group of stockholders who have made the demand in good faith, have a proper purpose for doing so and satisfy certain procedural requirements, have the right to inspect a company’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and books of accounts.

Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders . WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. Webster City Federal Bancorp’s charter no longer contains voting limits based on stock ownership.

In addition, federal regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the conversion and offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of WCF Bancorp’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. If any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of WCF Bancorp’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Under Iowa law, “business combinations” between WCF Bancorp and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for three years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Iowa law defines an interested stockholder as any person that is the owner of 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of WCF Bancorp, or is an affiliate or associate of WCF Bancorp and was the owner of 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of WCF Bancorp at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested shareholder. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if a person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 10% limitation is the result of action taken solely by the corporation. WCF Bancorp can engage in a business combination with an interested shareholder if the board of directors of WCF Bancorp approves in advance the transaction by which the person became an interested shareholder.

 

130


Table of Contents

After the three-year prohibition, any business combination between WCF Bancorp and an interested stockholder generally must be approved by the board of directors of WCF Bancorp and approved by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of WCF Bancorp.

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for business combinations involving federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets . Under Iowa law, WCF Bancorp requires approval of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast by stockholders to approve a merger. However, no approval by stockholders is required for a merger if:

 

    WCF Bancorp will survive the merger or is the acquiring corporation in a share exchange;

 

    WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation will not be changed; and

 

    each stockholder of the surviving corporation whose shares were outstanding immediately before the effective date of the merger will hold the same number of shares, with identical designations, preferences, limitations, and rights, immediately after.

In addition, under certain circumstances the approval of the stockholders is not required to authorize a merger with or into a 90% owned subsidiary of WCF Bancorp.

Under Iowa law, a sale of all or substantially all of WCF Bancorp’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business, or a voluntary dissolution of WCF Bancorp, requires the approval of its board of directors and the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of stockholders entitled to be cast on the matter.

Current federal regulations do not provide a vote standard for mergers, consolidations or sales of assets by federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

Evaluation of Offers .   The articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of WCF Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of WCF Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: the long-term as well as the short-term interests of WCF Bancorp and its shareholders, including the possibility that those interests may be best served by the continued independence of WCF Bancorp, which includes the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the other party, the possible effects on the business of WCF Bancorp and its subsidiaries and on the employees, customers, suppliers and creditors of WCF Bancorp and its subsidiaries, and the effects on the communities in which WCF Bancorp’s and its subsidiaries’ facilities are located.

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

 

131


Table of Contents

Webster City Federal Bancorp’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal . The IBCA provides dissenters’ rights that will be applicable to WCF Bancorp stockholders following the conversion for future applicable transactions. The following discussion is intended as a brief summary of the material provisions of Iowa corporate procedures that a WCF Bancorp stockholder must follow in order to exercise dissenters’ rights under Iowa law. This summary is not, however, a complete statement of all applicable requirements and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Section 490.1302 of the IBCA.

The IBCA generally provides that a stockholder of an Iowa corporation that engages in a merger, consolidation, share exchange or amends its articles of incorporation in a way that alters contract rights shall have the right to demand from such corporation payment of the fair or appraised value of his or her stock in the corporation, subject to specified procedural requirements. A stockholder generally must file a written objection at or before the stockholder meeting at which the transaction is to be considered and must vote against the proposed transaction. A dissenting stockholder then must make a written demand to the successor corporation for the appraisal within 20 days after the Secretary of State has accepted the articles of merger for the record stating the number and class of shares for which the stockholder demands payment. The successor corporation will notify each objecting stockholder in writing of the date such articles were accepted for filing and may offer, to each dissenting stockholder, to purchase their dissenting shares at a specified price along with other corporate information. A dissenting stockholder may choose to accept this offer as the fair value of the shares held, or alternatively, a dissenting stockholder or the successor corporation may petition a court of equity for the determination of the fair value of the shares within 50 days from the acceptance of the articles of merger filed with the Secretary of State.

Current federal regulations do not provide for dissenters’ appraisal rights for stockholders of federal mid-tier stock holding companies.

Amendment of Governing Instruments . No amendment of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s charter may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors, then approved or preapproved by the Federal Reserve Board, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. Amendments to Webster City Federal Bancorp’s bylaws require either preliminary approval by or post-adoption notice to the Federal Reserve Board as well as approval of the amendment by a majority vote of the authorized board of directors, or by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp at any legal meeting.

WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation may be amended with the approval of the board of directors and, upon the submission of an amendment by the board of directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

  (i) the limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ii) the division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

  (iii) the ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

132


Table of Contents
  (iv) the requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders;

 

  (v) the ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;

 

  (vi) the ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire WCF Bancorp;

 

  (vii) the authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

  (viii) the number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

  (ix) the indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by WCF Bancorp;

 

  (x) the limitation of liability of directors to WCF Bancorp for money damages;

 

  (xi) the inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;

 

  (xii) the advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; and

 

  (xiii) the provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xii) of this list.

WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF WCF BANCORP

Although the board of directors of WCF Bancorp is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of WCF Bancorp after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of WCF Bancorp and its stockholders from takeovers which the board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of WCF Financial Bank, WCF Bancorp or WCF Bancorp’s stockholders.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Iowa law, WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question. WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of WCF Financial, M.H.C.’s application for conversion filed with the Federal Reserve Board, and WCF Bancorp’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

133


Table of Contents

Iowa Law and Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of WCF Bancorp

Iowa law, as well as WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of WCF Bancorp more difficult.

Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of the board of directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including:

 

    a prohibition on service as a director by a person (i) who has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust that is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law, (ii) who is currently charged in an information, indictment or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime, or (iii) against whom a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past 10 years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency;

 

    a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is party to any agreement or understanding that (i) provides such person with material benefits that are contingent upon WCF Bancorp entering into a merger or similar transaction in which WCF Bancorp is not the surviving entity, (ii) materially limits such person’s voting discretion with respect to WCF Bancorp’s strategic direction, or (iii) materially impairs such person’s ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of WCF Bancorp;

 

    a prohibition against any person who has attained the age of 75 commencing a new term of service as a director;

 

    a prohibition against any person who has attained the age of 70 being appointed to a new term of service as an officer;

 

    a requirement that any person proposed to serve as director have maintained his or her principal residence within the State of Iowa for a period of at least one year immediately before his or her nomination or appointment to the board of directors;

 

    a prohibition on service as a director by a person who has lost more than one election for service as a director of WCF Bancorp; and

 

    a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service on the board of directors or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for such service.

 

134


Table of Contents

Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

Restrictions on Calling a Special Meetings .  The articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the president, the chief executive officer, the chairman, by a majority of the whole board of directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least 25% of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting .  The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Limitation of Voting Rights .  The articles of incorporation provide that no person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit.

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of WCF Bancorp’s then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “ – Limitation of Voting Rights”).

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, WCF Bancorp will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of WCF Bancorp Following the Conversion.” The articles of incorporation authorize 10,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. WCF Bancorp is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of WCF Bancorp that the board of directors does not approve, it may be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of WCF Bancorp. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws . Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend certain provisions. A list of these provisions is provided under “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp – Amendment of Governing Instruments.”

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of WCF Bancorp’s directors or by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast by stockholders at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the total votes eligible to be cast.

 

135


Table of Contents

The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of the total eligible votes eligible to be cast for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp in reliance on Section 490.727 of the IBCA. Section 490.727 permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the IBCA.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Iowa law restricts mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and other business combinations between WCF Bancorp and an “interested stockholder.” See “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp – Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets.”

Evaluation of Offers .   The articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of WCF Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of WCF Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, certain enumerated factors. For a list of these enumerated factors, see “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp – Evaluation of Offers.”

Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of WCF Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws .  Our board of directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. We believe these provisions are in the best interests of WCF Bancorp and its stockholders. Our board of directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of WCF Bancorp and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of all our stockholders. Accordingly, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of WCF Bancorp and all of our stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the board of directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of WCF Bancorp and that is in the best interests of all our stockholders.

Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation.

Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.

 

136


Table of Contents

Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions also may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our board of directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our board of directors and management. Our board of directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

Federal Conversion Regulations

Federal Reserve Board regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Federal Reserve Board has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

Change in Control Law and Regulations    

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured savings association or its parent holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. The Federal Reserve Board takes into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition. In addition, federal regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings association without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with WCF Bancorp, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that parties seeking to rebut control will be provided an opportunity to do so in writing.

 

137


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WCF BANCORP FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

General

WCF Bancorp is authorized to issue 30,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. WCF Bancorp currently expects to issue in the offering and exchange up to 2,563,224 shares of common stock, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. WCF Bancorp will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.

The shares of common stock will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

Common Stock

Dividends . WCF Bancorp may pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to such dividends, it would be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business and its total assets would exceed the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividends. However, even if WCF Bancorp’s assets are less than the amount necessary to satisfy the requirement set forth above, WCF Bancorp may pay dividends from: its net earnings for the fiscal year in which the distribution is made; its net earnings for the preceding fiscal year; or the sum of its net earnings for the preceding eight fiscal quarters. The payment of dividends by WCF Bancorp is also subject to limitations that are imposed by applicable regulation, including restrictions on payments of dividends that would reduce WCF Bancorp’s assets below the then-adjusted balance of its liquidation account. The holders of common stock of WCF Bancorp will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If WCF Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights . Upon completion of the offering and exchange, the holders of common stock of WCF Bancorp will have exclusive voting rights in WCF Bancorp. They will elect WCF Bancorp’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Iowa law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of WCF Bancorp’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If WCF Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require the approval of 80% of our outstanding common stock.

As a federal stock savings association, corporate powers and control of WCF Financial Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of WCF Financial Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of WCF Financial Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of WCF Financial Bank, which will be WCF Bancorp, and voted at the direction of WCF Bancorp’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of WCF Bancorp will not have direct control of WCF Financial Bank.

 

138


Table of Contents

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of WCF Financial Bank, WCF Bancorp, as the holder of 100% of WCF Financial Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of WCF Financial Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of WCF Financial Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of WCF Bancorp, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities (including payments with respect to its liquidation account), all of the assets of WCF Bancorp available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of WCF Bancorp will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of WCF Bancorp’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for WCF Bancorp’s common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Canton, Massachusetts.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

Prior to this stock offering, the financial statements of Webster City Federal Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2014 were audited by KPMG LLP (“KPMG”). During the year ended December 31, 2014, KPMG performed audit services for Webster City Federal Bancorp. During 2014, Webster City Federal Bancorp was not a public company and was not subject to Securities and Exchange Commission regulations for public companies.

In connection with this offering, on October 12, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp dismissed KPMG and, on November 30, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp engaged RSM US LLP (“RSM”), an independent registered public accounting firm, to audit its financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. These financial statements, including RSM’s audit report thereon, are included in this prospectus. Prior to engaging RSM, Webster City Federal Bancorp did not consult with RSM during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 on the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on Webster City Federal Bancorp’s financial statements, or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions or a reportable event as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K. The engagement of RSM was approved by the audit committee of the board of directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp.

 

139


Table of Contents

KPMG’s report on the financial statements of Webster City Federal Bancorp as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was such report qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, and the subsequent interim period through October 12, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp had no disagreements with KPMG on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to its satisfaction, would have caused KPMG to make reference in connection with its opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement during its audit of the year ended December 31, 2014. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, and the subsequent interim period through October 12, 2015, there were no “reportable events” as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

KPMG was provided with a copy of the above statements on or about March 4, 2016, and Webster City Federal Bancorp requested that it furnish a letter to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether or not it agrees with these statements. KPMG has furnished a letter dated March 9, 2016 addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission and filed as Exhibit 16 to WCF Bancorp’s registration statement stating its agreement with the above statements as they relate to KPMG.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Webster City Federal Bancorp and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for each of the years then ended, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of RSM US LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.

LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, D.C., counsel to WCF Bancorp, WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank, has issued to WCF Bancorp its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. RSM US LLP, Des Moines, Iowa has provided an opinion to us regarding the Iowa income tax consequences of the conversion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and, in the event of a syndicated offering, for any other co-managers, by Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP, Washington, D.C.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

WCF Bancorp has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal

 

140


Table of Contents

report, which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission’s telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including WCF Bancorp. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

WCF Financial, M.H.C. has filed with the Federal Reserve Board an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion, and WCF Bancorp has filed with the Federal Reserve Board an Application on Form FR Y-3 with respect to its acquisition of WCF Financial Bank. This prospectus omits certain information contained in those applications. To obtain a copy of the applications filed with the Federal Reserve Board, you may contact Dennis Denney, Assistant Vice President of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, at (816) 881-2633. The plan of conversion and reorganization is available, upon request, at each of WCF Financial Bank’s offices.

In connection with the offering, WCF Bancorp will register its common stock under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, WCF Bancorp and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion, WCF Bancorp has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

 

141


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Table of Contents

 

     Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8-39   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

Webster City Federal Bancorp

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Webster City Federal Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Webster City Federal Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Des Moines, Iowa

March 9, 2016

 

LOGO

 

F-2


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

     2015     2014  
Assets     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,866,561     $ 4,039,704  

Time deposits in other financial institutions

     2,950,111       5,094,000  

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value

     36,525,732       40,675,343  

Loans receivable, net

     57,380,062       55,039,091  

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, at cost

     452,700       173,600  

Bankers’ Bank stock, at cost

     147,500       147,500  

Office property and equipment, net

     4,570,371       4,557,469  

Deferred taxes on income

     486,849       333,371  

Income taxes receivable

     —         41,511  

Accrued interest receivable

     407,975       436,264  

Goodwill

     55,148       55,148  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     1,072,915       642,280  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 112,915,924     $ 111,235,281  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity     

Deposits

   $ 88,079,831     $ 92,914,445  

FHLB advances

     8,000,000       1,000,000  

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     431,090       372,525  

Accrued interest payable

     9,008       4,940  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,812,853       2,120,893  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     98,332,782       96,412,803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.10 par value.

    

Authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued none

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.10 par value. Authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued 4,334,478 in 2015 and 2014; 3,019,005 shares outstanding in 2015 and 3,023,360 shares outstanding in 2014

     433,448       433,448  

Additional paid-in capital

     9,633,893       9,689,603  

Retained earnings, substantially restricted

     16,635,039       16,664,227  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     93,177       214,517  

Treasury stock, 1,315,473 shares in 2015 and 1,311,118 shares in 2014, at cost

     (12,212,415     (12,179,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     14,583,142       14,822,478  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 112,915,924     $ 111,235,281  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

     2015      2014  

Interest income:

     

Loans receivable

   $ 2,868,731      $ 2,912,422  

Investment securities - taxable

     404,064        707,043  

Investment securities - tax exempt

     372,498        270,356  

Other interest earning assets

     61,903        67,720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     3,707,196        3,957,541  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

     

Deposits

     561,580        644,069  

FHLB advances

     51,446        51,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     613,026        695,841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     3,094,170        3,261,700  

Provision for losses on loans

     190,000        17,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for losses on loans

     2,904,170        3,244,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

     

Fees and service charges

     316,753        264,197  

Impairment loss on securities available-for-sale

     —          (183,440

Gains on sale of securities available-for-sale, net

     207,605        22,208  

Gain on disposition of office property and equipment

     137,437        —    

Other income

     2,645        16,574  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     664,440        119,539  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

     

Compensation, payroll taxes, and employee benefits

     1,246,192        1,243,446  

Advertising

     87,364        69,722  

Office property and equipment

     482,216        239,405  

Federal insurance premiums

     67,583        68,607  

Data processing services

     366,107        467,246  

Charitable contributions

     260,000        —    

Other real estate expenses, net

     4,309        16,064  

Dues and subscriptions

     69,793        78,341  

Accounting, regulatory and professional fees

     255,923        238,347  

Debit card expenses

     54,097        47,490  

Other expenses

     251,631        345,197  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     3,145,215        2,813,865  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes on income

     423,395        549,774  

Taxes on income

     29,530        100,608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 393,865      $ 449,166  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic/diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.13       $ 0.15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

     2015     2014  

Net income

   $ 393,865      $ 449,166   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Net change in unrealized gain on securities

     15,762        1,302,518   

Reclassification adjustnent for net gain realized in net income

     (207,605     (22,208

Net change in noncredit related other-than-temporary impairment

     —          183,440   

Taxes on income

     70,503        (545,886
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (121,340     917,864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 272,525      $ 1,367,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

                        Accumulated              
            Additional           other              
     Common      paid-in     Retained     comprehensive     Treasury        
     stock      capital     earnings     income (loss)     stock     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 433,448       $ 9,689,603      $ 16,814,563      $ (703,347   $ (12,407,356   $ 13,826,911   

Net income

     —           —          449,166        —          —          449,166   

Other comprehensive income

     —           —          —          917,864        —          917,864   

Common stock repurchased

     —           —          —          —          (1,616,823     (1,616,823

Merger of bank

     —           1,245,360        —          —          —          1,245,360   

Treasury stock issued to parent 196,429 shares

     —           (1,245,360     (599,502     —          1,844,862        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     433,448         9,689,603        16,664,227        214,517        (12,179,317     14,822,478   

Net income

     —           —          393,865        —          —          393,865   

Other comprehensive loss

     —           —          —          (121,340     —          (121,340

Stock offering costs

     —           (55,710     —          —          —          (55,710

Common stock repurchased

     —           —          —          —          (33,098     (33,098

Dividends paid on common stock, $0.20 per common share

     —           —          (423,053     —          —          (423,053
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 433,448       $ 9,633,893      $ 16,635,039      $ 93,177      $ (12,212,415   $ 14,583,142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

     2015     2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 393,865      $ 449,166   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     713,174        480,659   

Provision for losses on loans

     190,000        17,600   

Charitable contribution - donation of building

     260,000        —     

Deferred taxes on income

     (82,975     (21,132

Impairment loss on securities available-for-sale

     —          183,440   

Gain on sales of securities

     (207,605     (22,208

Gain on sales of one-to-four family residential loans

     (22,029     (11,226

Proceeds from sales of one-to-four family residential loans

     2,599,329        1,523,541   

Originations of one-to-four family residential loans

     (2,577,300     (1,512,315

Write-down of other real estate owned

     (7,200     —     

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

     —          (27,802

Gain on sale of office property and equipment

     (137,437     —     

Change in:

    

Accrued interest receivable

     28,289        55,741   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (409,935     (92,164

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     58,565        28,226   

Accrued interest payable

     4,068        (550

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     415,991        150,031   

Accrued taxes on income

     41,511        (98,519
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,260,311        1,102,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from maturity of time deposits in other financial institutions

     8,743,000        4,510,799   

Purchase of time deposits in other financial institutions

     (6,599,111     (3,144,777

Proceeds from calls and maturies of investment securities available-for-sale

     5,089,349        6,456,771   

Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale

     18,562,212        11,126,396   

Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale

     (19,924,019     (15,236,557

Proceeds from sale of securities held-to-maturity

     —          35,000   

Net change in loans receivable

     (2,544,471     (938,161

Net change in FHLB stock

     (279,100     5,300   

Purchase of office property and equipment

     (1,036,744     (2,351,408

Proceeds from sale of office property and equipment

     200,000        —     

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

     —          203,152   

Cash received from acquisition of business

     —          143,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     2,211,116        810,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net change in deposits

     (4,834,614     (1,529,624

Net change in FHLB advances

     7,000,000        (100,000

Cash paid for Treasury Stock

     (331,193     (1,318,728

Dividends paid

     (423,053     —     

Stock offering costs

     (55,710     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities

     1,355,430        (2,948,352
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     4,826,857        (1,035,411

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     4,039,704        5,075,115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 8,866,561      $ 4,039,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 608,958      $ 696,345   

Taxes on income

     70,994        220,259   

Noncash investing activities:

    

Transfers to other real estate owned from loans

     13,500        112,500   

Accounts payable for purchase of office property and equipment

     —          425,936   

Accounts payable for repurchase of treasury stock

     —          298,095   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

 

  (a) Description of Business

Webster City Federal Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the Company), WCF Financial Bank (the Bank), and Webster City Federal Service Corp, conduct operations in Webster City, Iowa, a community of approximately 8,000 people and Independence, Iowa, a community of approximately 6,000 people. The Bank is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public in its market area and investing such deposits in mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate. The Bank’s primary area for lending and other financial services consists of Hamilton and Buchanan Counties in Iowa, and the surrounding contiguous counties.

Webster City Federal Bancorp was formed on July 1, 1999 pursuant to a plan of reorganization adopted by the Bank and its stockholders. Pursuant to the reorganization, each share of the Bank stock held by existing stockholders of the Bank was exchanged for a share of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp. Approximately 83% of the Company’s common stock is owned by WCF Financial M.H.C., a mutual holding company (the Holding Company). The remaining 17% of the Company’s common stock is owned by the general public.

 

  (b) Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Webster City Federal Bancorp and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

  (c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the allowance for loan losses, valuation of investments and deferred tax asset and liabilities including valuation allowance.

 

  (d) Reclassification

Certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. The reclassifications had no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity.

 

  (e) Segment information

An operating segment is generally defined as a component of a business for which discrete financial information is available and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision-maker. The Company has determined that its business is comprised of one operating segment, which is banking. The banking segment generates revenue through interest and fees on loans, service charges on deposit accounts, interest on investment securities, and other miscellaneous banking related activities. This segment includes the Company, WCF Financial Bank, its subsidiary, and related elimination entries between them, as the Company’s operation is similar to that of WCF Financial Bank.

(Continued)

 

F-8


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

  (f) Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (OCI). OCI consists of the net change in unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s securities available-for-sale, including the noncredit-related portion of unrealized gains (losses) of OTTI securities.

 

  (g) Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the purpose of reporting cash flows, the Company includes cash and funds due from other depository institutions. The Company maintains amounts due from banks which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Included as cash equivalents at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were interest-bearing deposits totaling $7,846,000 and $2,759,491, respectively.

 

  (h) Time Deposits in Other Financial Institutions

Time deposits in other financial institutions consist of certificate of deposits not meeting the definition of cash and cash equivalents. All certificates are held by other banks, are recorded at cost and mature from March 2016 through January 2024.

 

  (i) Investment Securities

Investment securities are classified based on the Company’s intended holding period. Securities that may be sold prior to maturity to meet liquidity needs, to respond to market changes, or to adjust the Company’s asset-liability position are classified as available-for-sale. Currently, all securities are classified as available-for-sale.

Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with the aggregate unrealized gains or losses, net of the effect of taxes on income, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in net income. The Company’s net income reflects the full impairment (that is, the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and fair value), if any, on debt securities that the Company intends to sell, or would more likely than not be required to sell, before the expected recovery of the amortized cost basis. For available-for-sale debt securities that management has no intent to sell, and believes that it will not more likely than not be required to sell prior to recovery, only the credit loss component of the impairment is recognized in net income, while the rest of the fair value loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss component recognized in net income is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as projected using the Company’s cash flow projections using its base assumptions.

A decline in the fair value of any available-for-sale security below cost and that is deemed to be other-than-temporary results in an impairment to reduce the carrying amount by fair value for the credit portion of the loss. The impairment is charged to net income and a new cost basis for the security is established. To determine whether an impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers whether it has the ability to hold and lack of intent to sell the investment until a market price recovery and considers whether evidence indicating the cost of the investment is recoverable outweighs evidence to the contrary. Evidence considered in this assessment includes the reasons for the impairment, the severity and duration of the impairment, changes in value subsequent to year-end, and the general market conditions.

 

(Continued)

 

F-9


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Net realized gains or losses are shown in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income in the noninterest income line using the specific-identification method. Net realized gains of $207,605 and $22,208 were recorded in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

  (j) FHLB Stock

FHLB stock represents equity interest in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Des Moines and is carried at cost due to the restricted nature of the stock and is evaluated for potential impairment annually. The Bank is required by law to own stock in the FHLB of Des Moines as a condition of membership or for borrowing from the FHLB. There was no impairment in 2015 or 2014.

 

  (k) Bankers’ Bank Stock

Bankers’ Bank stock represents equity interest in Bankers’ Bank of Madison (Bankers’ Bank) and is carried at cost due to the restricted nature of the stock and is evaluated for potential impairment annually. There was no impairment in 2015 or 2014.

 

  (l) Loans Receivable, Net

Loans receivable are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by the allowance for loan losses, deferred loan fees and discounts on loans purchased. Loans receivable are charged against the allowance when management believes collectability of principal is unlikely.

Interest on loans receivable is accrued and credited to operations based primarily on the principal amount outstanding. Certain loan balances include unearned discounts, which are recorded as income over the term of the loan.

Accrued interest receivable on loans receivable that become more than 90 days in arrears is charged to an allowance that is established by a charge to interest income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received until, in management’s judgment, the borrower’s ability to make periodic interest and principal payments is reasonably assured, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status.

Under the Company’s credit policies, commercial loans are considered impaired when management believes it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Loan impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate except, where more practical, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

  (m) Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s periodic evaluation of the loan portfolio and reflects an amount that, in management’s opinion, is appropriate to absorb probable losses in the existing portfolio. In evaluating the portfolio, management takes into consideration numerous factors, including current economic conditions, prior loan loss experience, the composition of the loan portfolio, value of underlying collateral, and management’s estimate of probable credit losses.

 

(Continued)

 

F-10


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

  (n) Loan Origination Fees and Related Costs

Mortgage loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is amortized using the interest method over the estimated life of the loan. Premiums and discounts in connection with loans purchased are amortized over the term of the loans using the interest method.

 

  (o) Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any conditions established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements (see note 13). The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company, upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

 

  (p) Office Property and Equipment, Net

Office property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided primarily by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from 10 to 40 years for the office building and improvements and 5 to 25 years for furniture, fixtures, and equipment.

Maintenance and repairs expenditures are charged against income. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized and subsequently depreciated. The cost and accumulated depreciation of assets retired or otherwise disposed of are eliminated from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts. Related profit or loss from such transactions is credited or charged to income.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the cost and accumulated depreciation of office property and equipment were as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Land

   $ 1,054,000      $ 1,179,747  

Office building and improvements

     3,618,923        1,452,453  

Office building under construction

     —          2,817,088  

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     437,512        954,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,110,435        6,403,749  

Less accumulated depreciation

     540,064        1,846,280  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,570,371      $ 4,557,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-11


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

  (q) Goodwill Accounting Policy

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to a qualitative impairment test to determine if it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired. If it is determined impairment is more likely than not, a quantitative test is performed to measure the impairment, if any. The Company has completed its annual qualitative test and determined no impairment indicators existed as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

  (r) Revenue Recognition

Interest income and expenses are recognized on the accrual method based on the respective outstanding balances of assets and liabilities. Other revenue is recognized at the time the service is rendered.

 

  (s) Taxes on Income

Deferred income taxes are provided under the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits are classified as other noninterest expense.

 

  (t) Regulatory Environment

The Company is subject to regulations of certain state and federal agencies, including periodic examinations by those regulatory agencies. The Company and the Bank are also subject to minimum regulatory capital requirements. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, capital levels exceeded minimum capital requirements (see note 11).

 

(Continued)

 

F-12


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

  (u) Investment in Affiliate

The Company records its investment in an affiliate, New Castle Players, LLC, in which it has a 27.17% interest using the equity method of accounting. The affiliate holds an investment in a local hotel in Webster City, Iowa. The Company records the value of its investment at year-end based on the affiliate’s financial statements on a one-month lag. The investment in affiliate is analyzed annually. If impairment is determined to be other than temporary, the carrying amount is written down to fair value. The investment is included as a component of prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets, while the equity income earned is included as a component of other noninterest expense on the consolidated statements of income. Summary unaudited financial information of the affiliate as of and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2015 and 2014 is presented below:

 

     2015      2014  

Current assets

   $ 192,299       $ 137,534   

Long-term assets

     1,740,175         1,777,885   

Current liabilities

     89,022         90,010   

Long-term liabilities

     —           57,278   

Total equity

     1,843,452         1,768,131   

Total revenue

     879,876         877,169   

Net income

     142,968         160,872   

 

  (v) Earnings per Common Share

The calculation of earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is presented below.

 

     2015      2014  

Net income

   $ 393,865       $ 449,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares and diluted common shares outstanding

     3,021,904         2,976,444   

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.13       $ 0.15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.13       $ 0.15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (w) Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 9, 2016, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. There are two subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements as noted by the Company. The Company declared and paid a dividend of $0.05 per share in February 2016.

 

(Continued)

 

F-13


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

On March 3, 2016, the boards of directors of the MHC, the Company and the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, the MHC will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public form. The MHC will be merged into the Company, and the MHC will no longer exist. The Company will then merge into a new Iowa corporation named WCF Bancorp, Inc. As part of the conversion, the MHC’s ownership interest in the Company will be offered for sale in a public offering. The existing publicly held shares of the Company, which represent the remaining ownership interest in the Company, will be exchanged for new shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp, Inc., the new Iowa corporation. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the conversion and public offering, the public shareholders of the Company will own the same aggregate percentage of common stock of the new Iowa corporation that they owned immediately prior to the completion of the conversion and public offering (excluding shares purchased in the stock offering, cash received in lieu of fractional shares and as adjusted to reflect assets held by the MHC). When the conversion and public offering are completed, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the new Iowa corporation. The Plan of Conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of special “liquidation accounts” for the benefit of certain depositors of the Bank in an amount equal to the MHC’s ownership interest in the equity of the Company as of the date of the latest balance sheet contained in the prospectus plus the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Company). Neither the Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Direct costs of the conversion and public offering will be deferred and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the public offering.

 

  (x) Current Accounting Developments

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loan upon Foreclosure . The update clarifies when an in substance foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan. This is the point when the consumer mortgage loan should be derecognized and the real property recognized. For public companies, this update was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 31, 2014. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 660): Summary and Amendments that Create Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers (Subtopic 340-40) . The guidance in this update supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the industry topics of the Codification. For public companies, this update will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements, but does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

(Continued)

 

F-14


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . The update simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring the debt issuance costs be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of debt liability, consistent with debt discounts or premiums. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this update. For public companies, this update will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and is to be applied retrospectively. The Company has determined that this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . The update enhances the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information by updating certain aspects or recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. Among other changes, the update includes requiring changes in fair value of equity securities with readily determinable fair value to be recognized in net income and clarifies that entities should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with entities other deferred tax assets. For public companies, this update will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and is to be applied on a modified retrospective basis. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements, but does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

(2) Fair Value Measurements

FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurement , defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset of liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact, and (iv) willing to transact.

ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach, and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be

 

(Continued)

 

F-15


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

    Level 1 Inputs – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

    Level 2 Inputs – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

 

    Level 3 Inputs – Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value.

 

    Cash and cash equivalents and time deposits in other financial institutions . The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

    Securities available-for-sale . Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value on a recurring basis. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.

 

    Loans receivable . The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair values for other loans are determined using estimated future cash flows, discounted at the interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers with similar credit quality. The Company does record nonrecurring fair value adjustments to loans to reflect (1) partial write-downs to collateral value or (2) the establishment of specific loan reserves that are based on the observable market price of the loan or the appraised of the collateral. These loans are classified as Level 3.

 

(Continued)

 

F-16


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

    Foreclosed assets . Foreclosed assets consist mainly of other real estate owned but may include other types of assets repossessed by the Company. Foreclosed assets are adjusted to fair value upon transfer of the loans to foreclosed assets. Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral. Foreclosed assets are classified as Level 3.

 

    Bankers’ Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock . The value of Bankers’ Bank and FHLB stock is equivalent to its carrying value because the stock is redeemable at par value.

 

    Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable . The recorded amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates fair value as a result of the short-term nature of the instruments.

 

    Deposits . The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as passbook, money market, noninterest-bearing checking, and NOW accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value estimates do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by the deposit liabilities compared to the cost of borrowing funds in the market.

 

    FHLB advances . The fair value of the FHLB advances is based on the discounted value of the cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for fixed-rate advances of similar remaining maturities.

The following tables summarize financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value. The Company has no liabilities measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

     2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     inputs      inputs      inputs      fair value  

Mortgage-backed securities *

   $ —        $ 17,355,555      $ —        $ 17,355,555  

Municipal bonds

     —          18,613,248        —          18,613,248  

Corporate bonds

     52,139        504,790        —          556,929  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 52,139      $ 36,473,593      $ —        $ 36,525,732  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-17


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

     2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     inputs      inputs      inputs      fair value  

U.S. agency securities

   $ —        $ 3,809,296      $ —        $ 3,809,296  

Mortgage-backed securities *

     —          21,232,505        —          21,232,505  

Municipal bonds

     —          14,568,518        —          14,568,518  

Corporate bonds

     51,898        1,013,126        —          1,065,024  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 51,898      $ 40,623,445      $ —        $ 40,675,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* All mortgage-backed securities are issued by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA and are backed by residential mortgage loans.

There have been no changes in valuation methodologies at December 31, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014 and there were no transfers between levels during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

The Company is required to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not have any material assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

 

(Continued)

 

F-18


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(3) Securities Available-for-Sale

Securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

            Gross      Gross         
     Amortized      unrealized      unrealized         

Description

   cost      gains      losses      Fair value  

2015:

           

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 17,522,971      $ 12,167      $ 179,583      $ 17,355,555  

Municipal bonds

     18,300,293        336,817        23,862        18,613,248  

Corporate bonds

     551,500        5,429        —          556,929  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,374,764      $ 354,413      $ 203,445      $ 36,525,732  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014:

           

U.S. agency securities

   $ 3,809,296      $ —        $ —        $ 3,809,296  

Mortgage-backed securities

     21,088,405        197,241        53,141        21,232,505  

Municipal bonds

     14,383,331        216,547        31,360        14,568,518  

Corporate bonds

     1,051,500        13,524        —          1,065,024  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 40,332,532      $ 427,312      $ 84,501      $ 40,675,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown below by contractual maturity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     2015      2014  
     Amortized             Amortized         
     cost      Fair value      cost      Fair value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 445,309      $ 447,569      $ 470,305      $ 471,202  

Due after one year through five years

     2,975,830        2,996,599        2,406,920        2,430,386  

Due after five years, but less than ten years

     13,593,191        13,875,254        9,120,704        9,195,163  

Due after ten years

     1,837,463        1,850,755        7,246,198        7,346,087  

Mortgage-backed securities

     17,522,971        17,355,555        21,088,405        21,232,505  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 36,374,764      $ 36,525,732      $ 40,332,532      $ 40,675,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-19


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The details of the sales of investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized in the following table.

 

     2015      2014  

Proceeds from sales

   $ 18,562,212      $ 11,126,396  

Gross gains on sales

     255,719        191,230  

Gross losses on sales

     48,114        169,022  

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, accrued interest receivable for securities available-for-sale totaled $189,862 and $200,772, respectively.

The following tables show the Company’s available-for-sale investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     2015  
     Up to 12 months      Greater than 12 months  
     Fair value      Gross
unrealized
loss
     Fair value      Gross
unrealized
loss
 

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 13,669,247      $ 157,996      $ 1,390,849      $ 21,587  

Municipal bonds

     2,549,250        23,862        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,218,497      $ 181,858      $ 1,390,849      $ 21,587  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014  
     Up to 12 months      Greater than 12 months  
     Fair value      Gross
unrealized
loss
     Fair value      Gross
unrealized
loss
 

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 5,208,670      $ 53,141      $ —         $ —     

Municipal bonds

     4,759,487        31,360        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,968,157      $ 84,501      $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s assessment of other-than-temporary impairment is based on its reasonable judgment of the specific facts and circumstances impacting each individual security at the time such assessments are made. The Company reviews and considers factual information, including expected cash flows, the structure of the security, the credit quality of the underlying assets, and the current and anticipated market conditions.

 

(Continued)

 

F-20


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The Company does not intend to sell its available-for-sale investment securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell them before the recovery of its cost. Due to the issuers’ continued satisfactions of their obligations under the securities in accordance with their contractual terms and the expectation that they will continue to do so, and management’s intent and ability to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, the Company believes that the investment securities identified in the tables above were temporarily depressed as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. There was no other-than-temporary impairment in 2015. The Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment $183,440 during the year ended December 31,2014, due to the Company’s intent to sell certain securities at year end. All securities with other-than-temporary impairment were sold in January 2015.

 

(4) Loans Receivable

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, loans receivable consisted of the following segments:

 

     2015      2014  

Loans:

     

One-to-four family residential

   $ 46,510,605      $ 45,661,579  

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential

     4,030,249        4,257,124  

Commercial real estate

     2,974,668        2,635,679  

Consumer

     4,542,892        3,077,372  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     58,058,414        55,631,754  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discounts on loans purchased

     (84,907 )      (113,107 )

Deferred loan costs (fees)

     (88,267 )      (118,854 )

Allowance for loan losses

     (505,178 )      (360,702 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 57,380,062      $ 55,039,091  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable on loans receivable was $218,113 and $235,492 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The loan portfolio included approximately $42.9 million and $43.6 million of fixed rate loans and approximately $15.2 million and $12.0 million of variable rate loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Company originates residential, commercial real estate loans and other consumer loans, primarily in its Hamilton County, and Buchanan County, Iowa market areas and their adjacent counties. A substantial portion of its borrowers’ ability to repay their loans is dependent upon economic conditions in the Company’s market area.

 

(Continued)

 

F-21


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Loan customers of the Company include certain directors, officers and their related interests and associates. All loans to this group were made in the ordinary course of business at prevailing terms and conditions. Changes in such loans during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 486,623      $ 362,449  

Additions

     64,885        214,010  

Reductions

     (53,216 )      (89,836 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 498,292      $ 486,623  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(5) Allowance for Loan Losses

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     December 31, 2015  
     One-to-four
family
residential
     Non-owner
occupied
one-to-four
family
residential
     Commercial
real estate
     Consumer      Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ —         $       $ —         $ —     

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     366,858         44,510         32,443         61,367         505,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 366,858       $ 44,510       $ 32,443       $ 61,367       $ 505,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans receivable:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ —         $ 302,412       $ —         $ 302,412   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     46,510,605         4,030,249         2,672,256         4,542,892         57,756,002   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,510,605       $ 4,030,249       $ 2,974,668       $ 4,542,892       $ 58,058,414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-22


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     One-to-four
family
residential
     Non-owner
occupied
one-to-four
family
residential
     Commercial
real estate
     Consumer      Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     300,654         26,949         15,192         17,907         360,702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 300,654       $ 26,949       $ 15,192       $ 17,907       $ 360,702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans receivable:

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ —         $ 302,412       $ —         $ 302,412   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     45,661,579         4,257,124         2,333,267         3,077,372         55,329,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,661,579       $ 4,257,124       $ 2,635,679       $ 3,077,372       $ 55,631,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses by segment for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is summarized in the following tables:

 

     Allowance for loan losses activity  
     December 31, 2015  
     Beginning
Balance
     Charge-offs      Recoveries      Provisions      Ending
Balance
 

Loans:

           

One-to-four family residential

   $ 300,654      $ 32,805      $ —        $ 99,009      $ 366,858  

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential

     26,949        —          —          17,561        44,510  

Commercial real estate

     15,192        —          —          17,251        32,443  

Consumer

     17,907        12,907        188        56,179        61,367  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 360,702      $ 45,712      $ 188      $ 190,000      $ 505,178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Allowance for loan losses activity  
     December 31, 2014  
  

 

 

             
     Beginning
Balance
     Charge-offs      Recoveries      Provisions      Ending
Balance
 

Loans:

           

One-to-four family residential

   $ 379,783      $ 96,729      $ —        $ 17,600      $ 300,654  

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential

     26,949        —          —          —          26,949  

Commercial real estate

     15,192        —          —          —          15,192  

Consumer

     14,237        —          3,670        —          17,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 436,161      $ 96,729      $ 3,670      $ 17,600      $ 360,702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-23


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

  (a) Loan Portfolio Segment Risk Characteristics

One-to-four family residential : The Company generally retains most residential mortgage loans that are originated for its own portfolio. The market value of real estate securing residential real estate loans can fluctuate as a result of market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located. Adverse developments affecting real estate values in the Company’s market could increase credit risk associated with its loan portfolio. Additionally, real estate lending typically involves large loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans generally is dependent, in large part, on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and is therefore more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances.

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential: The Company originates fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans secured by non-owner occupied one-to-four family properties. These loans may have a term of up to 20 years. Generally the Bank will lend up to 75% of the property’s appraised value. Appraised values are determined by an outside independent appraiser. In deciding to originate a loan secured by a non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential property, management reviews the creditworthiness of the borrower and the expected cash flows from the property securing the loan, the cash flow requirements of the borrower and the value of the property securing the loan. This segment is generally secured by one-to-four family properties.

Commercial real estate: On a very limited basis, the Company originates fixed-rate and adjustable-rate commercial real estate and land loans. These loans may have a term of up to 20 years. Generally the Bank will lend up to 75% of the property’s appraised value. Appraised values are determined by an outside independent appraiser. In recent years, the Company has significantly reduced the emphasis on these types of loans and does not intend to emphasize these types of loans in the future. This segment is generally secured by retail, industrial, service or other commercial properties and loans secured by raw land, including timber.

Consumer : Consumer loans typically have shorter terms, lower balances, higher yields, and higher rates of default. Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and are therefore more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. This segment consists mainly of loans collateralized by automobiles. The collateral securing these loans, may depreciate over time, may be difficult to recover and may fluctuate in value based on condition.

 

  (b) Charge-off Policy

The Company requires a loan to be at least partially charged off as soon as it becomes apparent that some loss will be incurred, or when its collectability is sufficiently questionable that it no longer is considered a bankable asset. The primary considerations when determining if and how much of a loan should be charged off are as follows: (1) the potential for future cash flows; (2) the value of any collateral; and (3) the strength of any co-makers or guarantors.

 

  (c) Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR)

All loans deemed troubled debt restructurings, or “TDR”, are considered impaired, and are evaluated for collateral sufficiency. A loan is considered a TDR when the Bank, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the Bank would not otherwise consider. There were no new troubled debt restructurings in 2015 or 2014. There were no TDR’s that subsequently defaulted within the previous 12 months.

 

(Continued)

 

F-24


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

  (d) Loans Measured Individually for Impairment

Loans that are deemed to be impaired are reserved for with the necessary allocation. All loans deemed troubled debt restructurings are considered impaired. Generally loans for 1-4 family residential and consumer are collectively evaluated for impairment.

 

  (e) Loans Measured Collectively for Impairment

All loans not evaluated individually for impairment are grouped together by type and further segmented by risk classification. The Company’s historical loss experiences for each portfolio segment are calculated using the three-year average loss rate for estimating losses adjusted for qualitative factors. The qualitative factors consider economic and business conditions, changes in nature and volume of the loan portfolio, concentrations, collateral values, level and trends in delinquencies, external factors, lending policies, experience of lending staff, and monitoring of credit quality.

The following tables set forth the composition of each class of the Company’s loans by internally assigned credit quality indicators.

 

     Pass      Special
mention/watch
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

December 31, 2015:

              

Loans

              

One-to-four family residential

   $ 44,448,707       $ 1,876,618       $ 185,280       $ —         $ 46,510,605   

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential

     4,030,249         —           —           —           4,030,249   

Commercial real estate

     2,672,256         —           302,412         —           2,974,668   

Consumer

     4,416,516         126,376         —           —           4,542,892   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55,567,728       $ 2,002,994       $ 487,692       $ —         $ 58,058,414   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Pass      Special
mention/watch
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

December 31, 2014:

              

Loans

              

One-to-four family residential

   $ 42,845,004       $ 2,615,062       $ 201,513       $ —         $ 45,661,579   

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential

     4,171,314         85,810         —           —           4,257,124   

Commercial real estate

     2,333,267         —           302,412         —           2,635,679   

Consumer

     2,966,139         111,233         —           —           3,077,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 52,315,724       $ 2,812,105       $ 503,925       $ —         $ 55,631,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-25


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Special Mention/Watch – Loans classified as special mention/watch are assets that do not warrant adverse classification but possess credit deficiencies or potential weakness deserving close attention.

Substandard – Substandard loans are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful – Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable, and improbable.

The Company had one impaired loan as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. No interest income was recorded on impaired loans during 2015 or 2014.

 

  (f) Nonaccrual and Delinquent Loans

Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when (1) payment in full of principal and interest is no longer expected or (2) principal or interest has been in default for 90 days or more (unless the loan is well secured with marketable collateral).

A nonaccrual asset may be restored to an accrual status when all past-due principal and interest has been paid and the borrower has demonstrated satisfactory payment performance (excluding renewals and modifications that involve the capitalizing of interest).

Delinquency status of a loan is determined by the number of days that have elapsed past the loan’s payment due date, using the following classification groupings: 30-59 days, 60-89 days, and 90 days or more. Loans shown in the 30-59 day’s and 60-89 day’s columns in the table below reflect contractual delinquency status only, and include loans considered nonperforming due to classification as a TDR or being placed on nonaccrual.

The following tables set forth the composition of the Company’s past-due loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    30–59 days
past due
    60–89 days
past due
    90 days
or more
past due
    Total
past due
    Current     Total loans
receivable
    Recorded
investment >
90 days and
accruing
 

December 31, 2015:

             

Loans

             

One-to-four family residential

  $ 1,148,965      $ 288,087      $ 460,485      $ 1,897,537      $ 44,613,068      $ 46,510,605      $ 275,205  

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential

    —          —          —          —          4,030,249        4,030,249        —    

Commercial real estate

    —          —          302,412        302,412        2,672,256        2,974,668        —    

Consumer

    54,592        44,988        26,796        126,376        4,416,516        4,542,892        26,796  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,203,557      $ 333,075      $ 789,693      $ 2,326,325      $ 55,732,089      $ 58,058,414      $ 302,001   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-26


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

     30–59 days
past due
     60–89 days
past due
     90 days
or more
past due
     Total
past due
     Current      Total loans
receivable
     Recorded
investment >
90 days and
accruing
 

December 31, 2014:

                    

Loans

                    

One-to-four family residential

   $ 1,017,083       $ 391,267       $ 363,631       $ 1,771,981       $ 43,889,598       $ 45,661,579       $ —    

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential

     —           —           —           —           4,257,124         4,257,124         —    

Commercial real estate

     —           —           —           —           2,635,679         2,635,679         —    

Consumer

     115,605         11,963         25,493         153,061         2,924,311         3,077,372         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,132,688       $ 403,230       $ 389,124       $ 1,925,042       $ 53,706,712       $ 55,631,754       $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables set forth the composition of the Company’s recorded investment in loans on nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     2015      2014  

Loans

     

One-to-four family residential

   $ 185,280       $ 201,513   

Non-owner occupied one-to-four family residential

     —           —     

Commercial real estate

     302,412         —     

Consumer

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 487,692       $ 201,513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(6) Deposits

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, deposits are summarized as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Statement savings

   $ 11,163,443       $ 11,320,835   

Money market plus

     11,688,644         12,062,253   

NOW

     18,968,879         17,491,776   

Certificates of deposit

     46,258,865         52,039,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 88,079,831       $ 92,914,445   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the NOW accounts were approximately $4.7 million and $4.3 million of non-interest bearing deposits as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $250,000 was $3,721,757 and $5,403,861 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(Continued)

 

F-27


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit were as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

2015

   $ —         $ 25,269,876  

2016

     22,838,684         10,493,470  

2017

     12,643,205         9,686,991  

2018

     4,043,627         3,513,553  

2019

     2,836,097         3,075,691  

2020

     3,897,252         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 46,258,865       $ 52,039,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is summarized as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Statement savings

   $ 21,579      $ 24,002  

Money market plus and NOW

     46,360        41,566  

Certificates of deposit

     493,641        578,501  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 561,580      $ 644,069  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Public funds amounted to $3,635,743 and $4,408,969 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(7) Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

The following is a summary of advances from FHLB at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

FHLB of Des Moines maturity in fiscal year ending December 31

   Fixed
interest rate
    2015      2014  

2015

     5.10   $ —        $ 1,000,000  

2016

     0.93     7,000,000        —    

2017

     1.14     1,000,000        —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 8,000,000      $ 1,000,000  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Advances from the FHLB are secured by stock in the FHLB. In addition, the Bank has agreed to maintain unencumbered additional security in the form of certain residential mortgage loans aggregating no less than 125% of outstanding advances. The advance requires monthly interest payments and principal is due at maturity. The FHLB advance at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is collateralized by one-to-four family residential real estate loans with a carrying value of $48.8 million and $46.5 million, respectively.

The Bank also has an available line of credit in the amount of $1.0 million at Bankers’ Bank. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no amounts outstanding, and there had been no draws on the line of credit during 2015 or 2014.

 

(Continued)

 

F-28


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

(8) Taxes on Income

Taxes on income comprise the following:

 

     2015  
     Federal      State      Total  

Current

   $ 77,564      $ 34,941      $ 112,505  

Deferred

     (67,975 )      (15,000 )      (82,975 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,589      $ 19,941      $ 29,530  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2014  
     Federal      State      Total  

Current

   $ 97,854      $ 23,886      $ 121,740  

Deferred

     (19,132 )      (2,000 )      (21,132 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 78,722      $ 21,886      $ 100,608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Taxes on income differ from the amounts computed by applying the federal income tax rate of 34% to earnings before taxes on income for the following reasons, expressed in percentages:

 

     2015      2014  

Federal tax at statutory rate

   $ 143,954       $ 183,174   

Items affecting federal income tax rate:

     

State taxes on income, net of federal benefit

     13,161         14,445   

Tax-exempt income

     (144,001      (100,009

Building donation

     (21,611      —     

Valuation allowance

     49,000         —     

Other

     (10,973      2,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 29,530       $ 100,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was computed using the consolidated effective federal tax rate. The Company also recognized income tax expense pertaining to state franchise taxes payable individually by the Bank.

 

(Continued)

 

F-29


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below:

 

     2015      2014  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Deferred directors’ fees

   $ 369,000       $ 364,000   

Allowance for loan losses

     188,000         135,000   

Securities

     —           68,000   

AMT credit

     62,000         22,000   

Charitable contribution

     81,000         —     

Other

     34,000         3,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     734,000         592,000   

Valuation allowance

     (49,000      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     685,000         592,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Securities

     (57,058      (127,561

Prepaid expenses

     (18,000      (19,000

FHLB stock dividends

     (38,000      (38,000

Fixed assets

     (19,000      (44,000

Intangible assets

     (28,000      (30,068

Other

     (38,093      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (198,151      (258,629
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 486,849       $ 333,371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Based upon the Company’s level of historical taxable income and anticipated future taxable income over the periods that the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences. No valuation allowance was required for deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014, except for a valuation allowance related to the charitable contribution carryforward. The valuation allowance increased by $49,000 during 2015 due to the charitable contribution carryforward. The charitable contribution expires if not used by 2020.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits. The evaluation was performed for those tax years that remain open to audit. The Company files a consolidated tax return for federal purposes and separate tax returns for the State of Iowa purposes. The tax years ended after December 31, 2011, remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax purposes.

Under previous law, the provisions of the IRS and similar sections of Iowa law permitted the Bank to deduct from taxable income an allowance for bad debts based on 8% of taxable income before such deduction or actual loss experience. Legislation passed in 1996 eliminated the percentage of taxable income method as an option for computing bad debt deductions for 1996 and in future years.

 

(Continued)

 

F-30


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Deferred taxes have been provided for the difference between tax bad debt reserves and the loan loss allowances recorded in the financial statements subsequent to December 31, 1987. However, at December 31, 2015 and 2014, retained earnings contain certain historical additions to bad debt reserves for income tax purposes of approximately $2,134,000 as of December 31, 1987, for which no deferred taxes have been provided because the Bank does not intend to use these reserves for purposes other than to absorb losses. If these amounts which qualified as bad debt deductions are used for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses or adjustments arising from the carryback of net operating losses, income taxes may be imposed at the then-existing rates. The approximate amount of unrecognized tax liability associated with these historical additions is $800,000.

 

(9) Benefit Plans

 

  (a) Retirement Plans

The Bank is a participant in the Financial Institutions Retirement Fund (FIRF), and all of its officers and employees hired prior to November 1, 2008 are covered by the retirement plan. In August 2008, the board of directors passed a resolution to change the Employer’s Basis of Participation in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions. The amendment to the defined-benefit plan excludes new employees who began employment after November 1, 2008 from receiving benefits under the defined-benefit plan. The defined-benefit plan had total assets of $4.9 million and total liabilities of $4.5 million with an excess funding in the plan of $390,901 as of June 30, 2015, the date of the latest actuarial valuation. In 2014 the defined-benefit plan had total assets of $5.0 million and total liabilities of $4.4 million with an excess funding in the plan of $651,161 as of June 30, 2014, the date of the latest actuarial valuation. The Company has not undertaken, and does not intend to voluntarily withdraw or partially withdraw from the defined-benefit plan. Additionally, there are no known intentions to terminate the defined-benefit plan.

The Company’s contribution to the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan was less than five percent of all contributions received. The table below provides additional information for the defined-benefit plan:

 

Plan Name

   Pentegra Defined Benefit
Plan for Financial Institutions

Plan numbers

   ER# 8066

Funded status:

  

Plan year ending 6/30/15

   At least 80% funded

Plan year ending 6/30/14

   At least 80% funded

Employer contributions:

  

Plan year ending 6/30/15

   $            49,151            

Plan year ending 6/30/14

   28,469

Surcharge imposed

   No

Rehabilitation plan in place

   No

Minimum contribution required

   Yes

 

(Continued)

 

F-31


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

The minimum contributions required relate to on-going servicing costs associated with managing the plan and do not relate to a minimum contribution required to keep the funding status above critical levels.

On November 1, 2008, the Company began participating in the Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan. The defined-contribution plan covers employees who began employment after November 1, 2008, with a Company match of employee contributions up to 6% of the employee’s salary. Employees covered under the defined-benefit plan can also participate in the defined-contribution plan, but the company match is only available to employees who began employment after November 1, 2008.On January 1, 2012 the Company switched defined-contribution plan providers from Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan to Architect 401(k) MEP, provided by The Finway Group. There were $7,533 and $6,038 in contributions made by the Company to the defined-contribution plan in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

  (b) Deferred Compensation

The Company has deferred compensation agreements with certain directors. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 accrued deferred compensation of $990,106 and $977,211, respectively, was recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities. Directors’ fees deferred were $17,200 and $24,000 for 2015 and 2014, respectively. A retired director withdrew $43,118 and $43,632 in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Interest of $38,813 and $38,940 was accrued in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(10) Merger

To expand the Company’s banking presence, on January 3, 2014, the Company completed the purchase of all of the voting interests of Independence Federal Bank for Savings (Independence) based in Independence, Iowa. Under the terms of the merger agreement, the fair value of Independence, was $1,245,360. As part of this merger 196,429 shares held in treasury were issue by the Company to the mutual holding company. Fair value of those shares approximated the fair value of the merger target. The transaction included, at fair value, total assets of $19.7 million, loans of $10.5 million, and deposits of $18.4 million. All of Independence operations were merged with the Bank.

The assets and liabilities of Independence were recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value on the merger date. The following table represents, in thousands, the amounts recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of January 3, 2014:

The accompanying consolidated statements of income include the results of operations of Independence from the January 3, 2014 merger date. Operations of the merged entity were immediately integrated with the Company’s operations. Post-merger revenues and net income of the merged entity were not captured separately subsequent to the merger. As such, the Company has determined it is not practical to report the post-merger date revenues and net income of the merged entity that were included in the Company’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

(Continued)

 

F-32


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

     January 3, 2014  

Fair value of target entity

   $ 1,245,360   

Fair value of assets acquired:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

     143,938   

Securities available-for-sale

     8,589,978   

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock

     29,000   

Loans receivable

     10,462,309   

Office property and equipment, net

     312,941   

Other real estate, net

     62,850   

Core deposit intangible

     33,000   

Other assets

     57,233   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 19,691,249   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed:

  

Deposits

   $ 18,385,521   

Short term borrowings

     100,000   

Other liabilities

     15,516   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 18,501,037   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

   $ 1,190,212   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from merger

   $ 55,148   
  

 

 

 

The Company recognized goodwill of $55,148 that is calculated as the excess of both the fair value of target entity and the liabilities assumed as compared to the fair value of identifiable assets acquired.

Total loans acquired in the merger were recorded at a fair value of $10,462,309 and had a contractual amount due of $10,454,309 as of the merger date which was January 3, 2014. The loan portfolio acquired did not have any material loans with deteriorated credit quality at the merger date.

Total merger related costs included in other noninterest expenses in the consolidated statement of income were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

(11) Stockholders’ Equity

 

  (a) Common Stock Repurchase

The Company repurchased 4,355 and 186,493 shares of common stock during 2015 and 2014, respectively. These shares are recorded at cost in treasury stock in the consolidated balance sheets.

In 2014, the Company issued 196,429 shares of stock to WCF Financial M.H.C. in connection with the merger with Independence Federal Bank for Savings at a value of $6.34 per share based on fair market value.

 

(Continued)

 

F-33


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

  (b) Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and WCF Financial Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements (as shown in the following table) can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators which, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and WCF Financial Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and WCF Financial Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgements by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Management believes the Company and WCF Financial Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The Company’s and WCF Financial Bank’s capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     2015  
     Actual     For capital adequacy
purposes
    To be well-capitalized under
prompt corrective action
provisions
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Tangible capital:

               

Consolidated

   $ 14,428        13.5   $ 4,289        4.0   $ N/A         N/A   

WCF Financial Bank

     13,024        12.3        4,257        4.0        5,321        5.0

Comon Equity Tier 1:

               

Consolidated

     14,428        29.3        4,825        4.5        6,970        6.5   

WCF Financial Bank

     13,024        26.8        4,789        4.5        6,918        6.5   

Risk-based capital:

               

Consolidated

     14,933        30.3        3,938        8.0        4,923        10.0   

WCF Financial Bank

     13,529        27.8        3,896        8.0        4,869        10.0   

Tier 1 risk-based capital:

               

Consolidated

     14,428        29.3        2,954        6.0        3,938        8.0   

WCF Financial Bank

     13,024        26.8        2,922        6.0        3,896        8.0   

 

(Continued)

 

F-34


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

     2014  
     Actual     For capital adequacy
purposes
    To be well-capitalized under
prompt corrective action
provisions
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Tangible capital:

               

Consolidated

   $ 14,528        13.1   $ 4,442        4.0   $ N/A         N/A   

WCF Financial Bank

     13,607        12.3        4,410        4.0        5,512        5.0

Risk-based capital:

               

Consolidated

     14,889        31.4        3,791        8.0        4,739        10.0   

WCF Financial Bank

     13,968        29.8        3,745        8.0        4,680        10.0   

Tier 1 risk-based capital:

               

Consolidated

     14,528        30.7        1,896        4.0        2,844        6.0   

WCF Financial Bank

     13,607        29.1        1,872        4.0        2,809        6.0   

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC issued final rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act changes. The rules revised minimum capital requirements and adjusted prompt corrective action thresholds. The final rules revised the regulatory capital elements, added a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, increased the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement, and implemented a new capital conservation buffer. The rules also permitted certain banking organizations to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment for AOCI. The Company and WCF Financial Bank made the election to retain the existing treatment, which excludes AOCI from regulatory capital amounts. The final rules took effect for the Company and WCF Financial Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to a transition period for certain parts of the rules.

Beginning in 2016, an additional capital conservation buffer will be added to the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes, subject to a three year phase-in period. The capital conservation buffer will be fully phased-in on January 1, 2019 at 2.50 percent. A banking organization with a conservation buffer of less than 2.50 percent (or the required phase-in amount in years prior to 2019) will be subject to limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments, and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. As of December 31, 2015, the ratios for the Company and WCF Financial Bank were sufficient to meet the fully phased-in conservation buffer.

 

  (c) Dividends and Restrictions Thereon

The Company declared and paid $.20 dividends in 2015. The Company paid no dividends in 2014.

Federal regulations impose certain limitations on the payment of dividends and other capital distributions by the Bank. Under the regulations, a savings institution, such as the Bank, that will meet the fully phased-in capital requirements (as defined by the OCC regulations) subsequent to a capital distribution is generally permitted to make such capital distribution without OCC approval so long as they have not been notified of the need for more than normal supervision by the OCC. The Bank has not been so notified and, therefore, may make capital distributions during the calendar year equal to net income plus 50% of the amount by which the Bank’s capital exceeds the fully phased-in

 

(Continued)

 

F-35


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

capital requirement as measured at the beginning of the calendar year. A savings institution with total capital in excess of current minimum capital requirements but not in excess of the fully phased-in requirements is permitted by the new regulations to make, without OCC approval, capital distributions of between 25% and 75% of its net income for the previous four quarters, less dividends already paid for such period. A savings institution that fails to meet current minimum capital requirements is prohibited from making any capital distributions without prior approval from the OCC.

On February 26, 2015, WCF Financial Bank paid a dividend of $1.0 million to Webster City Federal Bancorp, with approval from the OCC. Such approval was not required since the bank meets current minimum capital requirements. The funds were to be used to pay dividends and the repurchase of stock.

 

(12) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of Company’s financial instruments (as described in note 1) at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

            2015      2014  
     Fair value
hierarchy
     Carrying
amount
     Approximate
fair value
     Carrying
amount
     Approximate
fair value
 

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

     Level 1       $ 8,866,561      $ 8,866,561      $ 4,039,704      $ 4,039,704  

Time deposits in other financial institutions

     Level 1         2,950,111        2,950,111        5,094,000        5,094,000  

Securities available for sale

    
 
 
See    
previous
table    
  
  
  
     36,525,732        36,525,732        40,675,343        40,675,343  

Loans receivable, net

     Level 2         57,380,062        58,900,634        55,039,091        55,407,629  

FHLB stock

     Level 1         452,700        452,700        173,600        173,600  

Bankers’ Bank stock

     Level 1         147,500        147,500        147,500        147,500  

Accrued interest receivable

     Level 1         407,975        407,975        436,264        436,264  

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

     Level 2         88,079,831        85,208,429        92,914,445        92,620,538  

FHLB advances

     Level 2         8,000,000        8,003,000        1,000,000        1,020,000  

Accrued interest payable

     Level 1         9,008        9,008        4,940        4,940  

 

(Continued)

 

F-36


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

(13) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved with various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. The financial instruments include commitments to extend credit of approximately $132,000 and $250,000 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These commitments expire one year from origination and are both fixed and adjustable interest rates ranging from 3.89% to 6.00%.

 

(14) Parent Company Only Financial Statements

The following parent only balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows for Webster City Federal Bancorp should be read in conjunction with the consolidated statements and the notes thereto.

 

Balance Sheets

  

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 676,919      $ 385,951   

Securities available-for-sale

     172,374        287,380   

Loans receivable, net

     62,662        64,979   

Investment in WCF Financial Bank

     13,179,293        13,897,318   

Deferred taxes on income

     6,694        (23,343

Accrued interest receivable

     1,067        1,412   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     489,998        484,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 14,589,007      $ 15,098,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Other liabilities

   $ 5,865      $ 275,940   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock

     433,448        433,448   

Additional paid-in capital

     9,633,893        9,689,603   

Retained earnings

     16,635,039        16,664,227   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     93,177        214,517   

Treasury stock

     (12,212,415     (12,179,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     14,583,142        14,822,478   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 14,589,007      $ 15,098,418   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-37


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

Statements of Income

  

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Dividends from subsidiary

   $ 1,000,000      $ —     

Interest income:

    

Loans receivable

     4,315        4,088   

Investment securities - taxable

     9,652        12,983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     13,967        17,071   

Noninterest income

     —          —     

Noninterest expense

     31,187        83,855   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of Bank

     982,780        (66,784

Taxes

     (7,770     (42,337
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before equity in undistributed earnings of Bank

     990,550        (24,447

Equity in undistributed earnings of Bank

     (596,685     473,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 393,865      $ 449,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-38


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

Statements of Cash Flows

     

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 393,865      $ 449,166   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used for operating activities:

    

Equity in net income of Bank

     596,685        (473,613

Amortization of premiums and discounts

     (586     (2,926

Net change in accrued interest receivable

     345        831   

Deferred taxes

     (30,037     938   

Net change in other assets

     (5,277     23,137   

Net change in other liabilities

     28,020        (39,875
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     983,015        (42,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from sale of investment in securities

     115,592        —     

Proceeds from maturity of investments

     —          35,000   

Net change in loans receivable

     2,317        1,992   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     117,909        36,992   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

    

Stock offering costs

     (55,710     —     

Cash dividends paid

     (423,053     —     

Cash paid for treasury stock

     (331,193     (1,318,728
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

     (809,956     (1,318,728
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     290,968        (1,324,078

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     385,951        1,710,029   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 676,919      $ 385,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

 

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of WCF Bancorp or WCF Financial Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

Up to 1,868,750 Shares

(Subject to Increase to up to 2,149,063 Shares)

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for WCF Financial Bank)

COMMON STOCK

par value $0.01 per share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

[Prospectus date]

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

Until                     , 2016, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

[Existing Logo of Webster City Federal Bancorp]

Dear Fellow Stockholder:

Webster City Federal Bancorp is soliciting stockholder votes regarding the mutual-to-stock conversion of WCF Financial, M.H.C. Pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, our organization will convert from a partially public company to a fully public company by selling a minimum of 1,381,250 shares of common stock of a newly formed company, named WCF Bancorp, Inc. (“WCF Bancorp”), which will become the holding company for WCF Financial Bank.

The Proxy Vote

We must receive the approval of our stockholders before we can proceeds with the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. Enclosed is a proxy statement/prospectus describing the proposals being presented at our special meeting of stockholders. Please promptly vote the enclosed proxy card. Our Board of Directors urges you to vote “FOR” the approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and “FOR” the other matters being presented at the special meeting.

The Exchange

At the conclusion of the conversion, your shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock will be exchanged for shares of WCF Bancorp common stock. The number of new shares that you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that is described in the proxy statement/prospectus. Shortly after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each stockholder of Webster City Federal Bancorp who holds stock certificates. The transmittal form explains the procedure to follow to exchange your shares. Please do not deliver your certificate(s) before you receive the transmittal form. Shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp that are held in street name (e.g., in a brokerage account) will be converted automatically at the conclusion of the conversion; no action or documentation is required of you.

The Stock Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp for sale at $8.00 per share. The shares are first being offered in a subscription offering to eligible depositors and borrowers of WCF Financial Bank. Webster City Federal Bancorp public stockholders do not have priority rights to purchase shares in the subscription offering unless they are also depositors or borrowers of WCF Financial Bank. However, if all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, shares would be available in a community offering to Webster City Federal Bancorp public stockholders and others not eligible to place orders in the subscription offering. If you may be interested in purchasing shares of our common stock, contact our Stock Information Center at [stock center number] to receive a stock order form and prospectus. The stock offering period is expected to expire on [expiration date] .

If you have any questions, please refer to the Questions & Answers section herein.

We thank you for your support as a stockholder of Webster City Federal Bancorp

Sincerely,

Stephen L. Mourlam

President and Chief Executive Officer

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS OF WCF BANCORP, INC., AN IOWA CORPORATION

PROXY STATEMENT OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP, A FEDERAL CORPORATION

WCF Financial Bank is converting from the mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. Currently, WCF Financial Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Webster City Federal Bancorp, a federally chartered corporation, and WCF Financial M.H.C. owns 82.7% of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock. The remaining 17.3% of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed Iowa corporation named WCF Bancorp, Inc., which we sometimes refer to in this document as “WCF Bancorp,” will replace Webster City Federal Bancorp as the holding company of WCF Financial Bank. Each share of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 0.5095 and 0.7927 shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp, so that immediately after the conversion Webster City Federal Bancorp’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of WCF Bancorp common stock as they owned of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and reflecting certain assets held by WCF Financial M.H.C. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, certain assets held by WCF Financial M.H.C., the final independent appraisal of WCF Bancorp and the number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. See “Proposal 1 – Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization – Share Exchange Ratio” for a discussion of the exchange ratio. Based on the $            per share closing price of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless at least             shares of WCF Bancorp common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the             and the             of the offering range), the initial value of the WCF Bancorp common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock you currently own. See “Risk Factors – The market value of WCF Bancorp common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock exchanged.”

Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering for sale up to 2,149,063 shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp, representing the ownership interest of WCF Financial M.H.C. in Webster City Federal Bancorp as well as certain assets held by WCF Financial M.H.C. We are offering the shares of common stock to eligible depositors of WCF Financial Bank, to WCF Financial Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans and to the public, including Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders, at a price of $8.00 per share. The conversion of WCF Financial M.H.C. and the offering and exchange of common stock by WCF Bancorp is referred to herein as the “conversion and offering.” After the conversion and offering are completed, WCF Financial Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of WCF Bancorp, and 100% of the common stock of WCF Bancorp will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial M.H.C. will cease to exist.

Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock is currently quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) operated by OTC Markets Group under the trading symbol “WCFB,” and we expect the shares of WCF Bancorp common stock will continue to be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace (OTCPK) under the symbol “WCFB.”

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WCF Financial M.H.C., which may be referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” Webster City Federal Bancorp is holding a special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location], on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Central Time, to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders, including shares held by WCF Financial M.H.C., and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders other than WCF Financial M.H.C. Webster City Federal Bancorp’s board of directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the plan of conversion.


Table of Contents

This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp and the prospectus for the shares of WCF Bancorp common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. We urge you to read this entire document carefully. You can also obtain information about us from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by WCF Bancorp of its shares of common stock in the offering, which is being made pursuant to a separate prospectus. Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp are not required to participate in the stock offering.

This proxy statement/prospectus contains information that you should consider in evaluating the plan of conversion. In particular, you should carefully read the section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page             for a discussion of certain risk factors relating to the conversion and offering.

These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For answers to your questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus including the Questions and Answers section, beginning on page 1. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], Monday through Friday from             a.m. to             p.m., Eastern Time, and Saturdays from             a.m. to             p.m., Eastern Time. Brokers can call (            )             -            , and all others can call, toll-free, (            )             -            .

The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is [document date], and it is first being mailed to stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp on or about             , 2016.


Table of Contents

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa

(515) 832-3071

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

On [meeting date], Webster City Federal Bancorp will hold a special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location]. The meeting will begin at [meeting time], Central Time. At the meeting, stockholders will consider and act on the following:

 

  1. The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby WCF Financial M.H.C. and Webster City Federal Bancorp, a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure, as more fully described in the attached proxy statement;

 

  2. The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;

The following informational proposals:

 

  3. Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation;

 

  4. Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to WCF Bancorp’s bylaws;

 

  5. Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of WCF Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock; and

Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

NOTE: The board of directors is not aware of any other business to come before the meeting.

The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3 through 5 were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion and reorganization (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”). These proposals are informational in nature only because the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.

The board of directors has fixed [record date], as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and at any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of Webster City Federal Bancorp at the address given above, stockholders may obtain an additional copy of this proxy statement/prospectus and/or a copy of the plan of conversion. In order to assure timely receipt of the additional copy of the proxy statement/prospectus and/or the plan of conversion, the written request should be received by Webster City Federal Bancorp by [request date].


Table of Contents

Please complete and sign the enclosed proxy card, which is solicited by the board of directors, and mail it promptly in the enclosed envelope. The proxy will not be used if you attend the meeting and vote in person.

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Tami L. Hejlik
Corporate Secretary

Webster City, Iowa

[document date]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

     1   

SUMMARY

     6   

RISK FACTORS

     11   

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

     13   

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

     15   

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

     18   

PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF WCF BANCORP

     18   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     21   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     21   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     21   

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

     21   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     21   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     21   

CAPITALIZATION

     21   

PRO FORMA DATA

     21   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     21   

BUSINESS OF WCF BANCORP

     21   

BUSINESS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND WCF FINANCIAL BANK

     21   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     21   

TAXATION

     21   

MANAGEMENT

     22   

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

     22   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     22   

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

     22   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF WCF BANCORP

     22   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WCF BANCORP FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

     22   

TRANSFER AGENT

     22   

EXPERTS

     22   

LEGAL MATTERS

     22   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     22   

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

     22   

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

     22   

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

     24   

OTHER MATTERS

     24   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

You should read this document for more information about the conversion. We have filed an application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) with respect to the conversion and stock offering and with respect to WCF Bancorp becoming the holding company for WCF Financial Bank, and the approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and stock offering. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of reorganization. We have also submitted to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency proposed amendments to WCF Financial Bank’s Charter, and these amendments must be deemed effective before we can consummate the conversion and stock offering. Consummation of the conversion is also subject to approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization by Webster City Federal Bancorp’s stockholders, and to the satisfaction of certain other conditions.

 

Q. WHAT ARE STOCKHOLDERS BEING ASKED TO APPROVE?

 

A. Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders as of [record date] are being asked to vote on the plan of conversion pursuant to which WCF Financial M.H.C. will convert from the mutual to the stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, a newly formed Iowa corporation, WCF Bancorp, is offering its common stock to eligible depositors and borrowers of WCF Financial Bank, to WCF Financial Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans, to stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp as of [record date] and to the public. The shares offered represent WCF Financial M.H.C.’s current ownership interest in Webster City Federal Bancorp, adjusted for certain assets held by WCF Financial M.H.C. Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” its adoption, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and complete the stock offering.

In addition, Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders are being asked to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

Stockholders also are asked to vote on the following informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp:

 

    Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation;

 

    Approval of a provision requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to WCF Bancorp’s bylaws; and

 

    Approval of a provision to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of WCF Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are included as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized above as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring, or rendering more difficult, attempts by third parties to obtain control of WCF Bancorp if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 

1


Table of Contents

Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” adoption of the plan of conversion, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and the related stock offering.

 

Q. WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION AND RELATED OFFERING?

 

A . The primary reasons for the conversion and offering are to:

 

    transition us to a more familiar and flexible organizational structure;

 

    eliminate some of the uncertainties associated with the mutual holding company structure under financial reform legislation and regulations;

 

    improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock;

 

    enhance our regulatory capital position; and

 

    facilitate future mergers and acquisitions.

As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration in a merger or acquisition since WCF Financial M.H.C. is required to own a majority of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s outstanding shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and therefore will enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We currently have no arrangements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition. See “Proposal 1 – Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization – Reasons for the Conversion” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

 

Q. WHAT WILL STOCKHOLDERS RECEIVE FOR THEIR EXISTING WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP SHARES?

 

A. As more fully described in “Proposal 1 – Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization – Share Exchange Ratio,” depending on the number of shares sold in the offering, each share of common stock that you own at the time of the completion of the conversion will be exchanged for between 0.5095 shares at the minimum and 0.7927 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of WCF Bancorp common stock (cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares). For example, if you own 100 shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock, and the exchange ratio is 0.7927 (at the adjusted maximum of the offering range), after the conversion you will receive 79 shares of WCF Bancorp common stock and $2.16 in cash, the value of the fractional share based on the $8.00 per share purchase price of stock in the offering.

If you own shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be automatically exchanged within your account, and you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock or receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. If you own shares in the form of Webster City Federal Bancorp stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion and stock offering, our exchange agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificates. A statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp and a check representing cash in lieu of fractional shares will be mailed to you within five business days after the transfer agent receives a properly executed transmittal form and your existing Webster City Federal Bancorp stock certificate(s). WCF Bancorp will not issue stock certificates. You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.

 

2


Table of Contents
Q. WHY WILL THE SHARES THAT I RECEIVE BE BASED ON A PRICE OF $8.00 PER SHARE RATHER THAN THE TRADING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONVERSION?

 

A. The shares will be based on a price of $8.00 per share because that is the price at which WCF Bancorp will sell shares in its stock offering. The amount of common stock WCF Bancorp will issue at $8.00 per share in the offering and the exchange is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of WCF Bancorp, assuming the conversion and offering are completed. RP Financial LC., an appraisal firm experienced in the appraisal of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of February 26, 2016, this market value was $15.5 million. Based on Federal Reserve Board regulations, the market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $13.2 million and a maximum of $17.8 million. Based on this valuation and the valuation range, the number of shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp that existing public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp will receive in exchange for their shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock is expected to range from 0.5095 to 0.6893 with a midpoint of 0.5994 (a value of approximately $2.1 million to $2.9 million, with a midpoint of $2.5 million, at $8.00 per share). If demand for shares or market conditions warrant, the appraisal can be increased by 15%, which would result in an appraised value of $20.5 million and the value of exchanged shares of $3.3 million. The number of shares received by the existing public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp is intended to maintain their existing ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and as adjusted to reflect certain assets held by WCF Financial M.H.C.). The independent appraisal is based in part on Webster City Federal Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, and an analysis of a peer group of 12 publicly traded savings and loan and bank holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to Webster City Federal Bancorp

 

Q. DOES THE EXCHANGE RATIO DEPEND ON THE TRADING PRICE OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP COMMON STOCK?

 

A. No, the exchange ratio will not be based on the market price of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. Instead, the exchange ratio will be based on the appraised value of WCF Bancorp. The purpose of the exchange ratio is to maintain the ownership percentage of existing public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp, as adjusted to reflect certain assets held by WCF Financial M.H.C. Therefore, changes in the price of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock between now and the completion of the conversion and offering will not affect the calculation of the exchange ratio.

 

Q. SHOULD I SUBMIT MY STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?

 

A. No. If you hold stock certificate(s), instructions for exchanging the certificates will be sent to you by our exchange agent after completion of the conversion. If your shares are held in “street name” ( e.g., in a brokerage account) rather than in certificate form, the share exchange will be reflected automatically in your account upon completion of the conversion.

 

Q. HOW DO I VOTE?

 

A. Mark your vote, sign each proxy card enclosed and return the card(s) to us, in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to instructions on the enclosed proxy card. YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY.

 

3


Table of Contents
Q. IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN STREET NAME, WILL MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE AUTOMATICALLY VOTE ON THE PLAN ON MY BEHALF?

 

A. No. Your broker, bank or other nominee will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you. You should instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, using the directions that they provide to you.

 

Q. WHY SHOULD I VOTE? WHAT HAPPENS IF I DON’T VOTE?

 

A. Your vote is very important. We believe the conversion and offering are in the best interests of our stockholders. Not voting all the proxy card(s) you receive will have the same effect as voting “against” the plan of conversion. Without sufficient favorable votes “for” the plan of conversion, we cannot complete the conversion and offering.

 

Q. WHAT IF I DO NOT GIVE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS TO MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE?

 

A. Your vote is important. If you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, the unvoted proxy will have the same effect as a vote “against” the plan of conversion.

 

Q. MAY I PLACE AN ORDER TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE COMMUNITY OFFERING, IN ADDITION TO THE SHARES THAT I WILL RECEIVE IN THE EXCHANGE?

 

A. Yes. If you would like to receive a prospectus and stock order form, you must call our Stock Information Center at [stock center number], Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center is closed bank holidays.

Eligible depositors and borrowers of WCF Financial Bank have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in a subscription offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public in a community offering, as described herein. In the event orders for WCF Bancorp common stock in a community offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in Hamilton and Buchanan County, Iowa; second to cover orders of Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders as of [record date]; and thereafter to cover orders of the general public.

Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp are subject to an ownership limitation. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a stockholder and his or her associates or individuals acting in concert with the stockholder, plus any shares a stockholder and these individuals receive in the exchange for existing shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock, may not exceed 9.9% of the total shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion.

Please note that properly completed and signed stock order forms, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) no later than 1:00 p.m., Central Time on [expiration date].

 

Q. WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ANY EFFECT ON DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AT WCF FINANCIAL BANK?

 

A. No. The account number, amount, interest rate and withdrawal rights of deposit accounts will remain unchanged. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit. Loans and rights of borrowers will not be affected. Depositors and borrowers will no longer have voting rights in WCF Financial M.H.C. as to matters currently requiring such vote. WCF Financial M.H.C. will cease to exist after the conversion and offering. Only stockholders of WCF Bancorp will have voting rights after the conversion and offering.

 

4


Table of Contents

OTHER QUESTIONS?

For answers to other questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to [proxy solicitor], Monday through Friday from             a.m. to             p.m., Central Time, and Saturdays from             a.m. to             p.m., Central Time. Brokers can call (            )             -            , and all others can call, toll-free, (            )             -            . Questions about the stock offering may be directed to our Stock Information Center at [stock center number], Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Central Time. The Stock Information Center is closed bank holidays.

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the conversion and other proposals fully, you should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Proposal 1 – Approval of The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization,” “Proposal 2 – Adjournment of the Special Meeting,” “Proposals 3 through 5 – Informational Proposals Related to the Articles of Incorporation of WCF Bancorp” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The Special Meeting

Date, Time and Place. Webster City Federal Bancorp will hold its special meeting of stockholders at [meeting location], on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Central Time.

The Proposals. Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:

 

  1. The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization whereby: (a) WCF Financial M.H.C. and Webster City Federal Bancorp, a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) WCF Bancorp, Inc., an Iowa corporation (“WCF Bancorp”), will become the new stock holding company of WCF Financial Bank; (c) the outstanding shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp, other than those held by WCF Financial M.H.C., will be converted into shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp; and (d) WCF Bancorp will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, and, if necessary, a community offering and a syndicated offering;

 

  2. The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion;

The following informational proposals:

 

  3. Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation;

 

  4. Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to WCF Bancorp’s bylaws;

 

  5. Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of WCF Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock; and

Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.

The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3 through 5 were approved as part of the process in which our board of directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of WCF Bancorp, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

Vote Required for Approval of Proposals by the Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) at least two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders, including shares held by WCF Financial M.H.C., and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders other than WCF Financial M.H.C.

Proposal 1 must also be approved by the members of WCF Financial M.H.C. (depositors and certain borrowers of WCF Financial Bank) at a special meeting called for that purpose. Depositors and borrowers will receive separate proxy materials from WCF Financial M.H.C. regarding the conversion.

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

Informational Proposals 3 through 5. The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of WCF Bancorp, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

Revocability of Proxies

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Webster City Federal Bancorp in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

Vote by WCF Financial M.H.C.

Management anticipates that WCF Financial M.H.C., our majority stockholder, will vote all of its shares of common stock in favor of all the matters set forth above. If WCF Financial M.H.C. votes all of its shares in favor of each proposal, the approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, would be assured.

As of [record date] the directors and executive officers of Webster City Federal Bancorp beneficially owned             shares (excluding exercisable options), or approximately             % of the outstanding shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock, and WCF Financial M.H.C. owned             shares, or approximately 82.7% of the outstanding shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Vote Recommendations

Your board of directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” the plan of conversion, “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” the Informational Proposals 3 through 5.

Our Business

[same as prospectus]

Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

The Boards of Directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial M.H.C., WCF Financial Bank and WCF Bancorp have adopted a plan of conversion pursuant to which WCF Financial Bank will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure. Public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp will receive shares in WCF Bancorp in exchange for their shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock based on an exchange ratio. See “– The Exchange of Existing Shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp Common Stock.” This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by WCF Bancorp of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors and borrowers of WCF Financial Bank and to the public, including Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders, in a subscription offering and, if necessary, in a community offering and/or in a separate offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers, referred to in this proxy statement/prospectus as the syndicated offering. Following the conversion and offering, WCF Financial M.H.C. and Webster City Federal Bancorp will no longer exist, and WCF Bancorp will be the parent company of WCF Financial Bank.

The conversion and offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp approve the plan of conversion. Webster City Federal Bancorp’s stockholders will vote on the plan of conversion at Webster City Federal Bancorp’s special meeting. This document is the proxy statement used by Webster City Federal Bancorp’s board of directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting. It is also the prospectus of WCF Bancorp regarding the shares of WCF Bancorp common stock to be issued to Webster City Federal Bancorp’s stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by WCF Bancorp of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any community offering or syndicated community offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.

Our Organizational Structure

[same as prospectus]

Business Strategy

[same as prospectus]

Reasons for the Conversion and Offering

[same as prospectus]

See “Proposal 1 – Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization” for a more complete discussion of our reasons for conducting the conversion and offering.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

 



 

8


Table of Contents

The Exchange of Existing Shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp Common Stock

[same as prospectus]

How We Determined the Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $8.00 Per Share Stock Price

[same as prospectus]

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

[same as prospectus]

Our Dividend Policy

[same as prospectus]

Purchases and Ownership by Officers and Directors

[same as prospectus]

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion

[same as prospectus]

Market for Common Stock

[same as prospectus]

Tax Consequences

[same as prospectus]

Changes in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp will become stockholders of WCF Bancorp. Some rights of stockholders of WCF Bancorp will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Webster City Federal Bancorp. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Iowa charters/articles of incorporation and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Iowa law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of WCF Bancorp are not mandated by Iowa law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of WCF Bancorp and all of its stockholders. The differences in stockholder rights in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of WCF Bancorp include the following: (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for certain provisions of new business or to nominate directors; (ii) approval by at least 80% of outstanding shares required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation; (iii) a limit on voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of WCF Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock and (iv) director qualifications. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp” for a discussion of these differences.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Dissenters’ Rights

Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp do not have dissenters’ rights in connection with the conversion and offering.

Important Risks in Owning WCF Bancorp’s Common Stock

Before you vote on the conversion, you should read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 of this proxy statement/prospectus.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors when deciding how to vote on the conversion and before purchasing shares of WCF Bancorp common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

[same as prospectus]

Risks Related to the Offering and the Exchange

The market value of WCF Bancorp common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock exchanged.

The number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and offering. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock held by the public prior to the completion of the conversion and offering, the final independent appraisal of WCF Bancorp common stock prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock will own the same percentage of WCF Bancorp common stock after the conversion and offering as they owned of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion and offering (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, adjusted downward to reflect certain assets held by WCF Financial, M.H.C.). The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock.

The exchange ratio ranges from 0.5095 shares at the minimum and 0.7927 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of WCF Bancorp common stock per share of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. Shares of WCF Bancorp common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $8.00 per share. Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the WCF Bancorp common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock that you currently own. Based on the most recent closing price of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, which was $            , unless at least             shares of WCF Bancorp common stock are sold in the offering (which is between the             and the             of the offering range), the initial value of the WCF Bancorp common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock you currently own.

There may be a decrease in stockholders’ rights for existing stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp.

As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp will become stockholders of WCF Bancorp. In addition to the provisions discussed above that may discourage takeover attempts that may be favored by stockholders, some rights of stockholders of WCF Bancorp will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Webster City Federal Bancorp. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Iowa chartering documents and bylaws, and from differences between federal and Iowa law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of WCF Bancorp are not mandated by Iowa law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of WCF Bancorp and its stockholders. The articles of incorporation and bylaws of WCF Bancorp include the following provisions: (i) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; (ii) approval by at least 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally is required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation; ; (iii) a limit on voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of WCF Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock and (iv) director qualifications. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp” for a discussion of these differences.

 

11


Table of Contents

[Remaining risks same as prospectus]

 

12


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

General

This proxy statement/prospectus is being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation by the board of directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp of proxies to be voted at the special meeting of stockholders to be held at [meeting location], on [meeting date], at [meeting time], Central Time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.

The purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WCF Financial M.H.C. (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”).

In addition, stockholders will vote on a proposal to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal. Stockholders also will vote on informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp.

Voting in favor of or against the plan of conversion includes a vote for or against the conversion of WCF Financial M.H.C. to a stock holding company as contemplated by the plan of conversion. Voting in favor of the plan of conversion will not obligate you to purchase any shares of common stock in the offering and will not affect the balance, interest rate or federal deposit insurance of any deposits at WCF Financial Bank.

Who Can Vote at the Meeting

You are entitled to vote your Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock if our records show that you held your shares as of the close of business on [record date]. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker or nominee. As the beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote.

As of the close of business on [record date], there were             shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock outstanding. Each share of common stock has one vote.

Attending the Meeting

If you are a stockholder as of the close of business on [record date], you may attend the meeting. However, if you hold your shares in street name, you will need proof of ownership to be admitted to the meeting. A recent brokerage statement or a letter from a bank or broker are examples of proof of ownership. If you want to vote your shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock held in street name in person at the meeting, you will have to get a written proxy in your name from the broker, bank or other nominee who holds your shares.

Quorum; Vote Required

The special meeting will be held only if there is a quorum. A quorum exists if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, is present at the meeting. If you return valid proxy instructions or attend the meeting in person, your shares will be counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum, even if you abstain from voting. Broker non-votes also will be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum. A broker non-vote occurs when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a beneficial owner does not vote on a particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power with respect to that item and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.

 

13


Table of Contents

Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) at least two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including shares held by WCF Financial M.H.C., and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by WCF Financial M.H.C.

Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by Webster City Federal Bancorp stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.

Informational Proposals 3 through 5: Approval of certain provisions in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation. The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of WCF Bancorp, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.

Shares Held by WCF Financial M.H.C. and Our Officers and Directors

As of [record date], WCF Financial M.H.C. beneficially owned             shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. This equals approximately 82.7% of our outstanding shares. We expect that WCF Financial M.H.C. will vote all of its shares in favor of Proposal 1 – Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, Proposal 2 – Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, and Informational Proposals 3 through 5.

As of [record date], our officers and directors beneficially owned             shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock. This equals             % of our outstanding shares and             % of shares held by persons other than WCF Financial M.H.C.

Voting by Proxy

Our board of directors is sending you this proxy statement/prospectus to request that you allow your shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock to be represented at the special meeting by the persons named in the enclosed proxy card. All shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock represented at the meeting by properly executed and dated proxies will be voted according to the instructions indicated on the proxy card. If you sign, date and return a proxy card without giving voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by our board of directors. Our board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion, “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” each of the Informational Proposals 3 through 5.

If any matters not described in this proxy statement/prospectus are properly presented at the special meeting, the board of directors will use their judgment to determine how to vote your shares. We do not know of any other matters to be presented at the special meeting.

 

14


Table of Contents

If your Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock is held in street name, you will receive instructions from your broker, bank or other nominee that you must follow to have your shares voted. Your broker, bank or other nominee may allow you to deliver your voting instructions via the telephone or the Internet. Please see the instruction form provided by your broker, bank or other nominee that accompanies this proxy statement/prospectus.

Revocability of Proxies

You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Webster City Federal Bancorp in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.

Solicitation of Proxies

This proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the special meeting by the board of directors. Webster City Federal Bancorp will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders. To the extent necessary to permit approval of the plan of conversion and the other proposals being considered, [proxy solicitor], our proxy solicitor, and directors, officers or employees of Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and other forms of communication. We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation. For its services as information agent and stockholder proxy solicitor, we will pay [proxy solicitor] $            plus out-of-pocket expenses and charges for telephone calls made and received in connection with the solicitation.

We will also reimburse banks, brokers, nominees and other fiduciaries for the expenses they incur in forwarding the proxy materials to you.

The board of directors recommends that you promptly sign and mark the enclosed proxy in favor of the above described proposals, including the adoption of the plan of conversion, and promptly return it in the enclosed envelope. Voting the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the special meeting. For information on submitting your proxy, please refer to the instructions on the enclosed proxy card.

Your prompt vote is very important. Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against the plan of conversion.

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

The boards of directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial M.H.C. have approved the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WCF Financial M.H.C., referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” The plan of conversion must also be approved by the members of WCF Financial M.H.C. and the stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp, and is subject to the satisfaction of certain other conditions. Special meetings of members and stockholders have been called for this purpose. The approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required before we can consummate the conversion and stock offering. Any approval by the Federal Reserve Board does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of reorganization. We have also submitted proposed amendments to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to WCF Financial Bank’s Charter, and these amendments must be deemed effective before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock.

General

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Currently, WCF Financial Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial M.H.C. owns approximately 82.7% of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock. The remaining 17.3% of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock is owned by public

 

15


Table of Contents

stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed company, WCF Bancorp, will become the holding company of WCF Financial Bank. Each share of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 0.5095 shares at the minimum and 0.7927 shares at the adjusted maximum of the offering range of WCF Bancorp common stock, so that Webster City Federal Bancorp’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of WCF Bancorp common stock as they owned of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares, and adjusted to reflect certain assets held by WCF Financial M.H.C.). The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock held by the public immediately prior to the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of WCF Bancorp and the number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock sold in the offering described in the following paragraph. It will not depend on the market price of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock.

Concurrently with the exchange offer, WCF Bancorp is offering up to 2,149,063 shares of common stock for sale, representing the ownership interest of WCF Financial M.H.C. in Webster City Federal Bancorp, to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $8.00 per share. After the conversion and offering are completed, WCF Financial Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of WCF Bancorp, and 100% of the common stock of WCF Bancorp will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and offering, Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial M.H.C. will cease to exist.

WCF Bancorp intends to contribute between $4.9 million and $8.0 million of the net proceeds to WCF Financial Bank and to retain between $4.0 million and $6.6 million of the net proceeds. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:

 

  (i) To depositors with accounts at WCF Financial Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on December 31, 2014.

 

  (ii) To our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including WCF Financial Bank’s employee stock ownership plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.

 

  (iii) To depositors with accounts at WCF Financial Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on             .

 

  (iv) To depositors of WCF Financial Bank at the close of business on [record date] and to borrowers of WCF Financial Bank as of August 12, 1994 whose borrowings remained outstanding as of [record date].

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering will be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa. To the extent shares of common stock remain available, we will also offer the shares to Webster City Federal Bancorp’s public stockholders as of [record date]. The community offering may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a syndicated offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will act as sole manager for the syndicated offering. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or syndicated offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

 

16


Table of Contents

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of WCF Bancorp. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $8.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “ – Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at each branch office of WCF Financial Bank and at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to WCF Financial M.H.C.’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board. The plan of conversion is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this proxy statement/prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WCF Financial M.H.C.

[Remaining sections same as Prospectus under “The Conversion and Offering,” with the following to be added]

Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates

The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock into the right to receive shares of WCF Bancorp common stock will occur automatically at the completion of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Webster City Federal Bancorp who holds physical stock certificates. The transmittal form will contain instructions on how to surrender certificates evidencing Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock in exchange for shares of WCF Bancorp common stock in book entry form, to be held electronically on the books of our transfer agent. WCF Bancorp will not issue stock certificates. We expect that a statement reflecting your ownership of shares of common stock of WCF Bancorp common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Webster City Federal Bancorp stock certificates and other required documents. Shares held by public stockholders in street name (such as in a brokerage account) will be exchanged automatically upon the completion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.

No fractional shares of WCF Bancorp common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Webster City Federal Bancorp when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $8.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Webster City Federal Bancorp stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name, you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your account.

You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. After the conversion, stockholders will not receive shares of WCF Bancorp common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of WCF Bancorp common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.

 

17


Table of Contents

If a certificate for Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.

All shares of WCF Bancorp common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Webster City Federal Bancorp common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.

PROPOSAL 2 – ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

If there are not sufficient votes to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of conversion at the time of the special meeting, the proposals may not be approved unless the special meeting is adjourned to a later date or dates in order to permit further solicitation of proxies. In order to allow proxies that have been received by Webster City Federal Bancorp at the time of the special meeting to be voted for an adjournment, if necessary, Webster City Federal Bancorp has submitted the question of adjournment to its stockholders as a separate matter for their consideration. The board of directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the adjournment proposal. If it is necessary to adjourn the special meeting, no notice of the adjourned special meeting is required to be given to stockholders (unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if a new record date is fixed), other than an announcement at the special meeting of the hour, date and place to which the special meeting is adjourned.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 – INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF WCF BANCORP

By their approval of the plan of conversion as set forth in Proposal 1, the board of directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp has approved each of the informational proposals numbered 3 through 5, all of which relate to provisions included in the articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp. Each of these informational proposals is discussed in more detail below.

As a result of the conversion, the public stockholders of Webster City Federal Bancorp, whose rights are presently governed by the charter and bylaws of Webster City Federal Bancorp, will become stockholders of WCF Bancorp, whose rights will be governed by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of WCF Bancorp. The following informational proposals address the material differences between the governing documents of the two companies. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the charter and bylaws of Webster City Federal Bancorp and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of WCF Bancorp. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.

The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals 3 through 5 were approved as part of the process in which the board of directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. Webster City Federal Bancorp’s stockholders are not being asked to approve these informational proposals at the special meeting. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational

 

18


Table of Contents

proposals set forth below, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of WCF Bancorp, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.

Informational Proposal 3 – Approval of a Provision in WCF Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote to Amend Certain Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of WCF Bancorp. No amendment of the charter of Webster City Federal Bancorp may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors, then preliminarily approved by the Federal Reserve Board, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. The articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp generally may be amended by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that any amendment of Section C, D, E of Article 4 (Preferred Stock, Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities and Quorum), Article 6 (Directors), Article 7 (Bylaws), Article 8 (Evaluation of Certain Offers), Article 9 (Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers), Article 10 (Limitation of Liability) and Article 11 (Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

These limitations on amendments to specified provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation are intended to ensure that the referenced provisions are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend those provisions, WCF Financial M.H.C., as an 82.7% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the charter.

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend specified provisions of WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the articles of incorporation is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The board of directors believes that the provisions limiting certain amendments to the articles of incorporation will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of WCF Bancorp and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote to approve certain amendments to WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation.

Informational Proposal 4 – Approval of a Provision in WCF Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote of Stockholders to Approve Stockholder Proposed Amendments to WCF Bancorp’s Bylaws. An amendment to Webster City Federal Bancorp’s bylaws proposed by stockholders must be approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting subject to applicable approval by the Federal Reserve Board. The articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp provides that stockholders may only amend the bylaws if such proposal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend the bylaws of WCF Bancorp is intended to ensure that the bylaws are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote of stockholders. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend the bylaws, WCF Financial M.H.C., as an 82.7% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the bylaws. Also, the board of directors of both Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Bancorp may by a majority vote amend either company’s bylaws.

This provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the bylaws is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The board of directors believes that the

 

19


Table of Contents

provision limiting amendments to the bylaws will put the board of directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of WCF Bancorp and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of the provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to WCF Bancorp’s bylaws.

Informational Proposal 5 – Approval of a Provision in WCF Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation to Limit the Voting Rights of Shares Beneficially Owned in Excess of 10% of WCF Bancorp’s Outstanding Voting Stock. The articles of incorporation of WCF Bancorp provide that in no event shall any person, who directly or indirectly beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled or permitted to vote on any matter, be entitled or permitted to vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the 10% limit. Beneficial ownership is determined pursuant to the federal securities laws and includes, but is not limited to, shares as to which any person and his or her affiliates (i) have the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options and (ii) have or share investment or voting power (but shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, and that are not otherwise beneficially, or deemed by WCF Bancorp to be beneficially, owned by such person and his or her affiliates).

The foregoing restriction does not apply to any employee benefit plans of WCF Bancorp or any subsidiary or a trustee of a plan.

The provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation limiting the voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of WCF Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock is intended to limit the ability of any person to acquire a significant number of shares of WCF Bancorp common stock and thereby gain sufficient voting control so as to cause WCF Bancorp to effect a transaction that may not be in the best interests of WCF Bancorp and its stockholders generally. This provision will not prevent a stockholder from seeking to acquire a controlling interest in WCF Bancorp, but it will prevent a stockholder from voting more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock unless that stockholder has first persuaded the board of directors of the merits of the course of action proposed by the stockholder. The board of directors of WCF Bancorp believes that fundamental transactions generally should be first considered and approved by the board of directors as it generally believes that it is in the best position to make an initial assessment of the merits of any such transactions and that its ability to make the initial assessment could be impeded if a single stockholder could acquire a sufficiently large voting interest so as to control a stockholder vote on any given proposal. This provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation makes an acquisition, merger or other similar corporate transaction less likely to occur, even if such transaction is supported by most stockholders, because it can prevent a holder of shares in excess of the 10% limit from voting the excess shares in favor of the transaction. Thus, it may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect.

The board of directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of WCF Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock.

 

20


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

[Same as prospectus]

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

[Same as prospectus]

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

[Same as prospectus]

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

[Same as prospectus]

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

[Same as prospectus]

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

[Same as prospectus]

CAPITALIZATION

[Same as prospectus]

PRO FORMA DATA

[Same as prospectus]

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

[Same as prospectus]

BUSINESS OF WCF BANCORP

[Same as prospectus]

BUSINESS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND WCF FINANCIAL BANK

[Same as prospectus]

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

[Same as prospectus]

TAXATION

[Same as prospectus]

 

21


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

[Same as prospectus]

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

[Same as prospectus]

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

[Same as prospectus]

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING

STOCKHOLDERS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

[Same as prospectus]

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF WCF BANCORP

[Same as prospectus]

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WCF BANCORP

FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

[Same as prospectus]

TRANSFER AGENT

[Same as prospectus]

EXPERTS

[Same as prospectus]

LEGAL MATTERS

[Same as prospectus]

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[Same as prospectus]

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

In order to be eligible for inclusion in our proxy materials for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, any stockholder proposal to take action at such meeting must be received at our main office, 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595, no later than             , 2016. Any such proposals shall be subject to the requirements of the proxy rules adopted under the Exchange Act.

ADVANCE NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE CONDUCTED AT AN ANNUAL MEETING

Provisions of Webster City Federal Bancorp’s Bylaws. Under Webster City Federal Bancorp’s Bylaws, a stockholder must follow certain procedures to nominate persons for election as directors or to introduce an item of business at a meeting of stockholders. These procedures provide, generally, that stockholders desiring to make

 

22


Table of Contents

nominations for directors, or to bring a proper subject of business before the meeting, must do so by a written notice timely received (generally not less than five days in advance of such meeting, subject to certain exceptions) by the Secretary of Webster City Federal Bancorp.

Provisions of WCF Bancorp’s Bylaws. WCF Bancorp’s Bylaws provide an advance notice procedure for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders. In order for a stockholder to properly bring business before an annual meeting, or to propose a nominee to the board of directors, WCF Bancorp’s Secretary must receive written notice not earlier than the 120th day nor later than the 110th day prior to date of the annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then, to be timely, notice by the stockholder must be so received not later than the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

The notice with respect to stockholder proposals that are not nominations for director must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on WCF Bancorp’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of WCF Bancorp which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

The notice with respect to director nominations must include: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of WCF Bancorp; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of WCF Bancorp’s Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on WCF Bancorp’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of WCF Bancorp which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation.

The 2017 annual meeting of stockholders is expected to be held             , 2017. If the conversion is completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us no earlier than             and no later than             , 2017. If notice is received before             , 2017 or after             , 2017, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting. If the conversion is not completed, advance written notice for certain business, or nominations to the Board of Directors, to be brought before the next annual meeting must be given to us by             , 2017. If notice is received after             , 2017, it will be considered untimely, and we will not be required to present the matter at the stockholders meeting.

 

23


Table of Contents

Nothing in this proxy statement/prospectus shall be deemed to require us to include in our proxy statement and proxy relating to an annual meeting any stockholder proposal that does not meet all of the requirements for inclusion established by the Securities and Exchange Commission in effect at the time such proposal is received.

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement/Prospectus and Proxy Card are available at             .

OTHER MATTERS

As of the date of this document, the board of directors is not aware of any business to come before the special meeting other than the matters described above in the proxy statement/prospectus. However, if any matters should properly come before the special meeting, it is intended that the holders of the proxies will act in accordance with their best judgment.

 

24


Table of Contents
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale of shares of common stock being registered.

 

*

   Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses    $ 400,000   

*

   Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses      200,000   

*

   Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses      330,000   

*

   Records Management Fees and Expenses      28,000   

*

   Appraisal Fees and Expenses      55,000   

*

   Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees      100,000   

*

   Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA, SEC)      19,000   

*

   Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses      10,000   

*

   Business Plan Fees and Expenses      24,000   

*

   Other      34,000   
     

 

 

 

*

   Total    $ 1,200,000   
     

 

 

 

 

* Estimated.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Articles 9 and 10 of the Articles of Incorporation of WCF Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

ARTICLE 9. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the IBCA now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 9 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by (a) a majority vote of directors, who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum, (b) if there are no such directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the shareholders.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 9 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met, and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the IBCA. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,

 

II-1


Table of Contents

independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the IBCA, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 9 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 9 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of shareholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the IBCA.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 9 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 9 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 9, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 9 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 9 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 9 is in force.

ARTICLE 10. Limitation of Liability. A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for money damages for any action taken, or any failure to take any action, as a director, except liability for any of the following: (1) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which the director is not entitled; (2) an intentional infliction of harm on the Corporation or its shareholders; (3) an unlawful distribution by the Corporation in violation of Section 490.833 of the IBCA; or (4) an intentional violation of criminal law. If the IBCA is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be eliminated or limited to the extent of such amendment, automatically and without any further action, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any repeal or modification of this Article by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability or any other right or protection of a director of the Corporation with respect to any statement of facts existing at or prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

  (a) List of Exhibits

 

  1.1    Engagement Letters between WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
  1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank and WCF Bancorp, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
  2    Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
  3.1    Articles of Incorporation of WCF Bancorp, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of WCF Bancorp, Inc.
  4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of WCF Bancorp, Inc.
  5    Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
  8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion
  8.2    Form of State Tax Opinion*
10.1    Form of WCF Financial Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.2    Form of Change in Control Agreement between WCF Financial Bank and each of Stephen L. Mourlam and Kyle R. Swon
10.3    Severance Agreement between WCF Financial Bank and Stephen L. Mourlam
10.4    Severance Agreement between WCF Financial Bank and Kyle R. Swon
10.5    WCF Financial Bank 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan
16    Letter regarding change in accountants
21    Subsidiaries of WCF Bancorp, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (set forth in Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2    Consent of RSM US LLP
23.3    Consent of RP Financial, LC
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
99.1    Engagement Letter with RP Financial, LC to serve as appraiser
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC**
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
99.6    Letter of RP Financial, LC with respect to Liquidation Rights
99.7    Form of Webster City Financial Bancorp Stockholder Proxy Card

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or

 

II-3


Table of Contents

in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Webster City, State of Iowa on March 9, 2016.

 

WCF BANCORP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen L. Mourlam

  Stephen L. Mourlam
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors of WCF Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), severally constitute and appoint Stephen L. Mourlam with full power of substitution, our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things and acts in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Stephen L. Mourlam may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Stephen L. Mourlam shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

    

Title

 

Date

/s/ Stephen L. Mourlam

Stephen L. Mourlam

     President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   March 9, 2016

/s/ Kasie L. Doering

Kasie L. Doering

     Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   March 9, 2016

/s/ C. Thomas Chalstrom

C. Thomas Chalstrom

     Director   March 9, 2016

/s/ Leo Moriarity

Leo Moriarity

     Director   March 9, 2016

/s/ Harold J. Pursley

Harold J. Pursley

     Director   March 9, 2016

/s/ Kyle R. Swon

Kyle R. Swon

     Senior Vice President and Director   March 9, 2016

 


Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2016

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

EXHIBITS

TO

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ON

FORM S-1

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Webster City, Iowa

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

  1.1    Engagement Letters between WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
  1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between WCF Financial, M.H.C., Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank and WCF Bancorp, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
  2    Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
  3.1    Articles of Incorporation of WCF Bancorp, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of WCF Bancorp, Inc.
  4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of WCF Bancorp, Inc.
  5    Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
  8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion
  8.2    Form of State Tax Opinion*
10.1    Form of WCF Financial Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.2    Form of Change in Control Agreement between WCF Financial Bank and each of Stephen L. Mourlam and Kyle R. Swon
10.3    Severance Agreement between WCF Financial Bank and Stephen L. Mourlam
10.4    Severance Agreement between WCF Financial Bank and Kyle R. Swon
10.5    WCF Financial Bank 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan
16    Letter regarding change in accountants
21    Subsidiaries of WCF Bancorp, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (set forth in Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2    Consent of RSM US LLP
23.3    Consent of RP Financial, LC
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
99.1    Engagement Letter with RP Financial, LC to serve as appraiser
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC**
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*
99.6    Letter of RP Financial, LC with respect to Liquidation Rights
99.7    Form of Webster City Financial Bancorp Stockholder Proxy Card

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.

Exhibit 1.1

LOGO

November 17, 2015

Mr. Stephen L. Mourlam

President & CEO

WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

PO Box 638

Webster City, IA 50595

Dear Mr. Mourlam:

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) by WCF Financial, MHC, Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Financial Bank (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step stock offering, the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to full stock form of organization pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of common stock (the “Offering”) of a newly organized holding company (the “Holding Company”) to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and, possibly, a Syndicated Community Offering. The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement to be entered into by and between the Bank and KBW.

 

1.

Advisory/Offering Services

As the Company’s exclusive financial advisor, KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Company and will assist the Company’s management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Reorganization and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

  1.

Provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Company’s Plan of Conversion;

  2.

Assist in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;

  3.

Review all offering documents related to the Offerings, including the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) and any related offering materials, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 18 Columbia Turnpike • Florham Park, NJ 09732

973.543.4036 • Fax 973.549. 4034 • www.kbw.com


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 2 of 9

 

  4.

Assist the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;

  5.

Assist the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;

  6.

Assist the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;

  7.

Meet with the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and

  8.

Such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.

 

2.

Due Diligence Review

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and their counsel in their sole discretion my deem appropriate under the circumstances (the “Due Diligence Review”).

The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests (the “Information”), and will permit KBW to discuss with the Board of Directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all Confidential Information (as defined herein) as confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of the Information in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW will rely upon Company management as to the reasonableness and achievability of any financial and operating forecasts and projections provided to KBW, and that KBW will assume, at the Company’s direction, that all financial forecasts and projections have been reasonably prepared by Company management on a basis reflecting the best then currently available estimates and judgments of management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company, and that such forecasts and projections will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated by such management.

 

3.

Regulatory Filings

The Company will cause the registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) and the Prospectus to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and will cause all other offering documents in respect of the Conversion and the Offerings to be filed, as necessary or appropriate, with applicable regulatory agencies including the SEC, the Financial Industry


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 3 of 9

 

Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBW’s participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.

 

4.

Fees

For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following non-refundable cash fees to KBW, in the amounts at the times set forth below:

 

  (a)

Management Fee:  A non-refundable cash fee of $25,000 (the “Management Fee”) shall be payable by the Company to KBW, as follows: (i) $10,000 shall be paid immediately following the execution of this Agreement and (ii) $15,000 shall be paid immediately upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement. The Management Fee shall be deemed to have been earned in full when due. Should the Offerings or this Agreement be terminated for any reason, KBW shall have earned in full, and be entitled to be paid in full, all fees then due and payable as of such date of termination. The Management Fee, to the extent then actually previously paid to KBW, will be credited against the Success Fee in (b).

 

  (b)

Success Fee: A Success Fee of $225,000 shall be paid upon the completion of the Offerings. The obligation to pay to KBW the full Success Fee upon completion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering shall survive any termination of this agreement, including any termination occurring prior to the completion of such Offerings. The management fee shall be credited against the success fee.

 

  (c)

Fees for Syndicated Community Offering : If any shares of the Common Stock remain unsold after the completion of the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, at the request of the Company, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to assist in a Syndicated Community Offering, on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and KBW. KBW will endeavor to distribute the Common Stock among broker-dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the Conversion. In the event of a Syndicated Community Offering, KBW will be paid, in addition to (and not in lieu of) the Success Fee, a transaction fee not to exceed 6.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. From this fee, KBW will pass onto selected broker-dealers (if any), who assist in the Syndicated Community Offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 4 of 9

 

 

such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer.

 

  (d)

In connection with the Subscription Offering, if, as a result of any resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, KBW reasonable determines that it is required or requested to provide significant services, KBW will be entitled to additional compensation for such services, which additional compensation will not exceed $25,000.

The terms of any Agency Agreement (as defined herein) to be entered into between the Company and KBW in connection with the Offerings shall contain fee provisions no less favorable to KBW than those set forth above. To the extent required under applicable FINRA rules and regulations, the payment of compensation by the Company to KBW pursuant to this Section 4 is subject to FINRA’s review thereof.

 

5.

Additional Services

KBW further agrees to provide general financial advisory assistance to the Company that is not in the context of any contemplated transaction, for a period of three years following completion of the Offerings, including general strategic planning, the creation of a capital management strategy designed to enhance the value of the Company, including the formation of a dividend policy and share repurchase program, assistance with shareholder relations matters, general advice on mergers and acquisitions, and other related financial matters, without the payment by the Company of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 4 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to obtain such services from KBW. If KBW acts as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with any specific transactions, the terms of such engagement will be set forth in a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

6.

Expenses

The Company will bear all expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, “Blue Sky,” and FINRA filing and registration fees; the fees of the Company’s accountants, attorneys, appraiser, business plan consultant, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for “Blue Sky” legal work. If KBW incurs any expenses on behalf of Company in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 5 of 9

 

KBW will also be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $30,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph), related to the Offerings, including, but not limited to, all costs of operating the Stock Information Center, including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary; costs of travel, meals and lodging, clerical assistance, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers. KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph). These expense caps assume no unusual circumstances or delays, and no re-solicitation in connection with the Offerings. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in the event unusual circumstances arise or a delay or resolicitation occurs (including but not limited to a delay in the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering documents), such expense caps may be increased by additional amounts, not to exceed an additional $10,000 in the case of additional out-of-pocket expenses of KBW and an additional $15,000 in the case of additional fees and expenses of KBW’s legal counsel. In no event shall out-of-pocket expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, exceed $130,000. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification or contribution provisions contained herein.

 

7.

Limitations

The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBW’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that any such opinion or advice, as well as this Agreement (including any of the terms hereof) shall not be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives, without the prior written consent of KBW.

It is expressly understood and agreed that KBW is not undertaking to provide any advice relating to legal, regulatory, accounting or tax matters. In furtherance thereof, the Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) it and its affiliates have relied and will continue to rely on the advice of its own legal, tax and accounting advisors for all matters relating to the Conversion and the Offerings, and all other matters and (b) neither it, or any of its affiliates, has received, or has relied upon, the advice of KBW or any of its affiliates regarding matters of law, regulation, taxation or accounting.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Company’s engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents. In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBW’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 6 of 9

 

 

8.

Benefit

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable without the mutual consent of KBW and the Bank.

 

9.

Confidentiality

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW or its representatives in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company.

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that all presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of KBW.

 

10.

Advertisements

The Company agrees that, following the closing of the Offerings, KBW has the right to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense, describing its services to the Company and a general description of such offering. In addition, the Company agrees to include in any press release or public announcement announcing any such offering a reference to KBW’s role as financial advisor and sole book-running manager with respect to such offering, provided that the Company will submit a copy of any such press release or public announcement to KBW for its prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 7 of 9

 

 

11.

Indemnification

As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, and reasonably related to or arising out of the Conversion or the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this Agreement, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s gross negligence or bad faith of KBW.

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however , in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 8 of 9

 

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the indemnification and contribution provisions of this agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other indemnified party.

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

12.

Definitive Agreement

This Agreement reflects KBW’s present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on the proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 9, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 6, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 7, (v) the limitations of liability, the indemnification and contribution obligations and the other provisions set forth in Section 11 and (iv) those terms as may be set forth in a mutually agreed upon agency agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings (the “Agency Agreement”), all of which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained herein, shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s provision of services in connection with the Conversion and the Offerings, as contemplated herein, is expressly subject to (a) satisfactory completion of Due Diligence Review by KBW, (b) the preparation of a Registration Statement and Prospectus and other offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW in form and substance, (c) compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 9 of 9

 

KBW and its counsel, (d) market conditions (including at the time of any of the proposed Offerings), (e) approval of KBW’s internal committee and (f) any other conditions that KBW may deem appropriate for the transactions contemplated hereby. In addition, KBW’s execution of any Agency Agreement shall also be subject to agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this Agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning an original copy of this Agreement to the undersigned.

Very truly yours,

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Robin P. Suskind

   

Date:

 

    11/17/2015                         

 

Robin P. Suskind

Managing Director

     
WCF Financial, MHC, Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank

By:

 

/s/ Stephen L. Mourlam

   

Date:

      11 - 19 - 2015                        
 

Stephen L. Mourlam

President & CEO

     


LOGO

November 17, 2015

Mr. Stephen L. Mourlam

President & CEO

WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

PO Box 638

Webster City, IA 50595

Dear Mr. Mourlam:

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. (“KBW”) to act as the Conversion Agent to Webster City Federal Bancorp (collectively with any of its successors or any new stock holding company formed to effect the second step stock offering, the “Bank”) in connection with the Bank’s proposed reorganization from the mutual holding company form to full stock form of organization pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Conversion”), including the offer and sale of common stock (the “Offering”) of a newly organized holding company (the “Holding Company”) to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering and, possibly, a Syndicated Community Offering. The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

Conversion Agent Services : As Conversion Agent, and as the Bank may reasonably request, KBW will provide the following services:

 

  1.

Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:

   

Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;

   

Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and

   

Provide software for the operation of the Bank’s Stock Information Center, including subscription management and proxy solicitation efforts

 

  2.

Preparation of Proxy Forms; Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following:

   

Assist the Bank’s financial printer with labeling of proxy materials for voting and subscribing for stock;

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods • 18 Columbia Turnpike • Florham Park, NJ 09732

973.549.4036 • Fax 973.549.4034 • www.kbw.com


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 2 of 5

 

 

   

Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including proxy grams and additional solicitation materials;

   

Proxy and ballot tabulation; and

   

Act as Inspector of Election for the Bank’s special meeting of members, if requested, and the election is not contested

 

  3.

Subscription Services, including, but not limited to the following:

 

   

Assist the Bank’s financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials for subscribing for stock;

   

Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;

   

Stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;

   

Provide supporting account information to the Bank’s legal counsel for ‘blue sky’ research and applicable registration;

   

Assist the Bank’s transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock ownership statement;

   

Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Bank to generate interest and refund checks.

 

  4.

Records processing Services: As part of its Conversion Agent services provided hereunder, KBW will serve as the data processing records management agent (the “Records Agent”) to the Company with respect to the Offerings. As the Records Agent, KBW will provide records processing services (the “Records Processing Services”) contemplated hereby and by the Terms (as defined below). Specific terms of such Records Processing Services shall be set forth in the Data Processing Records Management Engagement Terms (the “Terms”) which document is attached as Annex A hereto. The parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that: (i) the Terms form an integral part of this letter agreement and are incorporated in their entirety herein, (ii) in the event of any conflict between this letter agreement and the Terms, the Terms shall control and (iii) KBW expects to subcontract certain Records Processing Services, including without limitation certain integral data processing functions, to any one or more of its affiliates or to any other party (including non-affiliate third parties), as contemplated in the Terms.

Fees : For the Conversion Agent services outlined above, the Bank agrees to pay KBW a fee of $23,000 .   This fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Bank’s Plan of Conversion and Reorganization as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in regulations or the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees. All fees under this agreement shall be payable as follows: (a) $5,000 payable upon execution of this agreement, which shall be non-refundable; and (b) the balance upon the completion of the Offering.


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 3 of 5

 

Costs and Expenses : In addition to any fees that may be payable to KBW hereunder, the Bank agrees to reimburse KBW, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, provided however that such out-of-pocket expenses shall not exceed $5,000. Typical expenses include but are not limited to additional programming costs, overnight delivery travel, lodging, food, telephone, postage, listings, forms and other similar expenses; provided, however, that KBW shall document such expenses to the reasonable satisfaction of the Bank. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.

Reliance on Information Provided : The Bank agrees to provide KBW with such information as KBW may reasonably require to carry out its services under this agreement. The Bank recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.

Limitations : KBW, as Conversion Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

The Company also agrees neither KBW , nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall be liable to any person or entity, including the Bank, by reason of any error of judgment, or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof, unless caused by or arising primarily out of KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party (as defined herein) may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 4 of 5

 

Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall KBW be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if KBW has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

Publicity : The Company agrees that, following the closing or consummation of an Offering, KBW has the right to place an announcement on its website and/or advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense, describing its services to the Company and a general description of the Offering.

Indemnification : The Bank agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a Party. The Bank will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Bank shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Bank, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Bank and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however , in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Bank and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the


WCF Financial, MHC

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Financial Bank

November 17, 2015

Page 5 of 5

 

same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Bank in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

This letter constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state, without regard to such state’s rules concerning conflicts of laws. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

Very truly yours,

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Robin P. Suskind

   

Date:

 

    11/17/2015        

 

Robin P. Suskind

Managing Director

     
WCF Financial, MHC, Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank

By:

 

/s/ Stephen L. Mourlam

   

Date:

      11 - 19 - 2015        
 

Stephen L. Mourlam

President & CEO

     


ANNEX A

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

DATA PROCESSING RECORDS MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT TERMS

This document, which is integral to the Records Processing Services letter of the same date (together, the or this “Agreement”), applies to all records processing services (the “Services”) performed, unless a specific engagement letter is entered into for certain services. The Services are to be provided by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods (the “Agent”) to WCF Financial, MHC, Webster City Federal Bancorp, WCF Financial Bank and a new stock holding company to be formed (together, the “Company”) in connection with its reorganization from a mutual holding company and related stock offering (the “Stock Offering”) to be conducted pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”).

Section 1 - DUTIES OF KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS

a.) The Agent hereby agrees to perform the Services set forth in this Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner, to comply with all timely, appropriate and lawful instructions received from duly authorized representatives of the Company. The Agent makes no warranties regarding the rendering of the Services (including, without limitation, warranties of merchantability, security, accuracy, noninfringement, and fitness for a particular purpose), and no additional warranties may be implied from the terms of this Agreement. The Company will: (i) inform all of its authorized representatives, which may include attorneys, agents and advisors, that the Agent shall act as the exclusive data processing records management agent and that they are authorized and directed to communicate with the Agent and to promptly provide the Agent with all information that is reasonably requested; (ii) cause the Agent to have adequate notice of, and permit the Agent to attend, meetings (whether in person or otherwise) where the Agent’s attendance is, in the discretion of the Agent, relevant, advisable or necessary; (iii) cause the Agent to receive, as they become available, copies of the documents relating to the Plan, the mutual-to-stock conversion and the Stock Offering, to the extent the Agent believes that such documents are necessary or appropriate for the Agent to perform the Services and (iv) cause the Agent to have adequate advance notice of any proposed changes to the Plan, the proposed Services or the Stock Offering timetable. Failure by the Company to keep the Agent timely and adequately informed or to provide the Agent with complete and accurate necessary information on a timely basis shall excuse the Agent’s delay in the performance of its Services and may be grounds for the Agent to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

b.) The actions to be taken by the Agent hereunder are deemed by the parties to be ministerial only and not discretionary. The Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be called upon at any time to give any advice regarding implementing the Plan. The Company shall have the sole responsibility to make any and all decisions with respect to implementing the Plan, including but not limited to decisions regarding which customer bank accounts are to be included in accountholder records provided to the Agent. The Agent may rely on records and information received and is not responsible for ensuring the completeness and accuracy of the accountholder records provided or processed.

 

1


c.) The Agent may rely upon the instructions and representations (whether oral or in writing) of the Company’s duly authorized representatives, without inquiry or investigation. The Agent shall not be responsible for any action taken in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice or instruction (whether written or oral), or other instrument or document reasonably believed by it to be valid, genuine and sufficient in carrying out its duties hereunder. The Agent shall not be liable or responsible, and shall be fully authorized and protected for, acting or failing to act in accordance with any oral instructions or requests.

d.) The Agent may consult with legal counsel chosen in good faith as to Agent’s obligations or performance under this Agreement, and the Agent shall not incur any liability in acting in good faith in accordance with any advice from such counsel with respect to Agent’s obligations or performance under this Agreement.

e.) The Agent expects to subcontract certain data processing functions integral to the Services with any one or more of its affiliates or with any other party. The fees and expenses of such subcontractor shall not be billed to the Company, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties hereto in writing.   Such subcontractor shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Agreement relating to Confidentiality (Section 3), Consumer Privacy (Section 4) and Process (Section 5).

f.) Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods nor any of its directors, managers, officers, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries or agents nor any of their respective controlling persons, heirs, representatives, estates, successors and assigns shall be liable, directly or indirectly, for any losses, claims, judgments, damages or expenses suffered or incurred by the Company, or any person claiming through it, arising out of or relating to the Services provided, other than for, subject to Section 1 g.) below, direct damages or expenses directly related solely to the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent as finally and specifically determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Moreover, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods shall not be responsible nor liable for delays, errors or omissions arising from, relating to or made in connection with circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts or omissions of the Company or any of its advisors or agents, acts of governmental authorities, acts of civil commotion or riot, insurrection, acts of military authority, war or acts of war or terrorism, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, flood, weather-related problems, acts of God or nature, mechanical or electrical breakdown, computer problems, failure or unavailability of communications or power supply or any change in law or regulation materially affecting the Agent or the Company.

g.) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted by it or for any error or judgment made by it in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except for acts or omissions directly relating solely to the Agent’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally and specifically determined by a court of competent jurisdiction .  In no event shall the Agent be liable for: (i) acting in accordance with or relying upon any instruction, request, notice, demand, certificate, order or document from the Company or any authorized representative acting on its behalf or (ii) for any consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) even if the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Any liability of the Agent shall be limited to the amount of fees paid to the Agent for the Services performed by the Agent pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

h.) The duties, responsibilities and obligations of the Agent shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein, and no duties, responsibilities or obligations shall be inferred or implied. The Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be subject to, nor required to comply with, any other agreement between or among any or all of the parties hereto and/or any other person or entity, even though reference thereto may be made herein or therein, or to comply with any direction or instruction

 

2


(other than those contained herein or delivered in accordance with this Agreement) from any person or entity other than the Company. Except as may otherwise be set forth herein, the Agent shall not be required to, and shall not, expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder.

i.) The parties hereto acknowledge that there are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement, which is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto. No other person or entity or their respective heirs, successors and assigns shall be deemed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim hereto.

j.) In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by the Agent hereunder, the Agent will provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to resolve such uncertainty or ambiguity and in the event that such uncertainty or ambiguity is unresolved the Agent may, in its sole discretion, take any action it deems appropriate or refrain from taking any action unless and until the Agent receives written instructions from the Company clarifying the ambiguity or uncertainty, and the Agent shall not be liable for acting or the failure to take any action during this period. In the event of any disagreement between the Company and any other person or entity resulting in adverse claims and demands being made herein or affected hereby, the Agent shall be entitled to refuse to comply with any such claims or demands as long as such disagreement may continue, and in so refusing, shall make no delivery or other disposition under this Agreement, and in so doing shall be entitled to continue to refrain from acting until: (i) the right of adverse claimants shall have been finally settled by binding arbitration or finally adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) all differences shall have been settled by agreement among the adverse claimants and the Company or other persons or entities and the Agent shall have been notified in writing of such agreement signed by the Company and the adverse person(s) or entity(ies). In the event of such disagreement, the Agent may, but need not, tender into the registry or custody of any court of competent jurisdiction all property in the Agent’s possession pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, together with such legal proceedings as the Agent deems appropriate, and thereupon the Agent shall be discharged from all further duties under this Agreement. The filing of any such legal proceeding shall not deprive the Agent of compensation or expenses paid or payable hereunder for Services, and the Agent shall not be liable with respect to any suspension of performance, delay or otherwise as a result of the tendering of such property. The Agent shall have no obligation to take any legal action in connection with this Agreement or towards its enforcement, or to appear in, prosecute or defend any action or legal proceeding which would or might involve the Agent in any cost, expense, loss or liability unless indemnification, satisfactory to the Agent, in its sole discretion, shall be furnished by the Company. The Agent shall be indemnified for all reasonable costs (including employee time at the employee’s hourly rate determined by his annual salary) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with any such action.

Section 2 - COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall commence immediately upon execution hereof by all parties and shall continue in force until the consummation or termination of the Stock Offering and mutual-to-stock conversion or the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may only be terminated by the Company for cause due to action by the Agent constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement, which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of such breach is delivered by the Company to the Agent. This Agreement may only be terminated by the Agent in the event of: one or more of the following: (i) termination of the separate agreement designating the Agent as conversion advisor and marketing agent related to the mutual-to-stock conversion and related Stock Offering; (ii) circumstances described in Section 1 j.)

 

3


hereof; (iii) action by the Company constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement (including as described in Section 1 a.) hereof) or failure to pay the fees and expenses of the Agent) which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of breach is delivered by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods to the Company or (iv) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, rehabilitation, guaranty fund action, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against the Company, the Company shall become insolvent, or cease paying its obligations as they become due.

Section 3 - CONFIDENTIALITY

a.) The parties hereto will: (a) hold, and will cause their respective employees, officers, directors and authorized representatives (including attorneys, advisors and agents) to hold, in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial, regulatory or administrative process and then (i) only with written notice prior to disclosure to the disclosing party and (ii) still maintaining the confidential status of any such documents and information, all documents and information, in any medium (the “Information”), concerning the disclosing party, whether the Information is furnished to the receiving party by the disclosing party or its representatives in connection with this Agreement or the Information is received, transmitted, created, generated or otherwise processed by the receiving party based, in whole or in part, upon the Information of the disclosing party, except to the extent that such Information can be shown to have been (A) previously known by the receiving party other than through a breach of a confidentiality agreement by a third party; (B) in the public domain through no fault of the receiving party or (C) later lawfully acquired by the receiving party from other sources) (the “Confidential Information”), (b) not use such Confidential Information except for the purposes set forth herein and (c) unless prior written consent is obtained, release Confidential Information only to persons described in this Section 3 (a). It is understood by the parties hereto that the receiving party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold the Confidential Information confidential if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve the confidentiality of its own similar information.

b.) The parties hereto agree to the use of facsimile, email and voicemail as means to communicate both sensitive and non-sensitive information related to the Services.

Section 4 - CONSUMER PRIVACY

a.) In connection with this Agreement, the Company will cause the Agent to be provided Information, which will include nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank account records. Unless required by law or unless prior written consent is obtained from the Company, the Agent will not knowingly disclose any such nonpublic personal data except to persons described in Section 3 a.), in connection with performing the Services.

b.) The Agent (or its agents) has implemented and will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, and to ensure the proper disposal, of nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank accounts records. Notwithstanding the foregoing, given the nature of electronic communications and the Internet, the Agent makes no absolute guarantees regarding the safety and security of any data transmitted over or accessible via the Internet or any other public networks.

 

4


c.) Upon consummation of the Stock Offering or termination of this Agreement, at the written request of the Company, and at its sole expense, the Agent shall use its reasonable efforts to transfer to the Company or destroy all physical or electronic Confidential Information, including nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank account records (excluding data, software and documentation proprietary to the Agent (or its agents)) and shall not retain copies of such data and documentation; provided however, that the Agent (and its agents) may retain copies to the extent necessary, but only for as long as necessary, to comply with legal, regulatory and archival requirements.

Section 5 - PROCESS

If at any time the Agent is served with any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, motion, writ, or other form of judicial or administrative process which in any way affects any property of the Company, the Agent is authorized to comply therewith in any reasonable manner as it or its legal counsel of its own choosing deems appropriate; provided that the Agent shall endeavor to give notice thereof to the Company. If the Agent complies with any such judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process, the Agent shall not be liable to any of the parties, or to any other person or entity, even though such order, judgment, decree, writ or process may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to have been without legal force or effect.

Section 6 - INDEMNIFICATION

The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries, agents, and each of their controlling persons, if any (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns (together, the “Agent Group”) against any loss, liability, claim or expense (“Loss”), joint or several, to which the Agent Group may become subject, under any federal or state law or regulation, at common law, in equity or otherwise, insofar as such Loss (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based on or is in connection with or is related to this Agreement and the Services, except to the extent the Agent is finally found, by a court of competent jurisdiction, to have engaged in bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Company agrees to advance or reimburse the Agent Group (or any one or more of them) within fifteen (15) business days of a written request therefor in connection with investigating, preparing or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action by the Agent Group (or any one or more of them). The indemnification obligations of the Company as provided above are in addition to any liabilities that the Company may have under other agreements, under common law or otherwise.

The Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, their directors and officers, agents, servants and employees and each of their controlling persons, if any (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns (together, the “Company Group”) against any Loss, joint or several, as to which the Company Group may become subject, under any federal or state law or regulation, at common law, in equity or otherwise, insofar as such Loss (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based on or is in connection with or is related to this Agreement and the Services, except to the extent the Company is finally found, by a court of competent jurisdiction, to have engaged in bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Agent agrees to advance or reimburse the Company Group (or any one or more of them) within fifteen (15) business days of a written request therefor in connection with investigating, preparing or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action by the Company Group (or any one or more of them). The indemnification obligations of the Agent as provided above are in addition to any liabilities that the Company may have under other agreements, under common law or otherwise.

 

5


Section 7 - LIMIT OF LIABILITY

The Agent will provide the Services with due care, in a timely manner, so the provisions of this section establishing a limit of liability will not apply if, as determined in a judicial proceeding, we performed our services with bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. However, our engagement with you is not intended to shift risks normally borne by you to us. With respect to any services or work product or this engagement for Services in general, the liability of the Agent and its personnel shall not exceed the fees we receive for the portion of the work giving rise to liability nor include any special, consequential, incidental, or exemplary damages or loss nor any lost profits, savings, or business opportunity. A claim by Company for a return of fees paid to the Agent by the Company for the Services performed by the Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for any damages. This limitation of liability is intended to apply to the full extent allowed by law, regardless of the grounds or nature of any claim asserted.

Section 8 - SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS

The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, including Sections 6 and 7 above, will remain in full force and effect and will survive the consummation of the Stock Offering and mutual-to-stock conversion or the termination of this Agreement, and the Agent Group shall be entitled to the benefit of the covenants and agreements thereafter.

Section 9 - AGREEMENT

a.) This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, but not any engagement, underwriting, agency or other agreements among the parties pursuant to which Keefe, Bruyette & Woods is acting as the Company’s financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity. Except for Section 1 e) of this Agreement, each party hereto acknowledges that no representation, inducement, promise or agreement, written, oral or otherwise, has been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied or expressly stated herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding in relation to the Services. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has made full and complete disclosure to the Company of the possibility or existence of any conflict of interest resulting from Keefe, Bruyette & Woods serving as both data processing records management agent pursuant to this Agreement and as financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity pursuant to a separate agreement and (ii) having received full disclosure thereof, the Company hereby waives any such conflict of interest and consents to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods serving in such dual capacity.

b.) This Agreement may be enforced only by the parties hereto and shall be interpreted, construed, enforced and administered in accordance with the internal substantive laws (and not the choice of law rules) of the State of New York. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the personal jurisdiction of, and each agrees that all proceedings relating hereto shall be brought in, courts located within the State of New York. Each of the parties waives the right to a trial by a jury. To the extent that in any jurisdiction any party hereto may be entitled to claim, for itself or its assets,

 

6


immunity from suit, execution, attachment (whether before or after judgment) or other legal process, each hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim, and hereby waives, such immunity. Each party hereto waives personal service of process and consents to service of process by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to it at the address last specified for notices hereunder.

c.) This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, which taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. All section headings used herein are for convenience and ease of reference only and do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to for the purpose of defining, interpreting, construing or enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement. All pronouns and variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the party or parties to this Agreement may require.

d.) This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment made in violation of the foregoing shall be void and have no legal effect; except that consent is not required for an assignment to a Keefe, Bruyette & Woods affiliate or successor in interest. This Agreement may be modified only by a written amendment signed by all of the parties hereto and no waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless expressed in a writing signed by the party to be charged. No waiver of the breach of any provision or term of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

e.) No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Agent, and the Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement between the Company and any other person or entity other than this Agreement, and the Agent shall have no duty to inquire into, or to take into account its knowledge of, the terms and conditions of any agreement made or entered into in connection with this Agreement.

f.) Should any term or provision, or portion of such provision, of this Agreement be invalid or unenforceable, the scope thereof or the period covered thereby or otherwise, such term, provision, or portion of such provision, shall be deemed to be reduced and limited to enable Keefe, Bruyette & Woods or the Company, as applicable, to enforce it to the maximum extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied under the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any term or provision of this Agreement is held or deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, by a court of competent jurisdiction, such term or provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement which shall be construed to preserve, to the maximum extent permissible, the intent and purposes of this Agreement. Any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such terms or provisions in any other jurisdiction.

g.) The Agent, in furnishing services to the Company under this Agreement, is acting only as an independent contractor and is not a fiduciary of, nor will its entering into this Agreement give rise to fiduciary duties to, the Company. The Agent does not undertake by this Agreement or otherwise to perform any obligation of the Company, whether regulatory, contractual, or otherwise. The Agent has the sole right and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to be performed, all work to be performed by the Agent under this Agreement unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. The Company understands and agrees that the Agent may perform services substantially similar to those to be performed hereunder for others, and nothing herein is intended to restrict or prohibit the Agent from performing such services for others.

 

7


h.) All media releases, public announcements and public disclosures by either party or its agents relating to this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement, but not including any announcement intended solely for internal distribution at such party or any disclosure required by legal, accounting or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of such party, shall be coordinated with and approved by the other party prior to the release thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Section 10 - NOTICES

Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served or sent by any party to any other party pursuant to this Agreement, other than in the normal course of conducting the Services, can be by certified or registered mail, personal delivery or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication with proof of delivery addressed as follows:

 

  (a)

If to the Agent:

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

18 Columbia Turnpike

Florham Park, NJ 07932

Attn: Robin P. Suskind

Telephone:  (973) 549-4036

Fax:  (973) 549-4034

If to the Company:

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

PO Box 638

Webster City, IA 50595-0638

Attn: Stephen L. Mourlam

Telephone:  (515) 832-3071

Fax:  (515) 832-3085

Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address/addressee to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be provided.

 

8

Exhibit 2

 

 

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

OF

WCF FINANCIAL, M.H.C.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

  Introduction    1

2.

  Definitions    1

3.

  Procedures for conversion    8

4.

  Holding company applications and approvals    10

5.

  Sale of subscription shares    10

6.

  Purchase price and number of subscription shares    11

7.

  Retention of conversion proceeds by the holding company    12

8.

  Subscription rights of eligible account holders (first priority)    12

9.

  Subscription rights of employee plans (second priority)    13

10.

  Subscription rights of supplemental eligible account holders (third priority)    13

11.

  Subscription rights of other depositors (fourth priority)    14

12.

  Community offering    15

13.

  Syndicated community offering and/or firm commitment underwritten offering    15

14.

  Limitations on purchases    16

15.

  Payment for subscription shares    18

16.

  Manner of exercising subscription rights through order forms    19

17.

  Undelivered, defective or late order form; insufficient payment    20

18.

  Residents of foreign countries and certain states    20

19.

  Establishment of liquidation accounts    21

20.

  Voting rights of stockholders    23

21.

  Restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition    23

22.

  Requirements for stock purchases by directors and officers following the conversion    24

23.

  Transfer of deposit accounts    24

24.

  Registration and marketing    24

25.

  Tax rulings or opinions    25

26.

  Stock benefit plans and employment agreements    25

27.

  Restrictions on acquisition of bank and holding company    26

28.

  Payment of dividends and repurchase of stock    27

29.

  Articles of incorporation and bylaws    27

30.

  Consummation of conversion and effective date    27

31.

  Expenses of conversion    28

32.

  Amendment or termination of plan    28

33.

  Conditions to conversion    28

34.

  Interpretation    29

 

Exhibit A    Form of Agreement of Merger between WCF Financial, M.H.C. and Webster City Federal Bancorp
Exhibit B    Form of Agreement of Merger between Webster City Federal Bancorp and WCF Bancorp, Inc.

 

(i)


PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION OF

WCF FINANCIAL, M.H.C.

 

  1.

INTRODUCTION

This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of WCF Financial, M.H.C., a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization. The Mutual Holding Company currently owns a majority of the common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp, a federal stock corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), which owns 100% of the common stock of WCF Financial Bank (the “Bank”), a federally chartered stock savings bank. A new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion, will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization, which will provide the Bank and the Holding Company with additional capital to grow and to respond to changing regulatory and market conditions. The Conversion will also provide the Bank and the Holding Company greater flexibility to effect corporate transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and branch expansions. The Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof. All sales of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, in the Syndicated Community Offering or in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company. As part of the Conversion, each Minority Stockholder will receive Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for Minority Shares. The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank. After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank. This Plan also must be approved by: (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Members Meeting; (ii) at least two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting; and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting. Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and Stockholders shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger. The Federal Reserve must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members and Stockholders for their approval.

 

  2.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account Holder – Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.


Acting in Concert – The term Acting in Concert means: (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

Affiliate – Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

Appraised Value Range – The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.

Articles of Combination – The Articles of Combination filed with the Federal Reserve and any similar documents filed with the Bank Regulators in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

Articles of Merger – The Articles of Merger filed with the Iowa Department and any similar documents filed in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.

Associate – The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank) if the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and (A) who lives in the same home as such person or (B) who is a Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.

 

2


Bank – WCF Financial Bank, Webster City, Iowa, a federally chartered stock savings bank.

Bank Liquidation Account – The account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.

Bank Regulators – The Federal Reserve and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company and the mergers required to effect the Conversion.

Code – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Community – The Iowa Counties of Hamilton and Buchanan.

Community Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering, any Syndicated Community Offering or both, or upon conclusion of the Subscription Offering.

Control – (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 238.

Conversion – The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering and the Exchange Offering.

Conversion Stock – The Subscription Shares and the Exchange Shares.

Deposit Account – Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

Director – A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

Eligible Account Holder – Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account.

Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is December 31, 2014.

Employees – All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.

 

3


Employee Plans – Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank, its subsidiaries or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.

ESOP – The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.

Exchange Offering – The offering of Holding Company Common Stock to Minority Stockholders in exchange for Minority Shares.

Exchange Ratio – The rate at which shares of Holding Company Common Stock are exchanged for Minority Shares upon consummation of the Conversion. The Exchange Ratio (which shall be rounded to four decimal places) shall be determined such that as of the closing of the Conversion the rate will result in the Minority Stockholders owning in the aggregate the same percentage of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock immediately upon completion of the Conversion as the percentage of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by them in the aggregate immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion before giving effect to (a) cash in lieu of any fractional shares and (b) any Subscription Shares purchased by Minority Stockholders in the Offering; provided that the Exchange Ratio will be adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company).

Exchange Shares – The shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to Minority Stockholders in the Exchange Offering.

FDIC – The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Federal Reserve – The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

Holding Company – The Iowa corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in the Offering and Exchange Offering.

Holding Company Common Stock – The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.

Independent Appraiser – The appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company.

Iowa Secretary of State – The Iowa Secretary of State.

 

4


Liquidation Account – The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion.

Majority Ownership Interest – A fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion.

Member – Any Person who qualifies as a member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its charter.

Member Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Members Meeting.

Members Meeting – The special meeting of Voting Members and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan, if required by the Bank Regulators.

MHC Merger – The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity, which merger shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

Mid-Tier Holding Company – Webster City Federal Bancorp, the federal corporation that owns 100% of the Bank’s common stock and any successor thereto.

Mid-Tier Merger – The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, which merger shall occur immediately following the MHC Merger and prior to the completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

Minority Shares – Any outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company issuable upon the exercise of options or grant of stock awards, owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.

Minority Stockholder – Any owner of Minority Shares.

Mutual Holding Company – WCF Financial, M.H.C., the mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

Offering – The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Holding Company Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be. The term “Offering” does not include Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offering.

 

5


Offering Range – The range of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company)). The maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.

Officer – The term Officer means the chairman of the board, president, vice president, treasurer, secretary, or comptroller of any company, or any other person who participates in its major policy decisions.

Order Form – Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

Other Member – Any Person holding a Deposit Account on the Member Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, and any borrower who qualifies as a Voting Member.

Participant – Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.

Person – An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

Plan – This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

Prospectus – The one or more documents used in offering the Conversion Stock.

Qualifying Deposit – The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

Resident – Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident the principal place of business or headquarters of the corporation or business entity must be in the Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank. A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

 

6


SEC – The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Stockholder – Any owner of outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Mutual Holding Company.

Stockholder Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Stockholders Meeting.

Stockholders Meeting – The special or annual meeting of Stockholders and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

Subscription Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

Subscription Price – The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be $8.00 unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

Subscription Shares – Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. Subscription Shares do not include Exchange Shares.

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder – Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding Federal Reserve approval of the application for conversion. The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will only occur if the Federal Reserve has not approved the Conversion within 15 months after the Eligibility Record Date.

Syndicated Community Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan – Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code. A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.

 

7


Voting Member – Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a member of the Mutual Holding Company.

 

  3.

PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

A.       After approval of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, this Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval. Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by depositors of the Bank. The Mutual Holding Company will publish a notice of the filing with the Bank Regulators of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of this Plan as well as notices required in connection with any holding company, merger or other applications required to complete the Conversion.

B.       Promptly following approval by the Bank Regulators, this Plan will be submitted to: (i) a vote of the Voting Members at the Members Meeting and (ii) a vote of the Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting. The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Member Voting Record Date, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Members at the Members Meeting. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will mail to all Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date a proxy statement describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares. In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by either telephone or by letter addressed to the Bank’s Secretary, a copy of this Plan as well as the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Holding Company. This Plan must be approved by: (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Members Meeting; (ii) at least two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting; and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Stockholders Meeting. Upon such approval of this Plan, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.

C.       The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date Participants are first mailed a Prospectus and Order Form, unless extended. Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering, and/or a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators. All sales of shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

8


D.       The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion. Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members and Stockholders also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

  (1)

The Holding Company will be organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

  (2)

The Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

  (3)

Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by Members as part of the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account, and each of the Minority Shares shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.

 

  (4)

Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale the Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

  (5)

The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

E.       As part of the Conversion, each of the Minority Shares outstanding immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. The basis for exchange of Minority Shares for Holding Company Common Stock shall be fair and reasonable. Options to purchase shares of

 

9


Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion shall be converted into options to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the Exchange Ratio so that the aggregate exercise price remains unchanged, and with the duration of the option remaining unchanged.

F.       The Holding Company shall register the Conversion Stock with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities. In addition, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall prepare preliminary proxy materials as well as other applications and information for review by the SEC in connection with the solicitation of Stockholder approval of this Plan.

G.       All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer. The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.

H.       The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

  4.

HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering. The Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank and Holding Company shall make timely applications to the Bank Regulators and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

 

  5.

SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the proxy statement for the Members Meeting. The Holding Company Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock.

 

10


Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a first preference given to those natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community and the next preference given to Minority Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date. The Community Offering may begin concurrently with, or at any time during or after the Subscription Offering. The offer and sale of Holding Company Common Stock prior to the Members Meeting, however, is subject to the approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and by the Stockholders, including Minority Stockholders.

If feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock. The issuance of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Holding Company Common Stock is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued.

 

  6.

PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

The total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company)). The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. The number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and the number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the product of (i) the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and (ii) the Majority Ownership Interest (as adjusted to reflect assets held by the Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company)).

 

11


In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Conversion Stock will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Conversion, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering and the Exchange Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering and Exchange Offering after canceling the Offering and the Exchange Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.

The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  7.

RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would support the growth in the operations of the Holding Company and the Bank through increased lending, acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and other business and investment activities, including the possible payment of dividends and possible repurchases of the Holding Company Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.

 

  8.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

A.       Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $200,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

12


B.       In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

C.       Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

 

  9.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

The Employee Plans shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution or from the Holding Company to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market after the completion of the Conversion.

 

  10.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

A.       Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $200,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of

 

13


shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B.       In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription following subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans, Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

  11.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

A.       Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of $ 200,000 of Holding Company Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

B.       In the event that Other Members exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares is in excess of the total number of such shares available for subscription following subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Subscription Shares will be allocated among Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

14


  12.

COMMUNITY OFFERING

If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, next to cover orders of Minority Stockholders as of the Stockholder Voting Record Date, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceed the number of shares available for sale in a category pursuant to the purchase priorities described above, shares will be allocated within the category so that each member of that category will receive the lesser of 100 shares or the amount ordered, and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. In connection with the allocation, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering. Any Person may purchase up to $200,000 of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

  13. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING

If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering using a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders received in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to $200,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. In addition, unless otherwise approved or permitted by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of

 

15


shares basis per order. Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Syndicated Community Offering.

Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. In the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, any Person may purchase up to $200,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. In addition, unless otherwise approved or permitted by the Federal Reserve, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering.

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Holding Company Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, or any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.

 

  14.

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Conversion Stock:

A.         The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant, together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed $200,000 of Holding Company Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).

B.         The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate shall not exceed 33% of the shares of Conversion Stock.

 

16


C.         The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant together with purchases by any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, combined with Exchange Shares received by any such Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 9.9% of the shares of Conversion Stock, except that this ownership limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans. However, Minority Stockholders will not be required to sell any shares of Holding Company Common Stock or be limited from receiving any Exchange Shares or be required to divest themselves of any Exchange Shares as a result of this limitation.

D.         A minimum of 25 shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be purchased by each Person or Participant purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided , however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased times the Subscription Price exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

E.         If the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below. If the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company increase the maximum purchase limitations, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company are only required to resolicit Participants who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the Order Form and may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large purchasers. In the event of such a resolicitation, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to require such persons to supply immediately available funds for the purchase of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock. Such persons will be prohibited from paying with a personal check, but the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company may allow payment by wire transfer. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares issued in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering. Requests to purchase additional shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company in its sole discretion.

 

17


In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to 15% (the “Adjusted Maximum”), the additional shares may be used to fill the Employee Plans’ orders before all other orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

Each Person purchasing Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

 

  15.

PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

All payments for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided , however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.

Except as set forth in Section 14.E., above, payment for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Offering. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given

 

18


effect. Interest on funds received by check, draft or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them, with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.

 

  16.

MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved by the Bank Regulators, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered. Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

A.         A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Holding Company, or its agent, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed to Participants by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

B.         The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

C.         A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offerings;

D.         Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

E.         An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

F.         A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Holding Company or its agent within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account(s) at the Bank); and

 

19


G.       A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the above, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled order forms.

 

  17.

UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company or are received by the Holding Company or its agent after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided , however , that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

 

  18.

RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country; or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

20


  19.

ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The Holding Company also shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Eligible Account Holder’s or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock. A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution or holding company thereof, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of either (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund its obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation Account before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Bank Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s or Bank’s capital stock.

 

21


In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

If, at the close of business on any fiscal year end closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, then the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any capital of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their interests in the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

22


The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior Federal Reserve approval (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. Upon the written request of the Federal Reserve the Holding Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve the Holding Company may, at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank, at which time the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank and the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account. In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall be subsumed into the Bank Liquidation Account and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors. Approval of this Plan by the Voting Members and Stockholders shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein.

 

  20.

VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

 

  21.

RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

A.         All Subscription Shares purchased by Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

B.         The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section shall not apply to the following:

 

  1.

Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the federal regulatory agency; and

 

  2.

Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

C.         With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

  1.

Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;

 

23


  2.

Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

  3.

Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

 

  22.

REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Holding Company Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

 

  23.

TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights) applicable to such Deposit Account in the Bank immediately prior to completion of the Conversion.

 

  24.

REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the class of securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such class of securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such class of securities for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange unless otherwise permitted by the Federal Reserve.

 

24


  25.

TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of either a ruling, an opinion of counsel or a letter of advice from their tax advisor regarding the federal and state income tax consequences of the Conversion to the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Account Holders and Voting Members receiving subscription rights in the Conversion.

 

  26.

STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

A. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

B.       As a result of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have ratified and approved all employee stock benefit plans maintained by the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shall have agreed to issue (and reserve for issuance) Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the terms of such benefit plans. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by such benefit plans shall be converted into Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. Also upon consummation of the Conversion, (i) all rights to purchase, sell or receive Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and all rights to elect to make payment in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock under any agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under any plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall automatically, by operation of law, be converted into and shall become an identical right to purchase, sell or receive Holding Company Common Stock and an identical right to make payment in Holding Company Common Stock under any such agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under such plan or program of the Bank, and (ii) rights outstanding under all stock option plans shall be assumed by the Holding Company and thereafter shall be rights only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with each such right being for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that were available thereunder immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion, with the price adjusted to reflect the Exchange Ratio but with no change in any other term or condition of such right.

C.       The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock award plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable regulations. The Holding Company and the Bank intend to implement a stock option plan and a restricted stock award plan no earlier than

 

25


six months after completion of the Conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the Conversion, the stock option plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 10% of the shares outstanding upon completion of the Offering and the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4% of the shares outstanding upon completion of the Offering for awards to employees and directors at no cost to the recipients (unless the Bank’s tangible capital is less than 10% upon completion of the Offering in which case the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 3% of the shares outstanding upon completion of the Offering), subject to adjustment, if any, as may be required by Federal Reserve regulations or policy in effect to reflect stock options or restricted stock granted by the Mid-Tier Holding Company prior to the completion of the Conversion. (Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans implemented more than one year following the completion of the Conversion are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence.) Shares for such plans may be issued from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or repurchased shares.

D.       The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and/or change in control agreements with their executive officers.

 

  27.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

 

  A.        (1)

The charter of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. In addition, such charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.

 

  (2)

For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the Federal Reserve. Nothing in this Plan shall prohibit the Holding Company from taking actions permitted under 12 C.F.R. 239.63(f).

B.       The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be

 

26


entitled or permitted to vote any shares held in excess of 10% of the Holding Company’s outstanding shares. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions that provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the directors, qualifications for directors, noncumulative voting for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

C.         For the purposes of this section:

 

  (1)

The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

  (2)

The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

  (3)

The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

  (4)

The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(1).

 

  28.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND THE REPURCHASE OF STOCK

A.         The Holding Company shall comply with applicable regulations in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion. The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.

B.         The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below its applicable regulatory capital requirements.

 

  29.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members and Stockholders will be voting to adopt the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws for the Holding Company.

 

  30.

CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Combination shall be filed with the Federal Reserve and the Articles of Merger shall be filed with the Iowa Secretary of State. The Articles of Combination and the Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory, Voting Member and Stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The closing of the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering and the Exchange Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

 

27


  31.

EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses shall be reasonable.

 

  32.

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to the meetings of Voting Members and Stockholders to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members and Stockholders with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not necessitate further approval by Voting Members or Stockholders unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators. The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Members Meeting and Stockholders Meeting, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.

By adoption of this Plan, Voting Members and Stockholders authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section.

 

  33.

CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

A.         Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 25 hereof;

B.         The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Conversion;

C.         The issuance of Exchange Shares; and

D.         The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan.

 

28


  34.

INTERPRETATION

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.

Dated: March 3, 2016

 

29


 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

WCF FINANCIAL, M.H.C. AND

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP


AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

WCF FINANCIAL, M.H.C. AND

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of                      , is made by and between WCF Financial, M.H.C., a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) and Webster City Federal Bancorp, a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (the “Plan”), unless otherwise defined herein.

R E C I T A L S:

1.       The Mutual Holding Company is a federal mutual holding company that owns approximately 82.7% of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

2.       The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

3.       At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1.       Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members, who are deemed for these purposes to be owners of the Mutual Holding Company, will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

2 .       Effective Date . The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by at least: (i) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by the Stockholders; (ii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders; and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve with respect to the MHC Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Members. Approval of the Plan by Stockholders, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of this MHC Merger Agreement by the Stockholders.


3.          Name . The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Webster City Federal Bancorp

4.          Offices. The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595.

5.        Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6.          Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a federally chartered corporation as provided in its Charter. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company. The stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7.          Rights of Members and Stockholders . At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company. Minority Stockholders’ rights will remain unchanged.

8.          Other Terms . All terms used in this MHC Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

     

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

     

(a federal mutual holding company)

ATTEST:

     

 

   

By:

 

 

Tami L. Hejlik

     

Stephen L. Mourlam

Secretary

     

Chief Executive Officer

     

Webster City Federal Bancorp

     

(a federal corporation)

ATTEST:

     

 

   

By:

 

 

Tami L. Hejlik

     

Stephen L. Mourlam

Secretary

     

Chief Executive Officer

 

A-3


 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP AND

WCF BANCORP, INC.


AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP,

AND

WCF BANCORP, INC.,

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of                      , is made by and between Webster City Federal Bancorp, a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and WCF Bancorp, Inc., an Iowa corporation (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.

R E C I T A L S:

1.        The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.

2.        The Holding Company has been organized to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

3.        At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

1.         Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Members who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account, and Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

2.         Effective Date . The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) after approval by at least: (i) two-thirds of the votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders; (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders; and (iii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the Federal Reserve with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger and Articles of Merger have been filed with the Iowa Secretary of State with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger.


Approval of the Plan by the Stockholders, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by such stockholders.

3.         Name . The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Webster City Federal Bancorp

4.         Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595.

5.         Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

6.         Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of an Iowa corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company. The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

7.         Rights of Members and Stockholders . At the Effective Date, the Members immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange the liquidation rights in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio. All shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock held in the treasury and each share of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock owned by the Holding Company, or any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company or of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date (other than shares held in a fiduciary capacity or in connection with debts

 

B-2


previously contracted) shall, at the Effective Date, cease to exist, and the Certificates for such shares shall be canceled as promptly as practicable thereafter, and no payment or distribution shall be made in consideration therefor.

8.       Other Terms . All terms used in this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

B-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

      Webster City Federal Bancorp
     

(a federal corporation)

ATTEST:

     

 

   

By:

 

 

Tami L. Hejlik

     

Stephen L. Mourlam

Secretary

     

Chief Executive Officer

      WCF Bancorp, Inc.
     

(an Iowa corporation)

ATTEST:

     

 

   

By:

 

 

Tami L. Hejlik

     

Stephen L. Mourlam

Secretary

     

Chief Executive Officer

 

B-4

Exhibit 3.1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

WCF BANCORP, INC.

The undersigned does hereby act as incorporator in adopting the following Articles of Incorporation for the purpose of organizing a business corporation, pursuant to the provisions of the Iowa Business Corporation Act.

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is WCF Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE 2. Registered Office and Agent. The address of the Corporation’s initial registered office in the State of Iowa is 401 Fair Meadow Drive, Webster City, Iowa 50595. The name of the registered agent at such address is Stephen L. Mourlam.

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Iowa Business Corporation Act (the “IBCA”) as now or hereafter in force.

ARTICLE 4. Capital Stock

A.         Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is forty million (40,000,000) shares, consisting of:

1.   ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

2.   thirty million (30,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the shareholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor.

B.         Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 4, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; and (iii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation as described in Section F of this Article 4.


C.         Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the shareholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

D.         Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

1.   Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 4 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

 

2


2.   The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 4.

 

  (a)

An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

  (b)

“Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2015; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

  (1)

that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

  (2)

that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 8 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of shareholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

  (3)

that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with

 

3


 

respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

  (c)

A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

  (d)

The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

3.   The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

4.   Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its shareholders.

 

4


5.   In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its shareholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

E.         Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 4, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

F.         Liquidation Account. Under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WCF Financial, M.H.C, as may be amended from time to time (the “Plan of Conversion”). In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) WCF Financial Bank, a federally chartered savings bank that will be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interest in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.

G.         Special Meetings of Shareholders. Pursuant to Section 490.702 of the IBCA, a special meeting of shareholders shall be called upon the request of the holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) of the Corporation’s common stock, after giving effect to Section D of this Article 4, pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Corporation’s Bylaws.

ARTICLE 5. Preemptive Rights.

Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

5


ARTICLE 6. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and shareholders:

A.         Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the shareholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors’ management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

B.         Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be five (5), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the IBCA now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, and each class will contain, as near as may be possible, one-third of the entire number of directors, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of shareholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of shareholders one year thereafter, and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of shareholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of shareholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

Class I Directors:

Leo Moriarity

Kyle R. Swon

Class II Directors :

Stephen L. Mourlam

Class III Directors :

Harold J. Pursley

C. Thomas Chalstrom

 

6


Shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

C.         Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

D.         Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 4 hereof) voting together as a single class.

E.         Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by shareholders before any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of shareholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 490.702 of the IBCA and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 7. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption. The shareholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 4 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the shareholders.

ARTICLE 8. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s shareholders, give

 

7


due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, the long-term as well as the short-term interests of the Corporation and its shareholders, including the possibility that those interests may be best served by the continued independence of the Corporation, which includes the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the other party, the possible effects on the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the employees, customers, suppliers and creditors of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and the effects on the communities in which the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ facilities are located. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising shareholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 8 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 8.

For purposes of this Article 8, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

ARTICLE 9. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A.         Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the IBCA now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 9 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by (a) a majority vote of directors, who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum, (b) if there are no such directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the shareholders.

B.         Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 9 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed

 

8


the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met, and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the IBCA. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the IBCA, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 9 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C.         Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 9 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of shareholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D.         Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the IBCA.

E.         Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 9 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 9 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F.         Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 9, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 9 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

9


Any repeal or modification of this Article 9 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 9 is in force.

ARTICLE 10. Limitation of Liability. A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for money damages for any action taken, or any failure to take any action, as a director, except liability for any of the following: (1) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which the director is not entitled; (2) an intentional infliction of harm on the Corporation or its shareholders; (3) an unlawful distribution by the Corporation in violation of Section 490.833 of the IBCA; or (4) an intentional violation of criminal law. If the IBCA is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be eliminated or limited to the extent of such amendment, automatically and without any further action, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Any repeal or modification of this Article by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability or any other right or protection of a director of the Corporation with respect to any statement of facts existing at or prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 11. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the IBCA, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of shareholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the IBCA, and all rights conferred upon shareholders are granted subject to this reservation.

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the shareholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 4 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 4 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

10


Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 4), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 11, Section C, D or E of Article 4, Article 6 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 7, Article 8, Article 9 or Article 10.

ARTICLE 12. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

Steven Lanter

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

11


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Iowa, caused these Articles of Incorporation to be signed this 8th day of March, 2016.

 

/s/ Steven Lanter

   
Steven Lanter    
Incorporator  

 

12

Exhibit 3.2

WCF BANCORP, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1.

Annual Meeting.

WCF Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall hold an annual meeting of its shareholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2.

Special Meetings.

Special meetings of shareholders of the Corporation may be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the shareholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of shareholders only on the written request of shareholders entitled to cast at least twenty five percent (25%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the shareholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to request a special meeting of shareholders and the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which shareholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3.

Notice of Meetings; Adjournment or Postponement.

Not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before each shareholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which shareholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting, or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a shareholder when it is personally delivered to the shareholder, left at the shareholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the shareholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the shareholder at which the shareholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has


received a request from a shareholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the shareholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the shareholders’ meetings. Additionally, each person who is present at the meeting in person or by proxy, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon the shareholder’s arrival objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting and each person who is present at the meeting in person or by proxy also waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

A meeting of shareholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the shareholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

A meeting of shareholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which shareholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of shareholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such shareholder. However, no proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 490.140 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act (the “IBCA”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4.

Quorum.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

2


If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

Section 5.

Organization and Conduct of Business.

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the shareholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of shareholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6.

Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

(a)        At any annual meeting of the shareholders, unless otherwise required by law, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any shareholder of the Corporation who (1) is a shareholder of record on the date such shareholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by shareholders.

To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders; provided , however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of shareholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole shareholder of WCF Financial Bank, notice by the shareholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on

 

3


the later of (i) the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of shareholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such shareholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder and any such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder or beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

At any special meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

(b)        Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected only: (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any shareholder of the Corporation who (1) is a shareholder of record on the date such shareholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders; provided , however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s written notice shall be timely only if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no earlier than the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made and no later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting is first made.

 

4


The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of shareholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole shareholder of WCF Financial Bank, notice by the shareholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of shareholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

A shareholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation; and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such shareholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder; (iv) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(c)        For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely

 

5


notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all shareholder nominations for election as a director and all shareholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 7.

Proxies and Voting.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by shareholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

A shareholder may vote the stock the shareholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A shareholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the shareholder or the shareholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the shareholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A shareholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a shareholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

Section 8.

Conduct of Voting

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of shareholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the chairperson of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting of shareholders. At all meetings of shareholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the shareholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

Section 9.

Voting Lists.

The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on filed at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholders at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholders during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders. Failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

 

6


ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.

General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the IBCA now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors, and in his or her absence such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, and each class will contain, as near as may be possible, one-third of the entire number of directors, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of shareholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of shareholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of shareholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2.

Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

Any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the board of directors, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3.

Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

7


Section 4.

Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the President, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened unless the director at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon the director’s arrival objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5.

Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6.

Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7.

Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

8


Section 8.

Powers.

Except as may be otherwise provided by the IBCA, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.

Compensation of Directors.

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10.

Resignation.

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairperson, or to the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11.

Presumption of Assent.

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless one or more of the following occurs: (a) the director objects at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon the director’s arrival to holding it or transacting business at the meeting; (b) the director’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; (c) the director delivers written notice of the director’s dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

Section 12.

Director Qualifications

(a)        No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) if such person did not, at the time of his or her first election or appointment to the Board of Directors of the Corporation or WCF Financial Bank, maintain his or her principal residence (as determined by reference to such person’s most recent tax returns, copies of which shall be provided to the Corporation for the sole purpose of determining compliance with this clause (iv)) within the State of Iowa, for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his or her purported nomination, election or appointment to the Board of Directors. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person: (x) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy, and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder; (y) is a party to any agreement or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (1) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (2) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the

 

9


fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation; or (z) is the nominee or representative, as those terms are defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n) (or any successor provision), of a company or other entity of which any of the directors, partners, trustees or 10% shareholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12 (other than the residency requirement in Section (iv)).

Each director shall at all times be the beneficial owner of not less than one hundred (100) shares of the Corporation’s common stock.

(b)        The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13.

Attendance at Board Meetings.

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors, or (ii) five regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

 

Section 14.

Age Limitation on Directors.

No person of an age 75 years or older will be eligible for election, reelection, appointment or reappointment to the Board of Directors. A director reaching the age of 75 during the current term shall serve until the annual meeting immediately following the attainment of age 75.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.

Committees of the Board of Directors.

(a)         General Provisions.  The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the IBCA and any other applicable law.

(b)         Composition.  Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

10


(c)         Issuance of Stock.  If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or formula, or providing limits, for determining the number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide, to the fullest extent permitted by the IBCA.

 

Section 2.

Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.

Generally.

(a)        The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of shareholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

(b)        The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

(c)        All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

11


Section 2.

Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3.

Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.

Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5.

President.

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6.

Vice President.

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7.

Secretary.

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

12


Section 8.

Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.

Other Officers.

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10.

Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

 

Section 11.

Age Limitations on Officers.

No person of an age of 70 years or older will be eligible for election, reelection, appointment or reappointment as an officer of the Corporation. An officer reaching the age of 70 shall serve until the annual meeting immediately following the attainment of age 70.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 1.

Certificates of Stock.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates unless the Board of Directors shall by resolution provide that some or all of any class or series of stock shall be non-certificated shares ( i.e. , in book entry form). Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate unless the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of any resolution providing for book entry shares, every holder of stock represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of book entry shares, shall have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate of stock shall indicate the number of shares registered in certificate form and owned by the shareholder in the Corporation.

 

13


Section 2.

Transfers of Stock.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3.

Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to shareholders, including which shareholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 70 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4.

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5.

Stock Ledger.

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each shareholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the shareholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

14


Section 6.

Regulations.

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1.

Facsimile Signatures.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2.

Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.

Books and Records.

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.

Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

15


Section 5.

Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

Section 6.

Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7.

Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.

Mail.

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9.

Contracts and Agreements.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

 

Section 10.

Offices.

The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Iowa shall be located in Webster City, County of Hamilton. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Iowa, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may require from time to time.

The registered office of the Corporation required by the IBCA to be maintained in the State of Iowa may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office in the State of Iowa, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the board of directors.

 

16


ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

17

Exhibit 4

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF IOWA

 

                    No.                        

 

WCF BANCORP, INC.

 

                    Shares                

CUSIP:                      

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
   CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
   RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

THIS CERTIFIES that

      is the owner of

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

an Iowa corporation

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of WCF Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. THE CAPITAL STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOT AN ACCOUNT OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WCF Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By:

 

 

    [SEAL]    

By:

 

 

 

TAMI L. HEJLIK

         

STEPHEN L. MOURLAM

 

CORPORATE SECRETARY

         

PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE

           

OFFICER


The Board of Directors of WCF Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

  TEN COM

  

- as tenants in common

  

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT

   -                          Custodian                     
         (Cust)                                     (Minor)

  TEN ENT

  

- as tenants by the entireties

     
         Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

  JT TEN

  

- as joint tenants with right

  of survivorship and not as

  tenants in common

     

                                                                                

         (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For value received,                                                   hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

   

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                      Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                                     Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated,                                           

     

In the presence of

   

Signature:

 

 

   

 

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Exhibit 5

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

March 9, 2016

The Board of Directors

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

 

  Re:

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of WCF Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to matters governed by Iowa and Federal law.

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal and Tax Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

Very truly yours,      

/s/ Luse Gorman, PC

L USE G ORMAN , PC 

Exhibit 8.1

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 780

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20015

TELEPHONE (202) 274-2000

FACSIMILE (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

FORM OF FEDERAL TAX OPINION

Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, IA 50595

Members of the Board of Directors:

You have requested this firm’s opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of WCF Financial, M.H.C., a federal mutual holding company (the “ Mutual Holding Company ”) into the capital stock form of organization (the “ Conversion ”), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WCF Financial, M.H.C., dated March 3, 2016 (the “ Plan ”), and the integrated transactions described below.

In connection with our opinion, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and we have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan and the Registration Statement filed by WCF Bancorp, Inc., an Iowa stock corporation (the “ Holding Company ”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Application for Conversion on Form AC and Application on Form H-(e)1 filed by the Mutual Holding Company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve ”). In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you, dated March          , 2016, stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations thereunder (the “ Treasury Regulations ”).

Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations, and upon current Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) published rulings and existing court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 2

 

and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated below, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions herein. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth herein, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.

For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, WCF Financial Bank (the “ Bank ”), Webster City Bancorp, Inc., a federal stock corporation (referred to as the “ Mid-Tier Holding Company ”) and the Holding Company, as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by authorized officers of each of the aforementioned entities, incorporated herein by reference.

Description of Proposed Transactions

Based upon our review of the documents described above, and in reliance upon such documents, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows. In August 1994, the Bank reorganized into a mutual holding company form of organization and in 1999 the Bank became the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a stock holding company, whose shares are presently quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace. The Mid-Tier Holding Company’s majority owner is the Mutual Holding Company, which owns 82.7% of its outstanding shares. The owners of the Mutual Holding Company are the depositors of the Bank, who are entitled upon the complete liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company to any liquidation proceeds after the payment of creditors. At December 31, 2015, the Mid-Tier Holding Company had 3,019,005 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 522,476 shares, or 17.3%, were owned by the public and the remaining 2,496,529 shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company were held by the Mutual Holding Company.

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and the Bank have adopted the Plan providing for the Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from a federally-chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization. As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company will succeed to all the


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 3

 

rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock to depositors and certain borrowers, current stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and members of the general public in the Offering.

Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected as follows and in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:

 

  (1) The Holding Company will be organized as a first tier Iowa-chartered stock holding company subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

  (2) The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity (the “ MHC Merger ”), whereby, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be cancelled and the owners of the Mutual Holding Company (e.g., the depositors of the Bank) will constructively receive liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

  (3) Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company (the “ Mid-Tier Merger ”), with the Holding Company as the resulting entity and the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the depositors will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Shares will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based on the Exchange Ratio.

 

  (4) Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

  (5) The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 4

 

Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account also will be maintained by the Holding Company for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will be equal to the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is the percentage of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, multiplied by (b) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus utilized in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final prospectus used in the Conversion. The terms of the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are set forth in Section 19 of the Plan.

As part of the Conversion, all of the then-outstanding shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by Minority Stockholders will be converted into and become shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Ratio which ensures that after the Conversion, Minority Stockholders will own in the aggregate the same percentage of Holding Company Common Stock as they held in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock immediately prior to the Conversion, exclusive of Minority Stockholders’ purchases of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares and adjustment of the exchange ratio to reflect assets held by Mutual Holding Company (other than shares of stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company). As part of the Conversion, additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale on a priority basis to depositors of the Bank, natural persons residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa, current stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and to members of the public in the Offering.

As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Holding Company will be a publicly-held corporation, will register the Holding Company Common Stock under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC. The Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 5

 

The stockholders of the Holding Company will be the former Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, plus those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering. Nontransferable rights to subscribe for the Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans (“ Employee Plans ”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and certain depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date and borrowers from the Bank who qualify as Voting Members (“ Other Members ”). Subscription rights are nontransferable. The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, if any, for sale in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering to certain members of the general public (with preferences given first to persons residing in Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, Iowa and then to Minority Stockholders) and if shares remain after the subscription and community offerings, shares may be offered, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, to members of the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering.

Opinions

Based on the foregoing description of the Conversion, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

1.         The MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(l)(A) of the Code)

2.         The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54)

3.         No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code)

4.         No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company to the members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1032(a) of the Code)


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 6

 

5.         Persons who have liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of a liquidation interest in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code)

6.         The basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code)

7.         The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code)

8.         The Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code)

9.         The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities in exchange for shares of Holding Company Common Stock or the distribution of such stock to Minority Stockholders and the constructive distribution of interests in the Liquidation Account to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code)

10.       No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code)

11.       The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (other than stock in the Bank) to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code)

12.       The holding period of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company (other than stock in Bank) to be received by the Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 1223(2) of the Code)


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 7

 

13.       Except with respect to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional share interests, Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock for Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 354 of the Code).

14.       The payment of cash to the Minority Stockholders in lieu of fractional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be treated as though the fractional shares were distributed as part of the Mid-Tier Merger and then redeemed by Holding Company. The cash payments will be treated as distributions in full payment for the fractional shares deemed redeemed under Section 302(a) of the Code, with the result that such stockholders will have short-term or long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the cash they receive differs from the basis allocable to such fractional shares. (Rev. Rul. 66-365, 1966-2 C.B. 116 and Rev. Proc. 77-41, 1977-2 C.B. 574)

15.       Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in the Liquidation Account in the Holding Company. (Section 354 of the Code)

16.       The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in the Liquidation Account established in the Holding Company will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations with respect to the MHC Merger. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54)

17.       It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code.) Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182)

18.       It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 356(a) of the Code)


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 8

 

19.       Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered in exchange therefore. (Section 358(a) of the Code)

20.       It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code)

21.       Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered was held, provided that the common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange. (Section 1223(1) of the Code)

22.       The holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code)

23.       No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code)

Our opinion under paragraph 20 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinions under paragraphs 17 and 19 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering. We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the Subscription Offering. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock have no value.


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 9

 

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be subject to tax on the distribution of the subscription rights.

Our opinion under paragraph 18 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero. We understand that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received payment attributable to such interest in a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the Liquidation Account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced as described in the Plan; and (iv) the Bank Liquidation Account payment obligation arises only if the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to fund the Liquidation Account. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:

The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: “It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.” Society for the Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).

In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the Conversion. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account have no value.

If such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of the fair market value of their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Conversion.


Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

                         , 2016

Page 10

 

CONSENT

We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion filed with the Federal Reserve and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering-Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.” We also consent to the use of and reliance on this opinion by RSM US LLP in issuing its state tax opinion to the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank regarding the material state income tax consequences that will result from the Conversion.

Very truly yours,

Luse Gorman, PC

Exhibit 10.1

WCF FINANCIAL BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(adopted effective January 1, 2016)


WCF FINANCIAL BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

This Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) has been executed on              , 2016, by WCF Financial Bank, effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2016.

W I T N E S S E T H   T H A T

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the following Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.

 

ATTEST:       WCF FINANCIAL BANK

 

      By:   

/

Secretary          President and Chief Executive Officer


C O N T E N T S

 

         Page No.  
Section 1.  

Plan Identity

     1   
             1.1  

Name

     1   
             1.2  

Purpose

     1   
             1.3  

Effective Date

     1   
             1.4  

Fiscal Period

     1   
             1.5  

Single Plan for All Employers

     1   
             1.6  

Interpretation of Provisions

     1   
Section 2.  

Definitions

     1   
Section 3.  

Eligibility for Participation

     11   
             3.1  

Initial Eligibility

     11   
             3.2  

Definition of Eligibility Year

     11   
             3.3  

Terminated Employees

     11   
             3.4  

Certain Employees Ineligible

     11   
             3.5  

Participation and Reparticipation

     12   
             3.6  

Omission of Eligible Employee

     12   
             3.7  

Inclusion of Ineligible Employee

     12   
Section 4.  

Contributions and Credits

     12   
             4.1  

Discretionary Contributions

     12   
             4.2  

Contributions for Exempt Loans

     13   
             4.3  

Conditions as to Contributions

     13   
             4.4  

Rollover Contributions

     13   
Section 5.  

Limitations on Contributions and Allocations

     14   
             5.1  

Limitation on Annual Additions

     14   
             5.2  

Effect of Limitations

     15   
             5.3  

Limitations as to Certain Participants

     16   
             5.4  

Erroneous Allocations

     16   
Section 6.  

Trust Fund and Its Investment

     17   
             6.1  

Creation of Trust Fund

     17   
             6.2  

Stock Fund and Investment Fund

     17   
             6.3  

Acquisition of Stock

     17   
             6.4  

Participants’ Option to Diversify

     18   
Section 7.  

Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock

     19   
             7.1  

Voting and Tendering of Stock

     19   
             7.2  

Application of Dividends

     20   
Section 8.  

Adjustments to Accounts

     21   
             8.1  

ESOP Allocations

     21   
             8.2  

Charges to Accounts

     22   
             8.3  

Stock Fund Account

     22   
             8.4  

Investment Fund Account

     22   


             8.5  

Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund

     23   
             8.6  

Participant Statements

     23   
Section 9.  

Vesting of Participants’ Interests

     23   
             9.1  

Vesting in Accounts

     23   
             9.2  

Computation of Vesting Years

     23   
             9.3  

Full Vesting Upon Certain Events

     24   
             9.4  

Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination

     25   
             9.5  

Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral

     25   
             9.6  

Accounting for Forfeitures

     26   
             9.7  

Vesting and Nonforfeitability

     26   
Section 10.  

Payment of Benefits

     26   
             10.1  

Benefits for Participants

     26   
             10.2  

Time for Distribution

     27   
             10.3  

Marital Status

     29   
             10.4  

Delay in Benefit Determination

     29   
             10.5  

Accounting for Benefit Payments

     29   
             10.6  

Options to Receive Stock

     29   
             10.7  

Restrictions on Disposition of Stock

     30   
             10.8  

Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights

     30   
             10.9  

Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution

     31   
             10.10  

Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution

     32   
Section 11.  

Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals

     32   
             11.1  

Claim for Benefits

     32   
             11.2  

Notification by Committee

     32   
             11.3  

Claims Review Procedure

     32   
Section 12.  

The Committee and its Functions

     33   
             12.1  

Authority of Committee

     33   
             12.2  

Identity of Committee

     33   
             12.3  

Duties of Committee

     33   
             12.4  

Valuation of Stock

     34   
             12.5  

Compliance with ERISA

     34   
             12.6  

Action by Committee

     34   
             12.7  

Execution of Documents

     34   
             12.8  

Adoption of Rules

     34   
             12.9  

Responsibilities to Participants

     34   
             12.10  

Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity

     34   
             12.11  

Indemnification by Employers

     35   
             12.12  

Nonparticipation by Interested Member

     35   
Section 13.  

Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan

     35   
             13.1  

Adoption of Plan by Other Employers

     35   
             13.2  

Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification

     35   
             13.3  

Right to Amend or Terminate

     35   
Section 14.  

Miscellaneous Provisions

     36   
             14.1  

Plan Creates No Employment Rights

     36   
             14.2  

Nonassignability of Benefits

     36   

 

ii


             14.3  

Limit of Employer Liability

     36   
             14.4  

Treatment of Expenses

     36   
             14.5  

Number and Gender

     37   
             14.6  

Nondiversion of Assets

     37   
             14.7  

Separability of Provisions

     37   
             14.8  

Service of Process

     37   
             14.9  

Governing State Law

     37   
             14.10  

Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility

     37   
             14.11  

Unclaimed Accounts

     37   
             14.12  

Qualified Domestic Relations Order

     38   
             14.13  

Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections

     38   
             14.14  

Acquisition of Securities

     39   
             14.15  

Additional Benefits under Code Section 401(a)(37)

     39   
Section 15.  

Top-Heavy Provisions

     39   
             15.1  

Top-Heavy Plan

     39   
             15.2  

Definitions

     39   
             15.3  

Top-Heavy Rules of Application

     40   
             15.4  

Minimum Contributions

     41   
             15.5  

Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan

     42   

 

iii


WCF FINANCIAL BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

Section 1.

Plan Identity .

1.1         Name . The name of this Plan is “WCF Financial Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”

1.2         Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

1.3         Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2016.

1.4         Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.

1.5         Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.

1.6         Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan. The Plan is not subject to the diversification requirements of Code Section 401(a)(35).

Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.

 

Section 2.

Definitions .

The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

“Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.

“Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, or Normal Retirement.


“Bank” means WCF Financial Bank and any entity which succeeds to the business of WCF Financial Bank and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.

“Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service. Hours of Service shall be credited only in the year in which the absence from work begins, if a Participant would be prevented from incurring a one-year Break in Service in such year solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service, or in any other case, in the immediately following year.

Closing Date ” means the closing date of the stock offering of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.

“Company” means WCF Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.

“Compensation” shall mean:

(a)       415 Compensation.

(b)       If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable compensation limit set forth under Section 5.1-2 multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of the fraction is 12.

 

2


(c)       A Participant’s Compensation shall exclude any portion of the Plan Year in which the Participant had not yet entered the Plan (e.g., the period before the Participant’s Entry Date).

“Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.

“Eligible Employee ” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2 and who has attained age 21.

“Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).

“Employer” means the Bank, any subsidiary of the Bank and any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and also any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.

“Entry Date” means the Effective Date and each July 1 and January 1 of each Plan Year after such date.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).

“Exempt Loan” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:

 

3


(i)         to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-12;

(ii)        to repay such Exempt Loan; or

(iii)       to repay a prior exempt loan.

“415 Compensation” shall mean:

(a)       Wages (including overtime pay, bonuses and commissions), as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source.

(b)       Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation) (Cafeteria Plan), Code Section 457, 132(f)(4) or because such amount was deferred in accordance with an Employer-provided deferred compensation plan, shall also be included in the definition of 415 Compensation.

(c)       415 Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2  1 2 months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.

(i)         Regular Pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

(ii)        Leave Cashouts. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued.

(d)       415 Compensation includes differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

 

4


(e)       415 Compensation in excess of $260,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $260,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $260,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.

“Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $115,000 (as adjusted). The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a “determination year” and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.

“Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:

(a)       Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.

(b)       Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.

(c)       Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.

 

5


(d)       Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.

(e)       If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 90 Hours of Service for each bi-weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.

(f)       Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Committee may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.

(g)       In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.

“Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Exempt Loan, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.

“Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

“Normal Retirement Date” means the Participant’s 65 th birthday.

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.

“Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.

“Plan Year” means the twelve-month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.

Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(5) for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(22), 401(a)(28)(C) and 409(h)(1)(B) and 409(1), which means: (i) the security is traded on a national securities exchange that is registered under section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (ii) the security is traded on a national securities exchange that is officially recognized, sanctioned or supervised by governmental authority and the security is deemed by the Securities and Exchange Commission as having a “ready market” under SEC Rule 15c3-1.”

 

6


“Recognized Absence” means a period for which --

(a)       an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or

(b)       an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or

(c)       an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).

“Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”

(a)       “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:

(1)       in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;

(2)       prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);

(3)       is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or

(4)       for a Participant is

 

7


(A)       required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;

(B)       required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;

(C)       required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or

(D)       the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.

(b)       The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:

(1)       If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,

(A)       not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or

(B)       as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.

(2)       In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.

(3)       In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.

 

8


(4)       In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.

(c)       Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1)       a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;

(2)       any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;

(3)       a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or

(4)       a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.

“Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

“Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent

 

9


provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code. “The term “Spouse” includes an individual married to a person of the same sex if the individuals are lawfully married under state law, and the term “marriage” includes such a marriage between individuals of the same sex.”

“Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market. In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then “Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.

“Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock. The Stock Fund is merely a recordkeeping mechanism used by the Trustee to track the Stock held by the Plan. The Stock Fund is neither a mutual fund nor a diversified or managed investment option.

“Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.

“Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

“Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.

“Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Exempt Loans and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.

“Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.

“Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.

 

10


“Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.

“Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.

 

Section 3.

Eligibility for Participation .

3.1         Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the last day of the Eligible Employee’s first Eligibility Year and attainment of age 21. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is an Eligible Employee on or prior to the Closing Date shall enter the Plan, retroactively, on the Effective Date.

3.2         Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:

  (i)         an Eligible Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, including any years before the Effective Date of the Plan, and

  (ii)        his subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on each January 1 after that first day of Service.

3.3         Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.

3.4         Certain Employees Ineligible .

  3.4-1.   No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.

  3.4-2.   Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.

  3.4-3.   Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

  3.4-4.   An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Committee no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan

 

11


Year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.

3.5         Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.

3.6         Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

3.7         Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.

 

Section 4.

Contributions and Credits .

4.1         Discretionary Contributions .

4.1-1.   The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.

4.1-2.   Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.

 

12


4.2         Contributions for Exempt Loans . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Exempt Loan upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Exempt Loan. If there is more than one Exempt Loan, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Exempt Loan related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.

In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under an Exempt Loan, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Exempt Loan which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Exempt Loan in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Exempt Loan.

At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under an Exempt Loan may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Exempt Loan, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.

4.3         Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.

4.4         Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.

 

13


Section 5.

Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .

5.1         Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:

5.1-1   If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees, and such allocation would cause any Highly Compensated Employee to exceed the limitations under Code Section 415(c) or the Employer to exceed the deduction limits under Code Section 404, then no more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.

5.1-2   After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $50,000 (for 2012, or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions. The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after severance from employment (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2013-12 or any subsequent guidance.

5.1-3   For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution

 

14


plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “annual additions” shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.

In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.

5.1-4   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:

  (i)         forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or

  (ii)        Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.

5.1-5   If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.

5.1-6   A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.

5.2         Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be

 

15


curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan.

5.3         Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.

This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.

Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.

This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.

5.4         Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7 and any revenue procedure or other notice published by the Internal Revenue Service regarding permissible correction methods, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

 

16


Section 6.

Trust Fund and Its Investment .

6.1         Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.

6.2         Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. As a directed Trustee, the Trustee shall have such responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund as set forth in Section .05 of the Trust Agreement.

6.3         Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called an “Exempt Loan.” The term “Exempt Loan” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An Exempt Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of an Exempt Loan in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Exempt Loan or the making of another Exempt Loan. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that is primarily for the benefit of the Plan participants and their beneficiaries and that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Exempt Loan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

6.3-1   All Exempt Loans incurred by the Plan must be primarily for the benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, and an Exempt Loan shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Exempt Loan will not cause the Plan’s assets to be inappropriately impaired in violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).

6.3-2   An Exempt Loan may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Exempt Loan, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Exempt Loan which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for an Exempt Loan, and no creditor under an Exempt Loan shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.

 

17


6.3-3   Any pledge of Stock to secure an Exempt Loan must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Exempt Loans in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.

6.3-4   Repayments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. The payment on the Exempt Loan during the Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during such year or prior to such year, less such payments in prior years. Such contributions and earnings must be accounted for separately in the books and accounts of the Plan until the Exempt Loan is fully repaid.

6.3-5   In the event of default of an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, an Exempt Loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Exempt Loan. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.

6.4         Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25 percent of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:

6.4-1   The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.

 

18


6.4-2   The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

6.4-3   The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

 

Section 7.

Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .

7.1         Voting and Tendering of Stock .

7.1-1   The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has a registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.

Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.

7.1-2   In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

19


7.2         Application of Dividends .

7.2-1   Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.

7.2-2   Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.

  (i)         On Stock in Participants’ Accounts .

    (A)       Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (I) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(iii) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (II) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (III) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (IV) be used to make payments on the Exempt Loan. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Exempt Loan, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.

    (B)       Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the

 

20


dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.

(ii)        On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Exempt Loan used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each such person that was earned during that portion of the Plan Year that such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation of each Active Participant for such year, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Exempt Loan unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.

 

Section 8.

Adjustments to Accounts .

8.1         ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Exempt Loan payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Exempt Loan through the sale or other disposition of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.

8.1-1   Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:

  (i)         first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Exempt Loan, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,

  (ii)        second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and

 

21


(iii)       finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 8.1-2.

8.1-2   Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, amounts forfeited, and, to the extent applicable, shares of Stock released in accordance with Section 8.1-1(iii)) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant during the period of the Plan Year in which such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants.

8.1-3   Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.

8.2         Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.

8.3         Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.

If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Exempt Loan exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Exempt Loans, and following such repayment, there remains Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.

8.4         Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (i) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under an Exempt Loan; (ii) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (iii) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Exempt Loan; and (iv) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.

 

22


8.5          Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.

8.6          Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Committee shall provide or shall cause to be provided to each Participant a statement of his or her Account balances, and the vested percentage thereof, as of the last day of the Plan Year.

 

Section 9.

Vesting of Participants’ Interests .

9.1         Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:

 

      Vesting

       Years

   Percentage of
Interest Vested

Fewer than 2

   0%

          2

   20%

          3

   40%

          4

   60%

          4

   80%

    6 or more

   100%

9.2         Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee who was employed with the Bank shall receive credit for vesting purposes for each calendar year of continuous employment with the Bank, prior to the adoption of the Plan, in which such Eligible Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as “Vesting Years”). However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:

9.2-1 A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.

 

23


9.2-2   To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.

9.2-3   To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:

(i)          such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of severance from employment, or

(ii)         upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.

9.2-4   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

9.2-5   To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.

9.3      Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .

9.3-1   Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Disability or by death. For purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall fully vest in accordance with Section 414(u)(9) of the Code.

9.3-2   The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes “Change in Control” means a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”); or (iii)

 

24


without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of the Directors on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs or is effected; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company is distributed, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more business organizations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.

9.4         Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated. A partial termination of the Plan shall be determined by the Internal Revenue Service Commissioner based on the facts and circumstances of the particular case in accordance with Code Section 411(d)(3) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

9.5         Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited after a one-year break in service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service.

If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The

 

25


amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.

In addition, if a Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance but his non-vested Account balance was forfeited after a one-year Break in Service, such nonvested Account balance shall be restored if the Plan terminates before the Participant has a five-year Break in Service. If the Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance, any forfeiture restored shall include earnings that would have been credited to the Account but for the forfeiture.

For purposes of this Section and Section 5.1 of the Plan, if a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated from an Exempt Loan will be forfeited only after other assets. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.

9.6         Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.

9.7         Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.

 

Section 10.

Payment of Benefits .

10.1       Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Prior to any such distribution, any Participant entitled to a distribution will receive a form upon which the Participant can elect the manner of such distribution (e.g., whether to receive the distribution directly or transfer such distribution to an individual retirement account or other tax-qualified plan), a special tax notice regarding the consequences of such distribution, and, if applicable, that the Participant has the right not to consent to a distribution at such time.

If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his benefits are to be paid to his Beneficiary. Notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before

 

26


the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed, without regard to whether the Participant consents, in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to his Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. The Committee shall provide the Participant with written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11), and shall provide the Participant with a general description of the material features of the optional forms of benefits under the Plan and the right to defer receipt of any distribution under the Plan. Such notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the date a distribution under the Plan commences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant elects to receive a distribution, the Committee shall transfer accounts of $1,000 or more, but not exceeding $5,000, in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Committee in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event the Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined Section 414(u) of the Code), the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to any additional benefit provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then severed from employment on account of death.

10.2       Time for Distribution .

10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant severs employment by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death, or which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise severs employment, except that this clause shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin.

10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -

(i) the Participant attains the age of 65;

 

27


(ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

(iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.

10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 2 , or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

10.2-4 Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:

(i)         If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 2 . In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.

(ii)       If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.

(iii)       If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (A) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (B) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (C) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.

10.2-5 If a Participant or any other distributee’s distribution is rolled over to another eligible retirement plan following the Participant’s required beginning date (as determined in accordance with Section 10.2-3), only the amount that exceeds the required minimum distribution amount for the Plan Year (as determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)) in which the rollover is completed is treated as an eligible rollover distribution for purposes of Section 10.9.

 

28


10.2-6 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).

10.3       Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.

10.4       Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.

10.5       Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.

10.6       Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash. If Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class of Stock, the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class.

Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetency, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value.

 

29


However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a Bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.”

The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Exempt Loan, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through an Exempt Loan shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).

10.7       Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

10.8       Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

 

30


10.9       Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover. However, a distributee who is a designated beneficiary of the Participant but who is not the surviving Spouse of the Participant may only elect to have any portion of the eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan that is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract) in accordance with Section 402(c)(11).

  10.9-1 An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an “eligible rollover” shall include a distribution that is made to a “distributee” as defined under Section 10.9-4.

  10.9-2 An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.

  10.9-3 A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

  10.9-4 The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), and shall include non-Spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).

  10.9-5 The Committee shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.

 

31


10.10    Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 402(f) and 411(a)(11) of the Code apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.402(f)-1 or 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

  (i)         the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution (and, if applicable, a particular form of distribution), and

  (ii)        the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution.

Section 11.       Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .

11.1     Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.

11.2     Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

  (i)         each specific reason for the denial;

  (ii)        specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

  (iii)       a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

  (iv)       an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.

11.3     Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special

 

32


circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

 

Section 12.

The Committee and its Functions .

12.1     Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

12.2     Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of two or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.

12.3     Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.

Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Exempt Loans. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

 

33


12.4     Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not Readily Tradable on an Established Securities Market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code. The Valuation Date for all Plan transactions, including transactions between the Plan and a disqualified person, shall be the date of the transaction, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(5).

12.5     Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.

12.6     Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.

12.7     Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.

12.8     Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.

12.9     Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent such decision is consistent with applicable law and made in a non-discriminatory manner and in the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries.

12.10   Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

 

34


12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

 

Section 13.

Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .

13.1     Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.

13.2     Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a). In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact.

13.3     Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or

 

35


termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.

 

Section 14.

Miscellaneous Provisions .

14.1     Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.

14.2     Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.

14.3     Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.

14.4     Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.

 

36


14.5     Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.

14.6     Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

14.7     Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

14.8     Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.

14.9     Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Iowa to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.

14.10   Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact. The maximum amount that may be returned to the Employer in the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction is the excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant, (2) (A) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have been contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.

14.11   Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:

(i)         If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.

(ii)        If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.

 

37


Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.

14.12   Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:

(i)         The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and

(ii)        Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.

During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.

14.13   Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.

 

38


14.14   Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).

14.15   Additional Benefits under Code Section 401(a)(37) . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(37), in the case of a Participant who dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death. The Plan currently does not provide any such additional benefits, but if the Plan were to provide such additional benefits, then such survivors would be entitled to receive such benefits.

 

Section 15.

Top-Heavy Provisions .

15.1       Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

  (i)         If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;

  (ii)        If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or

  (iii)       If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).

15.2     Definitions . In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:

  15.2-1 The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.

  15.2-2 A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $160,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

 

39


  15.2-3 A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.

  15.2-4 A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.

  15.2-5 A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

15.3     Top-Heavy Rules of Application . For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:

  15.3-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.

  15.3-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.

  15.3-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.

  15.3-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.

 

40


  15.3-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

  15.3-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”

  15.3-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

  15.3-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.

15.4     Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:

  (i)         three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or

  (ii)       the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.

 

41


If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided to the other plan or plans rather than to this Plan.

15.5     Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

 

42

Exhibit 10.2

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change in Control Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of              , 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between WCF Financial Bank, a federally-chartered stock savings bank (the “ Bank ”) and              (“ Executive ”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean WCF Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank, or any successor thereto.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive as              of the Bank (the “ Executive Position ”) for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Executive to continue employment with the Bank and to provide further incentive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the benefits which shall be due to Executive in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.          Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of two (2) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “ Anniversary Date ”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always two (2) years unless written notice of non-renewal (“ Non-Renewal Notice ”) is provided to Executive at least 30 days prior to any such Anniversary Date, in which event this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twelve (12) months following such Anniversary Date. Prior to each notice period for non-renewal, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Board ”) will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to take action regarding non-renewal of the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. In the event that the Board fails to conduct the comprehensive evaluation of Executive’s performance, this Agreement shall not renew unless and until the Board conducts such performance evaluation. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both the initial term and any extensions thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, during the term of this Agreement, the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction that would be considered a Change in Control as defined below, then the term of this Agreement shall be automatically extended on the effective date of the Change in control and shall terminate twenty-four (24) months following the effective date of the Change in Control.

2.          Definitions . The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement.

(a)         Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:


(i)         Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

(ii)        Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

(iii)       Change in Board Composition : During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“ FDIC ”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

(iv)       Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

(b)    Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean a termination by Executive, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

(i)        a material reduction in Executive’s base compensation as in effect immediately prior to the date of Change in Control or as may be increased from time to time thereafter;

(ii)       a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control;

(iii)      a material reduction in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the officer (as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control) to whom Executive is required report;

(iv)      any material change in the geographic location at which the Executive ;must perform his services for the Bank; or

 

2


(v)     any material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, Executive must first provide written notice to the Board within ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date the Board received the written notice from Executive, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then Executive may deliver a notice of termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period.

(d)    Termination for Cause . Termination for Cause shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

(i)      material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

(ii)     willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

(iii)   incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry);

(iv)    breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

(v)     intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

(vi)    willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference, or

(vii)   material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a notice of termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the disinterested members of the Board that Executive was guilty of the conduct described above.

 

3


3.          Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control . In the event of Executive’s involuntary termination of employment by the Bank for reasons other than Termination for Cause, or a voluntary termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason occurring on or after a Change in Control, the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to two (2) times the Executive’s “average annual compensation.” Such payment shall be payable within ten (10) business days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes. For purposes of this Section 3, “average annual compensation” shall be defined as the average of the Executive’s three preceding years’ annual base salary, bonus and any other cash compensation paid to Executive or accrued by the Bank on behalf of the Executive, during such years, plus the amount of any benefits received or earned pursuant to any employee benefit plans on behalf of the Executive maintained by the Bank during such years, excluding any benefits pursuant to any life insurance or non-taxable medical and dental coverage maintained by the Bank for the Executive.

In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the date which is two (2) years after the Executive’s date of termination. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within ten (10) business days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

4.          280G Cutback . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Agreement , either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of, Executive (collectively referred to as the “ Change in Control Benefits ”) that are contingent on a change in control (as defined under Code Section 280G), constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary so that the Change in Control Benefits that are payable to Executive are not subject to penalties under Code Sections 280G and 4999.

5.          Source of Payments . All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor to the Bank).

6.          Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein. All prior agreements between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein are hereby superseded and shall have no force or effect, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any

 

4


benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to Executive without reference to this Agreement.

7.          No Attachment . Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

8.          Binding on Successors . The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

9.          Modification and Waiver .

(a)       This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b)       No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

10.        Required Provisions .

(a)       The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause.

(b)       If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(1) [12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “ FDI Act ”), the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion: (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

(c)       If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(1) [12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)] of the FDI Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

 

5


(d)       If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) [12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1)] of the FDI Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e)       All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by the Comptroller of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) [12 U.S.C. §1823(c)] of the FDI Act; or (ii) by the Comptroller or his or her designee at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Comptroller to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(f)       Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(g)      Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

(h)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Executive is a Specified Employee (as defined herein), then, solely, to the extent required to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, Executive’s payments shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service. A “Specified Employee” shall be interpreted to comply with Code Section 409A and shall mean a key employee within the meaning of Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph 5 thereof), but an individual shall be a “Specified Employee” only if the Bank or Company is or becomes a publicly traded company.

11.       Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

 

6


12.        Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

13.        Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank

  

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

To Executive:

  

Most recent address on file with the Bank

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is entered into as of the date first above written.

 

WCF FINANCIAL BANK

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

EXECUTIVE

 

 

8

Exhibit 10.3

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of August 20, 2008 by and between Webster City Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank (the “Bank”), and Stephen L. Mourlam (“Executive”). Any reference to “Company” herein shall mean WCF Financial, MHC or any successor thereto. Any reference to the “Stock Holding Company” herein shall mean Webster City Federal Bancorp, or any successor thereto.

WHEREAS , the Executive currently serves in the position of Executive Vice President for the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to be ensured of the Executive’s continued active participation in the business of the Bank;

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and in consideration of the Executive’s agreeing to remain in the employ of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the severance benefits which shall be due in the event that his employment with the Bank is terminated under specified circumstances;

WHEREAS , the Bank and the Executive are currently parties to a severance agreement originally entered into as of August 12, 1994 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS , Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), effective January 1, 2005, requires deferred compensation arrangements such as the Prior Agreement to comply with its provisions, restrictions and limitations on payments of deferred compensation;

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in order to make changes to comply with Section 409A of the Code;

WHEREAS , the Executive has agreed to such changes;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the contribution and of Executive, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. TERM OF AGREEMENT

The term of this Agreement shall be deemed to have commenced as of the date first above written and shall continue for a period of twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement and continuing at each anniversary date thereafter, the Board of Directors of the Bank (“Board”), acting in its sole discretion, may elect whether or not to extend the Agreement for an additional year. The Board will conduct a performance evaluation of the Executive for purposes of facilitating its determination of whether to extend the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If Executive is also a director then he shall abstain from any and all voting with respect to the extension of the term of such Executive’s Agreement.

 

1


2. DEFINITIONS

The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement:

(a)        A “Change in Control” of the Bank shall mean:

(1)        a reorganization, merger, merger conversion, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank, the Company or the Stock Holding Company, or a similar transaction in which the Bank, the Company or the Stock Holding Company is not the resulting entity and that is not approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Company or the Stock Holding Company;

(2)        individuals who constitute the Incumbent Board of the Bank, the Company, or the Stock Holding Company cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(3)        a change in control within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. §574.4, as determined by the board of directors of the Bank or the Company; provided, however, that a change in control shall not be deemed to occur if the transaction(s) constituting a change in control is approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Bank or the Company, as the case may be.

(4)        In the event that the Company converts to the Stock Holding Company on a stand-alone basis, a “change in control” of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company (a) shall mean an event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), or results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933 and the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof, (b) without limitation shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (i) any “person” (as the term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Stock Holding Company is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13-d under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 25% or more of the Bank’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors except for any securities of the Bank received by the Stock Holding Company in connection with the Reorganization and any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and trust shall not be counted in determining whether such plan is the beneficial owner of more than 25% of the Bank’s securities, (ii) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Bank, by someone other than the current management of the Bank, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Stock Holding Company of the Bank or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan or transaction are exchanged or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, or (iii) a tender offer is made for

 

2


25% or more of the voting securities of the Bank and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.

Notwithstanding, the foregoing, a “Change in Control” of the Bank or the Company shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Company ceases to own at least 51% of all outstanding shares of stock of the Bank in connection with a conversion of the Company from mutual to stock form.

For these purposes, “Incumbent Board” means, in the case of (i) the Company or the Stock Holding Company, or (ii) the Bank, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank, respectively, on the date hereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by members or stockholders was approved by the same nominating committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board.

(b)        The term “Termination for Cause” shall mean termination because of the Executive’s intentional failure to perform stated duties, personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material breach of any material provision of this Agreement. In determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institution industry. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause.

(c)  Termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment for “Good Reason” shall mean termination by the Executive following a Change in Control based on the following:

(i) (1) a material diminution in the Executive’s base compensation as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter, (2) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (3) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the officer (as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control) to whom the Executive is required to report,

(ii) any material breach of this Agreement by the Bank, or

(iii) any material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform his services for the Bank;

 

3


provided, however, that prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, the Executive must first provide written notice to the Bank within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date the Bank received the written notice from the Executive. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then the Executive may deliver a Notice of Termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period.

 

3. BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

If the Executive’s employment by the Bank shall be terminated subsequent to a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement by (i) the Bank for other than Cause or the Executive’s death or (ii) the Executive for Good Reason, then the Bank shall:

(a)        pay to the Executive (or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be) in a lump sum within ten (10) business days following the Executive’s Date of Termination the following: a cash severance amount equal to two times the average of the three preceding years’ annual base salary, including bonuses and any other cash compensation paid or accrued by the Executive during such years, and the amount of any benefits received pursuant to any employee benefit plans on behalf of the Executive maintained by the Bank during such years, excluding benefits continued pursuant to (b) below. If the Executive has been employed by the Bank for less than one year, then the severance pay shall be a sum equal to thirty-six times the average monthly salary, including bonuses and any other cash compensation paid or accrued by the Executive during such period, and the amount of any benefits received pursuant to any employee benefit plans on behalf of the Executive maintained by the Bank during such period, excluding benefits continued pursuant to (b) below, for the period over which the Executive has been employed by the Bank; and

(b)        maintain and provide continued life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for the Executive prior to his severance. Such coverage and payments shall cease upon expiration of twenty-four (24) months.

(c)        Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Executive will have such rights as specified in any stock option plan or restricted stock plan provided by the Bank or any other employee benefit plan with respect to options and such other rights as may have been granted to the Executive under such plans.

(d)        For purposes of Section 4, “termination of employment” as used herein shall mean “Separation from Service” as defined in Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, provided, however, that the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after termination would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 49% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period.

 

4


(e)        Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3: (i) in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under said paragraphs (the “Termination Benefits”) constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount (the “Non-Triggering Amount”), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount”, as determined in accordance with said Section 280G; and (ii) in no event shall the aggregate compensation to Executive under this agreement or any other severance or employment contract exceed three times the Executive’s compensation within the meaning of Section 310 of the OTS Examination Handbook. The allocation of the reduction required hereby among Termination Benefits provided by the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3 shall be determined by the Executive, provided however that if it is determined that such election by the Executive shall be in violation of Code Section 409A, the cash severance payable pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary to result in no portion of payments and benefits payable to the Bank under Section 3 being non-deductible to the Bank pursuant to Section 280G of the Code and subject to excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

4. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

(a)        Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

(b)        “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given (provided that he shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a Termination for Cause, shall be immediate). Except as set forth below in paragraph (c), in no event shall the Date of Termination exceed 30 days from the date Notice of Termination is given.

(c)        If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, except upon the occurrence of a Change in Control and voluntary termination by the Executive in which case the date of termination shall be the date specified in the Notice, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal there from having expired and no appeal having been perfected) and provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of

 

5


dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank will continue to pay Executive his full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, Base Salary) and continue him as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which he was participating when the notice of dispute was given, until the earlier of 120 days from the date of the Notice of Termination or the date upon which the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. Amounts paid under this Section are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no compensation or benefits shall be paid to the Executive in the event the Executive is Terminated for Cause. In the event that such Termination for Cause is found to have been wrongful or such dispute is otherwise decided in the Executive’s favor, the Executive shall be entitled to receive all compensation and benefits which accrued for up to a period of nine months after the Termination for Cause.

 

5. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS

It is intended by the parties hereto that all payments provided in this Agreement shall be paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank.

 

6. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

 

7. NO ATTACHMENT

(a)        Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b)        This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

8. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

(a)        This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

6


(b)        No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

9. REQUIRED PROVISIONS

(a)        The Bank may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause as defined in Section 2(c) hereinabove.

(b)        If the Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 USC §1818(e)(3)) or 8(g) (12 USC §1818(g)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(c)        If the Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e) (12 USC §1818(e)) or 8(g) (12 USC §1818(g)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d)        If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 USC §1813(x)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e)        All obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by the Director (“Director”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) or his designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or the Resolution Trust Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 USC §1823(c)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989; or (ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the Director or his designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operations of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the OTS or FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

 

7


(f)        Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 USC §1828(k) or any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

10. SEVERABILITY

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

11. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12. GOVERNING LAW

The validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa, unless preempted by Federal law as now or hereafter in effect.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by the employee within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that subject to Section 3(c) hereof, Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

13. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES

All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank if Executive is successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement, provided, however, that such reimbursement shall occur no later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in the Executive’s favor.

 

8


14. INDEMNIFICATION

The Bank shall provide the Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, or in lieu thereof, shall indemnify the Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under federal law and as provided in the Bank’s Charter and Bylaws against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

 

15. SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK

The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

9


16. SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the day and date first above written.

 

ATTEST:

   

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

/s/ Phyllis A. Murphy

   

By:    

 

/s/ Dennis J. Tasler

     

Dennis J. Tasler, Chairman of the Board

WITNESS:

     

/s/ Phyllis A. Murphy

   

By:    

 

/s/ Stephen L. Mourlam

     

Stephen L. Mourlam, Executive

Exhibit 10.4

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

AMENDED AND RESTATED SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of August 20, 2008 by and between Webster City Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank (the “Bank”), and Kyle Swon (“Executive”). Any reference to “Company” herein shall mean WCF Financial, MHC or any successor thereto. Any reference to the “Stock Holding Company” herein shall mean Webster City Federal Bancorp, or any successor thereto.

WHEREAS , the Executive currently serves in the position of Senior Vice President for the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to be ensured of the Executive’s continued active participation in the business of the Bank;

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and in consideration of the Executive’s agreeing to remain in the employ of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the severance benefits which shall be due in the event that his employment with the Bank is terminated under specified circumstances;

WHEREAS , the Bank and the Executive are currently parties to a severance agreement originally entered into as of August 12, 1994 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS , Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), effective January 1, 2005, requires deferred compensation arrangements such as the Prior Agreement to comply with its provisions, restrictions and limitations on payments of deferred compensation;

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in order to make changes to comply with Section 409A of the Code;

WHEREAS , the Executive has agreed to such changes;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the contribution and of Executive, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. TERM OF AGREEMENT

The term of this Agreement shall be deemed to have commenced as of the date first above written and shall continue for a period of twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement and continuing at each anniversary date thereafter, the Board of Directors of the Bank (“Board”), acting in its sole discretion, may elect whether or not to extend the Agreement for an additional year. The Board will conduct a performance evaluation of the Executive for purposes of facilitating its determination of whether to extend the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If Executive is also a director then he shall abstain from any and all voting with respect to the extension of the term of such Executive’s Agreement.


2. DEFINITIONS

The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement:

(a)      A “Change in Control” shall mean:

(1)      a reorganization, merger, merger conversion, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank, the Company or the Stock Holding Company, or a similar transaction in which the Bank, the Company or the Stock Holding Company is not the resulting entity and that is not approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Company or the Stock Holding Company;

(2)      individuals who constitute the Incumbent Board of the Bank, the Company, or the Stock Holding Company cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(3)      a change in control within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. § 574.4, as determined by the board of directors of the Bank or the Company; provided, however, that a change in control shall not be deemed to occur if the transaction(s) constituting a change in control is approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Bank or the Company, as the case may be.

(4)      In the event that the Company converts to the Stock Holding Company on a stand-alone basis, a “change in control” of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company (a) shall mean an event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), or results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933 and the Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (or its predecessor agency), as in effect on the date hereof, (b) without limitation shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (i) any “person” (as the term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Stock Holding Company is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13-d under the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 25% or more of the Bank’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors except for any securities of the Bank received by the Stock Holding Company in connection with the Reorganization and any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and trust shall not be counted in determining whether such plan is the beneficial owner of more than 25% of the Bank’s securities, (ii) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Bank, by someone other than the current management of the Bank, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Stock Holding Company of the Bank or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan or transaction are exchanged or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, or (iii) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Bank and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.

 

2


Notwithstanding, the foregoing, a “Change in Control” of the Bank or the Company shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Company ceases to own at least 51% of all outstanding shares of stock of the Bank in connection with a conversion of the Company from mutual to stock form.

For these purposes, “Incumbent Board” means, in the case of (i) the Company or the Stock Holding Company, or (ii) the Bank, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank, respectively, on the date hereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by members or stockholders was approved by the same nominating committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board.

(b)      The term “Termination for Cause” shall mean termination because of the Executive’s intentional failure to perform stated duties, personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order, or any material breach of any material provision of this Agreement. In determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institution industry. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause.

(c)  Termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment for “Good Reason” shall mean termination by the Executive following a Change in Control based on the following:

(i) (1) a material diminution in the Executive’s base compensation as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter, (2) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (3) a material diminution in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the officer (as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control) to whom the Executive is required to report,

(ii) any material breach of this Agreement by the Bank, or

 

3


(iii) any material change in the geographic location at which the Executive must perform his services for the Bank;

provided, however, that prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, the Executive must first provide written notice to the Bank within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date the Bank received the written notice from the Executive. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then the Executive may deliver a Notice of Termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period.

 

3. TERMINATION

If the Executive’s employment by the Bank shall be terminated subsequent to a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement by (i) the Bank for other than Cause or the Executive’s death, or (ii) the Executive for Good Reason, then the Bank shall:

(a)      pay to the Executive (or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be) in a lump sum within ten (10) business days following the Executive’s Date of Termination the following: a cash severance amount equal to two times the average of the three preceding years’ annual base salary, including bonuses and any other cash compensation paid or accrued by the Executive during such years, and the amount of any benefits received pursuant to any employee benefit plans on behalf of the Executive maintained by the Bank during such years, excluding benefits continued pursuant to (b) below. If the Executive has been employed by the Bank for less than one year, then the severance pay shall be a sum equal to thirty-six times the average monthly salary, including bonuses and any other cash compensation paid or accrued by the Executive during such period, and the amount of any benefits received pursuant to any employee benefit plans on behalf of the Executive maintained by the Bank during such period, excluding benefits continued pursuant to (b) below, for the period over which the Executive has been employed by the Bank; and

(b)      maintain and provide continued life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for the Executive prior to his severance. Such coverage and payments shall cease upon expiration of twenty-four (24) months.

(c)      Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Executive will have such rights as specified in any stock option plan or restricted stock plan provided by the Bank or any other employee benefit plan with respect to options and such other rights as may have been granted to the Executive under such plans.

 

4


(d)      For purposes of Section 3, “termination of employment” as used herein shall mean “Separation from Service” as defined in Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, provided, however, that the Bank and the Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after termination would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 49% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period.

(e)      Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3: (i) in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under said paragraphs (the “Termination Benefits”) constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount (the “Non-Triggering Amount”), the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executive’s “base amount”, as determined in accordance with said Section 280G; and (ii) in no event shall the aggregate compensation to Executive under this agreement or any other severance or employment contract exceed three times the Executive’s compensation within the meaning of Section 310 of the OTS Examination Handbook. The allocation of the reduction required hereby among Termination Benefits provided by the preceding paragraphs of this Section 3 shall be determined by the Executive, provided however that if it is determined that such election by the Executive shall be in violation of Code Section 409A, the cash severance payable pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary to result in no portion of payments and benefits payable to the Bank under Section 3 being non-deductible to the Bank pursuant to Section 280G of the Code and subject to excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

4. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

(a)      Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.

(b)      “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given (provided that he shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a Termination for Cause, shall be immediate). Except as set forth below in paragraph (c), in no event shall the Date of Termination exceed 30 days from the date Notice of Termination is given.

(c)      If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, except upon the occurrence of a Change in Control and voluntary termination by the Executive in which case the date of termination shall be the date specified in the Notice, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or

 

5


decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (the time for appeal there from having expired and no appeal having been perfected) and provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank will continue to pay Executive his full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, Base Salary) and continue him as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans in which he was participating when the notice of dispute was given, until the earlier of 120 days from the date of the Notice of Termination or the date upon which the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. Amounts paid under this Section are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no compensation or benefits shall be paid to the Executive in the event the Executive is Terminated for Cause. In the event that such Termination for Cause is found to have been wrongful or such dispute is otherwise decided in the Executive’s favor, the Executive shall be entitled to receive all compensation and benefits which accrued for up to a period of nine months after the Termination for Cause.

 

5. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS

It is intended by the parties hereto that all payments provided in this Agreement shall be paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank.

 

6. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

 

7. NO ATTACHMENT

(a)      Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b)      This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

8. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

(a)      This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

6


(b)      No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

9. REQUIRED PROVISIONS

(a)      The Bank may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time. Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause as defined in Section 2(c) hereinabove.

(b)      If the Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 USC §1818(e)(3)) or 8(g) (12 USC §1818(g)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(c)      If the Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e) (12 USC §1818(e)) or 8(g) (12 USC §1818(g)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(d)      If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 USC §1813(x)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(e)      All obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by the Director (“Director”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) or his designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or the Resolution Trust Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 USC §1823(c)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989; or (ii) by the Director of the OTS or his designee at the Director or his designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to the operations of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the OTS or FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

 

7


(f)      Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) or any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

10. SEVERABILITY

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

11. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12. GOVERNING LAW

The validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa, unless preempted by Federal law as now or hereafter in effect.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by the employee within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that subject to Section 3(c) hereof, Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

13. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES

All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank if Executive is successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement, provided, however, that such reimbursement shall occur no later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in the Executive’s favor.

 

8


14. INDEMNIFICATION

The Bank shall provide the Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, or in lieu thereof, shall indemnify the Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under federal law and as provided in the Bank’s Charter and Bylaws against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

 

 

15. SUCCESSOR TO THE BANK

The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

9


16. SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the day and date first above written.

 

ATTEST:

   

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS

BANK

/s/ Phyllis A. Murphy  

   

By:    

 

/s/ Dennis J. Tasler

     

Dennis J. Tasler, Chairman of the Board

WITNESS:

     

/s/ Phyllis A. Murphy  

   

By:

 

/s/ Kyle Swon

     

Kyle Swon, Executive

 

10

Exhibit 10.5

 

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

Webster City, Iowa

2005 DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2005


WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2005 DIRECTOR DEFERRED

COMPENSATION PLAN

This Webster City Federal Savings Bank Amended and Restated 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) amends and restates the Webster City Federal Savings Bank Amended and Restated 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan that was effective as of January 1, 2005 (the “Prior Plan”). The Plan, effective as of January 1, 2005, formalizes the understanding by and between WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK (the “Bank”), a federal stock savings bank with its principal business address in the State of Iowa, and certain eligible directors, hereinafter referred to as “Director,” who shall be approved by the Bank to participate. The Bank has herein restated the Plan with the intention that the Plan shall at all times satisfy Section 409A of the Code (as defined herein) and the regulations thereunder. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed to effectuate such intentions.

An eligible Director may elect to become a party to this Plan by execution of a Director Deferred Compensation Initial Deferral Election (with Distribution Options) (“Initial Deferral Election”) in a form attached hereto as Exhibit A. All Initial Deferral Elections previously made under the Prior Plan shall continue unless changed pursuant to the terms of this Plan. WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP (the “Company”) is a party to this Plan for the sole purpose of guaranteeing the Bank’s performance hereunder.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Directors serve the Bank as members of the Board; and

WHEREAS , the Bank recognizes the valuable services heretofore performed for it by such Directors and wishes to encourage continued service of each; and

WHEREAS , the Bank values the efforts, abilities and accomplishments of such Directors and recognizes that the Directors’ services substantially contribute to its continued growth and profits in the future; and

WHEREAS , the Directors wish to defer a portion of their fees to be earned in the future; and

WHEREAS , the Bank adopted the Prior Plan in order to set forth terms and conditions upon which the Bank shall pay such deferred compensation to the Directors or their designated beneficiaries; and

WHEREAS , Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) requires that certain types of deferred compensation arrangements, including the Prior Plan, to comply with its terms or subject the recipients of such compensation to certain taxes and penalties; and


WHEREAS , the final regulations under Code Section 409A, which were published in April 2007, provide additional rules and clarification for complying with Code Section 409A; and

WHEREAS , the Bank and Directors desire to amend and restate the Prior Plan in order to conform with the requirements set forth in the final regulations promulgated under Code Section 409A, and for certain other purposes.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties hereto agree to the following terms and conditions:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

When used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

1.1

“Administrator” means the Bank and/or its Board.

 

1.2

“Bank” means Webster City Federal Savings Bank and any successor thereto or the Board.

 

1.3

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons (and their heirs) designated as Beneficiary in the Director’s Beneficiary Designation to whom the deceased Director’s benefits are payable. If no Beneficiary is so designated, then the Director’s Spouse, if living, will be deemed the Beneficiary. If the Director’s Spouse is not living, then the Children of the Director will be deemed the Beneficiaries and will take on a per stirpes basis. If there are no Children, then the Estate of the Director will be deemed the Beneficiary.

 

1.4

“Benefit Eligibility Date” shall be the date on which a Director is entitled to receive his Deferred Compensation Benefit. It shall be the first day of the month following the occurrence of the earliest event giving rise to the distribution.

 

1.5

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.6

A “Change in Control” refers to a change in the ownership of the Company or the Bank, a change in effective control of the Company or the Bank, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or the Bank, in each case as provided under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

1.7

“Children” means the Director’s children, both natural and adopted, determined at the time payments are due the Children under this Plan.

 

1.8

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9

“Deferral Period” means the period of months over which the Director chooses to defer current Board fees and/or retainer. The Deferral Period shall commence on January 1 of the year immediately following the year in which the deferral election is made, provided, however, that in the event a Director first becomes eligible during a Plan Year, the Deferral Period shall commence as of the first day of the month next following the month in which the Director files the Director’s Initial Deferral Election.

 

2


1.10

“Deferred Compensation Benefit” means the benefit payable from the Director’s Elective Contribution Account, commencing on his Benefit Eligibility Date and payable over the Payout Period.

 

1.11

“Disability Benefit” means the benefit payable to the Director following a determination, in accordance with Subsection 5.2.

 

1.12

“Effective Date” of this amended and restated Plan shall be January 1, 2005.

 

1.13

“Elective Contribution” shall refer to any bookkeeping entry required to record a Director’s pre-tax deferral of Board fees and/or retainer which shall be made in accordance with the Director’s Initial Deferral Election.

 

1.14

“Elective Contribution Account” shall be represented by the bookkeeping entries required to record a Director’s Elective Contributions plus accrued interest earned on such amounts.

 

1.15

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

1.16

“Estate” means the estate of the Director.

 

1.17

“Financial Hardship” means a severe financial hardship to the Director resulting from an illness or accident of the Director, the spouse of the Director or of a dependent of the Director (as defined in Code Section 152(a)), loss of the Director’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances which arise as a result of an event beyond the control of the Director. The circumstances that shall constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case and shall be determined in accordance with Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations. Examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send the Director’s child to college or the decision to purchase a home.

 

1.18

“Financial Hardship Benefit” means a withdrawal or withdrawals of an amount or amounts attributable to a Financial Hardship and limited to the amount or amounts reasonably necessary to satisfy such emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

 

1.19

“Interest Factor” means annual compounding or discounting, as applicable, at a rate determined each year by the Board. On January 1 of each Plan Year, the Board shall adjust the Interest Factor for the Plan Year. The Interest Factor, as adjusted, shall be one percent (1%) above the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day in January reflecting the base rate charged at large U.S. money center commercial banks.

 

3


 

Whenever the Director’s Deferred Compensation Benefit is payable in installments, the Director’s Elective Contribution Account shall be annualized over the applicable period (applying the Interest Factor) and shall be payable in substantially equal monthly payments over such period.

 

1.20

“Payout Period” means the period over which certain benefits payable hereunder shall be distributed, as elected by the Director in his Initial Deferral Election, provided, however, that such period shall not exceed ten (10) years.

 

1.21

“Plan Year” shall mean the calendar year.

 

1.22

“Separation from Service” shall mean the Director’s death, retirement, or termination of service from the Board, including a resignation from the Board or failure to be reappointed or reelected to the Board. For these purposes, a Director shall not be deemed to have a Separation from Service until the Director no longer serves on the Board of the Bank, the Company, or any member of a controlled group of corporations with the Bank or the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(a)(3).

 

1.23

Spouse” means the individual to whom the Director is legally married at the time of the Director’s death, provided, however, that the term “Spouse” shall not refer to an individual to whom the Director is legally married at the time of death if the Director and such individual have entered into a formal separation agreement (provided that such separation agreement does not provide otherwise or state that such individual is entitled to a portion of the benefit hereunder), or initiated divorce proceedings.

 

1.24

“Treasury Regulations” means the regulations issued by the Treasury Department and/or other guidance issued by the Treasury Department or Internal Revenue Service under Code Section 409A.

 

1.25

“Valuation Date” means the last day of each calendar month.

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND INITIAL DEFERRAL ELECTION

All initial Deferral Elections previously made under the Prior Plan shall continue under this Plan unless altered pursuant to the terms of this Plan. Any Director who becomes a Director following the Effective Date of the Plan shall be eligible to participate in the Plan immediately upon becoming a Director, provided, however, in the first year of such Director’s eligibility, the Director shall make his Initial Deferral Election within thirty (30) days of becoming eligible and such Initial Deferral Election shall only be effective with respect to amounts earned after it is filed.

Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the end of the Deferral Period, an eligible Director may defer into his Elective Contribution Account an amount up to One Hundred Percent (100%) of the monthly Board and Committee fees and/or retainer which the Director would otherwise be entitled to receive from the Bank, the Company and any other affiliated corporations. The specific amount of the Director’s monthly deferred compensation shall be designated in the Director’s Initial Deferral Election and shall apply only to compensation attributable to services not yet performed.

 

4


ARTICLE III

ESTABLISHMENT OF RABBI TRUST

The Bank may establish a rabbi trust into which the Bank may contribute assets which shall be held therein, pursuant to the agreement which establishes such rabbi trust. The contributed assets shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors in the event of the Bank’s “Insolvency” as defined in the agreement which establishes such rabbi trust, until the contributed assets are paid to the Director and his Beneficiary(ies) in such manner and at such times as specified in this Plan. In the event that the Bank establishes a rabbi trust, it is the intention of the Bank to make a contribution or contributions to the rabbi trust to provide the Bank with a source of funds to assist it in meeting the liabilities of this Plan. Any contribution(s) to the rabbi trust shall be made in accordance with the rabbi trust agreement. The amount and timing of such contribution(s) shall be specified in the agreement which establishes such rabbi trust.

ARTICLE IV

ADJUSTMENTS TO ACCOUNTS

 

4.1

Adjustments to Deferred Elections . Deferral of the specific amount of fees and/or retainer designated in the Director’s Initial Deferral Election shall continue in effect pursuant to the terms of this Plan unless and until the Director amends his Initial Deferral Election by filing with the Administrator a Notice of Adjustment of Deferral Amount (attached hereto as Exhibit C). A Notice of Adjustment of Deferral Amount shall be effective if filed with the Administrator at least fifteen (15) days prior to any January 1st during the Director’s Deferral Period. Such Notice of Adjustment of Deferral Amount shall be effective commencing with the January 1st following its filing and shall be applicable only to compensation attributable to services not yet performed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Director has indicated that a certain percentage of the Director’s fees and/or retainer shall be deferred and if the Bank, the Company or any affiliated corporation increases the amount of fees and/or retainer earned by the Director during the Plan Year, the dollar amount deferred shall be increased such that the amount deferred is consistent with the Director’s percentage deferral election.

 

4.2

Adjustment to Elective Contribution Account . For so long as a Director participates in the Plan and during the Payout Period, the balance of a Director’s Elective Contribution Account shall be increased on the last day of each Plan Year by the Interest Factor.

ARTICLE V

BENEFITS GENERALLY

 

5.1

Deferred Compensation Benefit . The Bank agrees to pay the Director the Deferred Compensation Benefit commencing on the Director’s Benefit Eligibility Date elected by the Directors in the Initial Deferral Election. Such payments will be made over the Payout Period elected by the Director. In the event of the Director’s death after commencement of

 

5


the Deferred Compensation Benefit, but prior to completion of all such payments due and owing hereunder, the Bank shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary a continuation of the Deferred Compensation Benefit for the number of years remaining in the Payout Period.

 

5.2

Disability Benefit. The Director shall receive the Disability Benefit designated in the Director’s Initial Deferral Election in any case in which the Director: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under and accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s employer; or (iii) Director is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The Disability Benefit shall be paid in accordance with the Director’s election commencing on the Benefit Eligibility Date following a finding by the Board that the Director is “disabled” as set forth above. The amount of the Disability Benefit shall be the lump sum or annualized value of the Director’s Elective Contribution Account, payable in accordance with the Director’s Initial Deferral Election. In the event the Director dies while receiving Disability Benefit payments pursuant to this Subsection, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the remaining payments over the remaining Payout Period.

 

5.3

Benefits Upon A Change In Control . If the Director voluntarily or involuntarily Separates from Service with the Bank within two (2) years following a Change in Control, the Director shall be entitled to the value of his Elective Contribution Account payable over the Payout Period as elected by Director in accordance with his Initial Deferral Election. Notwithstanding anything in Section 1.19 above, the Interest Factor to be applied to the Director’s Elective Contribution Account shall be seven percent (7%) from the date of termination to the end of the Payout Period.

 

5.4

Financial Hardship Benefit . In the event the Director incurs a Financial Hardship, the Director may request a Financial Hardship Benefit. Such request shall be either approved or rejected by the Bank in the exercise of its sole discretion. The Director will be required to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Bank that a Financial Hardship has occurred and that the Director is otherwise entitled to a Financial Hardship Benefit in accordance with Sections 1.17 and 1.18. If a Financial Hardship Benefit is approved, it shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the event which triggers payment and only to the extent of the Director’s account balances when paid.

ARTICLE VI

DEATH BENEFITS

In the event of the Director’s death prior to commencement of the Deferred Compensation Benefit or Disability Benefit, the Bank shall pay the balance of the Director’s Elective Contribution Account to the Director’s Beneficiary, commencing on the Benefit Eligibility Date. Such Death Benefit shall be payable in accordance with the Director’s Initial Deferral Election.

 

6


ARTICLE VII

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

The Director shall make an initial designation of primary and secondary Beneficiaries upon execution of his Initial Deferral Election and shall have the right to change such designation, at any subsequent time, by submitting to the Administrator a Beneficiary Designation in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. Any Beneficiary designation made subsequent to execution of the Initial Deferral Election shall become effective only when receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the Administrator.

ARTICLE VIII

DIRECTOR’S RIGHT TO ASSETS:

ALIENABILITY AND ASSIGNMENT PROHIBITION

At no time shall the Director be deemed to have any lien, right, title or interest in or to any specific investment or to any assets of the Bank. The rights of the Director, any Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through the Director under this Plan, shall be solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Bank. The Director, the Beneficiary, or any other person claiming through the Director, shall only have the right to receive from the Bank those payments so specified under this Plan. Neither the Director nor any Beneficiary under this Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Director or his Beneficiary, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX

ACT PROVISIONS

 

9.1

Named Fiduciary . The Administrator shall be the Named Fiduciary of this Plan. The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Plan as established herein. The Administrator may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

9.2

Claims Procedure and Arbitration . In the event that benefits under this Plan are not paid to the Director (or to his Beneficiary in the case of the Director’s death) and such claimants feel they are entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Administrator within sixty (60) days from the date payments are refused. The Administrator shall review the written claim and, if the claim is denied, in whole or in part, shall provide in writing, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such claim, its specific reasons for such denial, reference to the provisions of this Plan or the Initial Deferral Election (or subsequent change to the Initial Deferral Election, made in accordance with Section 10.11 of the Plan, Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations) upon which the denial is based, and any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim. Such writing by the Administrator shall further indicate the additional steps which must be undertaken by claimants if an additional review of the claim denial is desired.

 

7


If claimants desire a second review, they shall notify the Administrator in writing within thirty (30) days of the first claim denial. Claimants may review this Plan or any documents relating thereto and submit any issues and comments, in writing, they may feel appropriate. In its sole discretion, the Administrator shall then review the second claim and provide a written decision within thirty (30) days of receipt of such claim. This decision shall state the specific reasons for the decision and shall include reference to specific provisions of this Plan or other document(s) upon which the decision is based.

If claimants continue to dispute the benefit denial based upon completed performance or the meaning and effect of the terms and conditions thereof, then claimants may submit the dispute to mediation, administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) (or a mediator selected by the parties) in accordance with the AAA’s Commercial Mediation Rules. If mediation is not successful in resolving the dispute, it shall be settled by arbitration administered by the AAA under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1

No Effect on Directorship Rights . Nothing contained herein will confer upon the Director the right to be retained in the service of the Bank nor limit the right of the Bank to discharge or otherwise deal with the Director without regard to the existence of the Plan.

 

10.2

State Law . The Plan is established under, and will be construed according to, the laws of the State of Iowa, to the extent such laws are not preempted by ERISA and valid regulations published thereunder.

 

10.3

Severability . In the event that any of the provisions of this Plan or portion thereof, are held to be inoperative or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, then: (1) insofar as is reasonable, effect will be given to the intent manifested in the provisions held invalid or inoperative, and (2) the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby.

 

10.4

Incapacity of Recipient . In the event the Director is declared incompetent and a conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or Estate is appointed, any benefits under the Plan to which such Director is entitled shall be paid to such conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his person or Estate.

 

10.5

Unclaimed Benefit . The Director shall keep the Bank informed of his current address and the current address of his Beneficiaries. If the location of the Director is not made known to the Bank within three years after the date upon which any payment of any benefits may first be made, the Bank shall delay payment of the Director’s benefit payment(s) until the location of the Director is made known to the Bank; however, the Bank shall only be obligated to

 

8


hold such benefit payment(s) for the Director until the expiration of three (3) years. Upon expiration of the three (3)-year period, the Bank may discharge its obligation by payment to the Director’s Beneficiary. If the location of the Director’s Beneficiary is not made known to the Bank by the end of an additional two (2)-month period following expiration of the three (3)-year period, the Bank may discharge its obligation by payment to the Director’s Estate. If there is no Estate in existence at such time or if such fact cannot be determined by the Bank, the Director and his Beneficiary(ies) shall thereupon forfeit any rights to the balance, if any, of any benefits provided for such Director and/or Beneficiary under this Plan.

 

10.6

Limitations on Liability . Notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as an employee or agent of the Bank, or as a member of the Board shall be personally liable to the Director or any other person for any claim, loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with this Plan.

 

10.7

Gender . Whenever in this Plan words are used in the masculine or neuter gender, they shall be read and construed as in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, whenever they should so apply.

 

10.8

Effect on Other Corporate Benefit Plans . Nothing contained in this Plan shall affect the right of the Director to participate in or be covered by any qualified or non-qualified pension, profit sharing, group, bonus or other supplemental compensation or fringe benefit agreement constituting a part of the Bank’s existing or future compensation structure.

 

10.9

Inurement . This Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank, its successors and assigns, and the Director, his successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and Beneficiaries.

 

10.10

Source of Payments . All payments provided in this Plan shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank or the assets of the rabbi trust. The Company guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due to the Directors and, if such amounts and benefits are not timely paid or provided by the Bank or a rabbi trust, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Company.

 

10.11

Change of Election to Delay Payment . In the event that a Director desires to modify his Benefit Eligibility Date or Payout Period with respect to future Elective Contributions, the Director may file an election to delay the payment date or, if the Director has elected a lump sum payout, to change the form of payment from a lump sum to a period of years (not to exceed 10 years). Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, the new election must be filed at least 12 months prior to its becoming effective. If the Director becomes entitled to payment during such 12 month period, the new election form shall be ignored and reference shall be made to the prior filed election in determining the timing of the benefit payment. In addition, subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations, the new election shall defer the first payment with respect to such election for a period of not less than 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.

 

9


10.12

Headings . Headings and sub-headings in this Plan are inserted for reference and convenience only and shall not be deemed a part of this Plan.

 

10.13

Payment Code Section 409A Taxes . This Plan shall permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder. Such payments shall not exceed the amount required to be included in income as the result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

10.14

Acceleration of Payments . Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Plan, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank, in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the United States Treasury Department. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with requirements and conditions of the Treasury Regulations (or subsequent guidance) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the Federal government; (iii) in compliance with ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cash-outs (but not in excess of the limit under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B)); (v) in the case of certain distributions to avoid a non-allocation year under Code Section 409(p); (vi) to apply certain offsets in satisfaction of a debt of the Director to the Bank; (vii) in satisfaction of certain bona fide disputes between the Director and the Bank; or (viii) for any other purpose set forth in the Treasury Regulations and subsequent guidance.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT/REVOCATION

 

11.1

Amendment . The Bank reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time. However, to the extent any such amendment would adversely impact the accrued benefits of any Director, the amendment shall require the written consent of such Director.

 

11.2 Termination .

(a)       General . No amendment or termination of the Plan shall directly or indirectly reduce the accrued portion of any account held hereunder as of the effective date of such amendment or termination (all benefits accrued under this Plan shall be fully vested and accrued at all times). A termination of the Plan will not be a distributable event, except in the three circumstances set forth in Section 11.2(b) below.

(b)       Termination . Under no circumstances may the Plan permit the acceleration of the time or form of any payment under the Plan prior to the payment events specified herein, except as provided in this Section 11.2(b) (and Section 10.13 of the Plan). The Bank may, in its discretion, elect to terminate the Plan in any of the following three circumstances and accelerate the payment of the entire unpaid balance of the Director’s accrued benefits as of the date of such payment in accordance with Section 409A of the Code:

 

10


(i)        the Plan is irrevocably terminated within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control and (1) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with the Plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(c)(2) are terminated, and (2) the Director and all participants under the other aggregated arrangements receive all of their benefits under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date the Bank irrevocably takes all necessary action to terminate the Plan and the other aggregated arrangements;

(ii)       the Plan is irrevocably terminated at a time that is not proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank and (1) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with the Plan under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(c) if the Director participated in such arrangements are terminated, (2) no payments are made within 12 months of the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate the arrangements, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangements if the termination had not occurred, (3) all payments are made within 24 months of the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate the arrangements, and (4) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with the Plan under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(c) if a Director participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date the Bank takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate the Plan; or

(iii)      the Plan is terminated within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred by a Director under the Plan are included in the Director’s gross income in the later of (1) the calendar year in which the termination of the Plan occurs, or (2) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

ARTICLE XII

EXECUTION

 

12.1

This Plan sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and any previous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof are merged into and superseded by this Plan.

 

12.2

This Plan shall be executed in triplicate, each copy of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original, but all three copies shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank and the Company have caused this Plan to be executed on the day and date first above written.

 

ATTEST:

   

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

/s/ Sheila M. Scott                            

   

Name:

 

/s/ Phyllis A. Murphy

Secretary

   

Title:

 

President

ATTEST:

   

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

/s/ Sheila M. Scott                            

   

Name:

 

/s/ Phyllis A. Murphy

Secretary

   

Title:

 

President

 

12


Exhibit A

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

INITIAL DEFERRAL ELECTION (WITH DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS)

I,                                          , and WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK hereby agree for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Amended and Restated 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”), which is effective January 1, 2005, as such Plan may now exist or hereafter be amended or modified, and do further agree to the terms and conditions thereof.

I hereby elect to defer                  (designate percentage) of my Board fees and/or                  (designate percentage) of my retainer. Such deferrals shall commence on                  , 200      , shall renew annually unless otherwise changed at least fifteen (15) days prior to January 1 st of any year in the Deferral Period. I understand that this election to defer applies only to compensation attributable to services not yet performed.

I understand that my election to defer shall continue in accordance with this Initial Deferral Election until such time as I submit a “ Notice of Adjustment of Deferral Amount ” (Exhibit C, hereto) to the Administrator, at least fifteen (15) days prior to any January 1 st of any calendar year during my Deferral Period. A Notice of Adjustment of Deferral Amount can be used to adjust the amount of Board fees and/or retainer to be deferred or to discontinue deferrals altogether.

DISTRIBUTION FORM ELECTION OPTIONS

In accordance with the terms of the Plan, I understand and agree that all Plan benefits shall be paid in the form I selected below and at the earliest of the following payment events to occur, and that such distribution form, once made by me, shall be irrevocable with respect to such Plan Year. I also understand and agree that if I fail to select a form of benefit payment, the form of distribution shall be a lump sum.

Select either (i) or (ii) below:

 

  (i) Fixed Distribution Schedule at Specified Date

Elect this only if you want the benefit paid at the age elected, without regard to whether you have separated from service.

In accordance with the terms of the Plan, I hereby elect to receive my Elective Contribution Account upon the attainment of age                      , and a “Payout Period” of my Elective Contribution Account as follows (check one):

 

  (a)              a single lump sum payment;

 

  (b)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 5 years;


  (c)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 10 years.

 

  (ii) Separation from Service

In the event of my Separation from Service with the Board,, I hereby elect to receive my Elective Contribution Account in the following form (check one):

 

  (a)              a single lump sum payment;

 

  (b)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 5 years;

 

  (c)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 10 years.

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of my disability, death prior to termination from service, or in the event of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company, as such terms are defined in the Plan, I hereby elect the following alternative distribution forms. I understand that these elections are optional, and that if not made, any relevant distribution will be made in accordance with my selection under (i) or (ii) above:

 

  (iii) Disability

In the event that my service on the Board is terminated on account of my disability, I hereby elect to receive my Elective Contribution Account in the following form (check one):

 

  (a)              a single lump sum payment;

 

  (b)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 5 years;

 

  (c)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 10 years.

 

  (iv) Death

In the event of my death prior to termination of service on the Board, I hereby elect that my Elective Contribution Account be distributed to my beneficiary(ies) in the following form (check one):

 

  (a)              a single lump sum payment;

 

  (b)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 5 years;

 

  (c)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 10 years.

 

2


  (v) Change in Control

In the event of my Separation from Service within two (2) years following a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company, I hereby elect to receive my Elective Contribution Account in the following form (check one):

 

  (a)              a single lump sum payment;

 

  (b)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 5 years;

 

  (c)              substantially equal monthly payments over a period of 10 years.

I understand that any change to my distribution elections set forth above, (i) shall comply with Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations, (ii) may result in a delay in my distribution, and (iii) to the extent applicable, shall be made in accordance with Section 10.11 of the Plan.

I understand that I am entitled to review or obtain a copy of the Plan, at any time, and may do so by contacting the Administrator.

This Initial Deferral Election (with Distribution Options) shall become effective upon execution (below) by both the Director and a duly authorized officer of the Bank.

Dated this          day of                  , 200      .

 

 

Director

    

 

Bank’s duly authorized Officer

 

3


Exhibit B

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

The Director, under the terms of the Amended and Restated 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan executed by Webster City Federal Savings Bank, of Webster City, Iowa, dated                      , 200__, hereby designates the following Beneficiary to receive any guaranteed payments or death benefits under such Plan, following death:

 

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:

 

 

 

SECONDARY BENEFICIARY:    

 

 

 

This Beneficiary Designation hereby revokes any prior Beneficiary Designation which may have been in effect.

Such Beneficiary Designation is revocable.

Date:                                          , 200     

 

 

Witness

     

 

Director

 

Witness

     

 

B-1


Exhibit C

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT OF DEFERRAL AMOUNT

 

To: Webster City Federal Savings Bank
   Attention:                                                          

I hereby give notice of my election to adjust the amount of my compensation deferral in accordance with my Amended and Restated 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan Initial Deferral Election, dated the              day of              , 20__. This notice is submitted at least fifteen (15) days prior to January 1st, and shall become effective January 1st, as specified below.

 

Adjust deferral as of:

  

January 1st, 200     

New Deferral Amount

  

                     per month

  

(to discontinue deferral, enter $0)

  

 

Director

  

Date:                                                                                      

  

Acknowledged by:                                                              

  

Title:                                                                                      

  

Date:                                                                                      

 

C-1

LOGO   
  

KPMG LLP

2500 Ruan Center

666 Grand Avenue

Des Moines, IA 50309

March 9, 2016

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We were previously principal accountants for Webster City Federal Bancorp and, under the date of March 16, 2015, we reported on the consolidated financial statements of Webster City Federal Bancorp and subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. On October 12, 2015, we were dismissed. We have read the statements included under Change in Accountants in the registration statement on Form S-1 dated March 9, 2016 filed by WCF Bancorp, Inc., and we agree with such statements, except we are not in a position to agree or disagree with the statements that 1) prior to engaging RSM US LLP (RSM), Webster City Federal Bancorp did not consult with RSM during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 on the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of opinion that might be rendered on Webster City Federal Bancorp’s financial statements, or any matter that was the subject or a disagreement or a reportable event as those terms are defined in Item 304(a)(1) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions, and 2) the engagement of RSM was approved by the audit committee of the Board of Directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp.

 

Very truly yours,
LOGO

KPMG LLP is a Delaware limited liability partnership,

the U.S. member firm of KPMG International Cooperative

(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

The following is a list of the subsidiaries of WCF Bancorp, Inc.:

 

           Name

  

State of Incorporation

WCF Financial Bank

  

Federal

WCF Financial Service Corp.*

  

Iowa

 

 

* Inactive subsidiary of WCF Financial Bank

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of WCF Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 9, 2016, relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of Webster City Federal Bancorp and Subsidiaries, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts” and “Selected Financial Data” in such Prospectus.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Des Moines, Iowa

March 9, 2016

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

 

March 9, 2016

Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

Members of the Boards of Directors:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Federal Reserve Board, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates and our statement concerning subscription rights in such filings including the prospectus of WCF Bancorp, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

        Sincerely,
        RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

 

                     LOGO

 

 

 

   

Washington Headquarters

  

Three Ballston Plaza

   Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

   E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

 

November 27, 2015                

Mr. Stephen L. Mourlam

President and Chief Executive Officer

Webster City Federal Bancorp / WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

Dear Mr. Mourlam:

This letter sets forth the agreement between WCF Financial Bank, Webster City, Iowa (the “Bank”), the wholly-owned subsidiary of Webster City Federal Bancorp (the “Company”), which in turn is the majority-owned subsidiary of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (the “MHC”), and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), whereby RP Financial will provide the independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the second-step conversion transaction by the MHC. The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below.

Description of Appraisal Services

In conjunction with these appraisal services, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors of the Company, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines. RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

We will review pertinent sections of the Company’s prospectus and conduct discussions with representatives of the Company to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, and characteristics of stock plans and the structure of any contribution to a charitable foundation immediately following the offering.

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Direct: (703) 647-6544
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
Arlington, VA 22201    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

E-Mail: jhennessey@rpfinancial.com

   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594


Stephen L. Mourlam

November 27, 2015

Page 2

 

 

The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations. In the event of a syndicated community offering and/or a firm commitment underwritten offering, it may be necessary to file an update in conjunction with the close of the subscription offering and prior to the pricing phase in the syndicated community offering and/or a firm commitment underwritten

offering.

RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications and amendments thereto. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation original appraisal and subsequent updates.

In the event of a syndicated community offering and/or a firm commitment underwritten offering phase, RP Financial will participate in the various all hands calls regarding the offering results, pricing discussions and timing.

RP Financial will formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown in the detail below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

   

$5,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

   

$40,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and

 

   

$5,000 upon completion of the conversion to cover all subsequent valuation updates that may be required, provided that the transaction is not delayed for reasons described below.

The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, communications, shipping, computer and data services, and will not exceed $5,000 in the aggregate, without the Company’s authorization to exceed this level.


Stephen L. Mourlam

November 27, 2015

Page 3

 

 

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report or subsequent updates and payment of the corresponding fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

1.   The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.

2.   The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3.   (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection


Stephen L. Mourlam

November 27, 2015

Page 4

 

 

with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

(c) Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that RP Financial is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

(d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.


Stephen L. Mourlam

November 27, 2015

Page 5

 

 

(e) Any indemnification payments to be made by the Company hereunder are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 USC 1828(k)) and the Regulations promulgated thereunder by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (12 CFR Part 359).

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.

*   *   *   *   *   *   *   *   *   *   *

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $5,000.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ James P. Hennessey

James P. Hennessey
Director

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:

 

/s/ Stephen L. Mourlam

 
  Stephen L. Mourlam  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  

For: WCF Financial Bank, subsidiary of Webster City Federal Bancorp, Webster City, Iowa

 

Date Executed:  

          November 27 th  2015                

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

March 9, 2016                                                 

Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

 

  Re:

Plan of Conversion

   

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

   

Webster City Federal Bancorp

Members of the Boards of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the plan of conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (the “MHC”), Webster City Federal Bancorp (the “Company”) and WCF Financial Bank (the “Bank”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, a new Iowa stock holding company named WCF Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”) will be organized and will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by Bancorp and all of the common stock of Bancorp will be owned by public stockholders.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offerings but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

  (1)

the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

 

  (2)

the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

 

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or Bancorp’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters

  

Three Ballston Plaza

   Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

   E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.3

 

 

 

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

SECOND STEP CONVERSION OFFERING

    

 

 

    WCF Bancorp, Inc. | Webster City, Iowa

 

    PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

    WCF Financial Bank | Webster City, Iowa

 

    Valuation Date as of February 26, 2016

 

LOGO

1100 North Glebe Road Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

703.528.1700

rpfinancial.com


LOGO

 

LOGO

 

February 26, 2016

Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

Members of the Boards of Directors:

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

Description of Plan of Conversion

The respective Boards of Directors of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (the “MHC”), Webster City Federal Bancorp (“WCFB”) and WCF Financial Bank, Webster City, Iowa (the “Bank”) have adopted a plan of conversion whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, WCFB, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank, will be succeed by a Maryland corporation with the name of WCF Bancorp, Inc. (“WCF Bancorp” or the “Company”). Following the conversion, the MHC and WCFB will no longer exist. For purposes of this document, the existing and post-conversion consolidated entity will hereinafter also be referred to as WCF Bancorp or the Company, unless otherwise identified as WCFB. As of December 31, 2015, the MHC had a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consisted of, approximately 82.69% of the common stock (the “MHC Shares”) of WCFB. The remaining 17.31% of WCFB’s common stock is owned by public stockholders.

It is our understanding that WCF Bancorp will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory requirements governing mutual-to-stock

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters

Three Ballston Plaza

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

  

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


Boards of Directors

February 26, 2016

Page 2

    

 

conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to the public at large in a community offering and a syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offering. Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering (the “second-step conversion”), the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders, the publicly-held shares of WCFB will be exchanged for shares in the Company at a ratio that retains their ownership interest at the time the conversion is completed and the MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company.

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for the Appraisal, we are independent of the WCFB, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or WCFB to assist in the stock conversion process.

Valuation Methodology

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, the OCC and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company, the Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for the years ended December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2015 and a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through December 31, 2015, and due diligence related discussions with the Company’s management; RSM US LLP, the Company’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman, PC, the Company’s conversion counsel and Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., the Company’s marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

We have investigated the competitive environment within which WCFB operates and have assessed WCFB’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on WCFB and the industry as a whole. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on WCFB’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of WCF Bancorp. We have analyzed the assets held by the MHC, which will be consolidated with WCFB’s assets and equity pursuant to the completion of the second-step conversion, and for purposes of calculating the minority ownership percentage, have taken into account recent or planned common stock cash dividends paid to the MHC in 2016 prior to the expected completion of the second step offering. We have reviewed the economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area. We have compared WCFB’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have


Boards of Directors

February 26, 2016

Page 3

    

 

reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues, initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies, and second-step conversion offerings. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

The Appraisal is based on WCFB’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by WCFB and its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by WCFB, or its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of WCFB. The valuation considers WCF Bancorp only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of WCF Bancorp’s liquidation value.

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for WCFB and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of WCF Bancorp’s stock alone. It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of WCF Bancorp following completion of the second-step conversion. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which WCF Bancorp’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the second-step stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC’s net assets (i.e., unconsolidated equity) that will be consolidated with the Company and thus will increase equity. After accounting for the impact of the MHC’s net assets, and further taking into account recent or planned common stock cash dividends paid to the MHC in 2016, the public shareholders’ ownership interest was reduced by approximately 1.11%. Accordingly, for purposes of the Company’s pro forma valuation, the public shareholders’ pro forma ownership interest was reduced from 17.31% to 16.20% and the MHC’s ownership interest was increased from 82.69% to 83.84%.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of February 26, 2016, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering – including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company and (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of WCFB – was $15,505,320 at the midpoint, equal to 1,938,165 shares at $8.00 per share. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares, all based on $8.00 per share, are as follows: $13,179,520 or 1,647,440 shares at the minimum, $17,831,120 or 2,228,890 shares at the maximum and $20,505,792 or 2,563,224 shares at the supermaximum.


Boards of Directors

February 26, 2016

Page 4

    

 

Based on this valuation and taking into account the ownership interest represented by the shares owned by the MHC, the midpoint of the offering range is $13,000,000 equal to 1,625,000 shares at $8.00 per share. The resulting offering range and offering shares, all based on $8.00 per share, are as follows: $11,050,000 or 1,381,250 shares at the minimum, $14,950,000 or 1,868,750 shares at the maximum and $17,192,504 or 2,149,063 shares at the supermaximum.

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

The conversion regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Boards of Directors of the MHC, WCFB and the Bank have independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company (adjusted for the dilution resulting from the consolidation of the MHC’s unconsolidated net assets into the Company). The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the offering and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $8.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 0.5994 shares of the Company’s stock for every one share held by public shareholders. Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 0.5095 at the minimum, 0.6893 at the maximum and 0.7927 at the supermaximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

Limiting Factors and Considerations

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering, or prior to that time, will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of WCF Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the second-step conversion.

RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations and shares outstanding of WCFB as of December 31, 2015 the date of the financial data included in the prospectus (inclusive of the net assets of the MHC and subsequent January 2016 and April 2016 planned common stock cash dividends). The proposed exchange ratio to be received by the current public stockholders of WCFB and the exchange of the public shares for newly issued shares of WCF Bancorp’s common stock as a full public company was determined independently by the Boards of Directors of the MHC, WCFB and the Bank. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange ratio to public stockholders or the exchange of public shares for newly issued shares.


Boards of Directors

February 26, 2016

Page 5

    

 

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.

This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of WCFB or the MHC, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of WCF Bancorp’s stock offering.

 

  Respectfully submitted,

  RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

   LOGO

  James P. Hennessey

  Director

LOGO

  James J. Oren

  Director


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WCF BANCORP, INC.

WCF FINANCIAL BANK

Webster City, Iowa

 

         DESCRIPTION   

PAGE

NUMBER

CHAPTER ONE                 OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

     

Introduction

         I.1

Plan of Conversion

      I.2

Purpose of the Reorganization

      I.3

Strategic Overview

      I.4

Post-Offering Business Plan

      I.5

Balance Sheet Trends

      I.6

Income and Expense Trends

      I.10

Interest Rate Risk Management

      I.14

Lending Activities and Strategy

      I.15

Origination, Purchasing, and Servicing of Loans

      I.18

Asset Quality

      I.18

Funding Composition and Strategy

      I.19

Subsidiaries

      I.20

Legal Proceedings

      I.20

CHAPTER TWO                 MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

     

Introduction

      II.1

National Economic Factors

      II.1

Interest Rate Environment

      II.4

Market Area Demographics

      II.5

Local Economy

      II.7

Market Area Employment Sectors

      II.8

Market Area Unemployment Data

      II.9

Deposit Trends and Competition

      II.9

Market Area Competitiors

      II.11

CHAPTER THREE           PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

     

Peer Group Selection

      III.1

Financial Condition

      III.8

Income and Expense Components

      III.11

Loan Composition

      III.14

Credit Risk

      III.14

Interest Rate Risk

      III.17

Summary

      III.17


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WCF BANCORP, INC.

WCF FINANCIAL BANK

Webster City, Iowa

(continued)

 

         DESCRIPTION   

PAGE

NUMBER

CHAPTER FOUR             VALUATION ANALYSIS

    

Introduction

             IV.1

Appraisal Guidelines

     IV.1

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

     IV.1

Valuation Analysis

     IV.2

1.    Financial Condition

     IV.2

2.    Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

     IV.4

3.    Asset Growth

     IV.5

4.    Primary Market Area

     IV.6

5.    Dividends

     IV.7

6.    Liquidity of the Shares

     IV.8

7.    Marketing of the Issue

     IV.9

A.    The Public Market

     IV.9

B.    The New Issue Market

     IV.13

C.    The Acquisition Market

     IV.15

D.    Trading in WFCB’s Stock

     IV.15

8.    Management

     IV.16

9.    Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

     IV.16

Summary of Adjustments

     IV.17

Valuation Approaches

     IV.17

1.    Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

     IV.19

2.    Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

     IV.21

3.    Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

     IV.23

Comparison to Recent Offerings

     IV.23

Valuation Conclusion

     IV.24

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

     IV.24    


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

LIST OF TABLES

iii

 

LIST OF TABLES

WCF BANCORP, INC.

WCF FINANCIAL BANK

Webster City, Iowa

 

TABLE
NUMBER
            DESCRIPTION    PAGE

1.1

  

Historical Balance Sheets

    I.7

1.2

  

Historical Income Statements

    I.11

2.1

  

Summary Demographic/Economic Data

    II.6

2.2

  

Largest Employers In Webster City, Iowa

    II.7

2.3

  

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

    II.8

2.4

  

Unemployment Trends

    II.9

2.5

  

Deposit Summary

    II.10

2.6

  

Market Area Deposit Competitors

    II.11

3.1

  

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

    III.3

3.2

  

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

    III.9

3.3

  

Income as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

    III.12

3.4

  

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

    III.15

3.5

  

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

    III.16

3.6

  

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

    III.18

4.1

  

Market Area Unemployment Rates

    IV.7

4.2

  

Recent Conversions Completed in Last Three Months

    IV.14

4.3

  

Valuation Adjustments

    IV.17

4.4

  

Impact of MHC Assets and Waived Dividends

    IV.20

4.5

  

Derivation of Core Earnings

    IV.21

4.6

  

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

    IV.22

4.7

  

Second Step Offering Information

    IV.24


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.1

 

I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

WCFB is a federally chartered mid-tier stock holding company organized in 1994 as the holding company for WCF Financial Bank, a federally-chartered savings bank headquartered in Webster City, Iowa, whose sole subsidiary is the Bank. Webster City Federal Bancorp’s parent company is WCF Financial, M.H.C., a federally chartered mutual holding company.

The Company’s operations are conducted through the headquarters office location in Webster City and a full-service branch office in Independence, Iowa. In January 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Independence Bank of Savings, Independence, Iowa, adding the single office location to the Company’s operations. The core business consists of attracting deposits from the general public in the communities where the offices are located, and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, primarily in loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate loans (including non-owner-occupied properties). The primary lending area is broader than the primary deposit market area and includes all of north central Iowa.

Webster City is the county seat for Hamilton County, Iowa and Independence is the county seat of Buchanan County, Iowa. The Company considers Hamilton County and Buchanan County, Iowa, and the surrounding contiguous counties, to be the primary market area for deposit gathering activities. Hamilton County is located approximately 60 miles north and Buchanan County is approximately 125 miles northeast of Des Moines, Iowa. Both counties consist primarily of small towns and rural areas. A map of the Company’s office locations is included in Exhibit I-1.

The Company’s principal activity is the ownership and management of its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. Besides the majority investment in the Company, the MHC maintains a balance of cash (that is deposited at the bank level), along with small amounts of other miscellaneous assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp had 3,019,005 shares of common stock outstanding, of which 522,476 shares, or 17.31%, were owned by the public, and the remaining 2,496,529 shares were held by the MHC. The public shares are traded on the OTC Pink Market Place under the trading symbol “WCFB”. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.2

 

WCF Financial Bank operates as a community-oriented financial institution offering traditional financial services to consumers and to a lesser extent, small businesses in the market area, thereby attracting deposits from the general public and primarily using those funds, together with FHLB advances, to originate owner occupied and non-owner occupied 1-4 family loans and consumer loans, and to a much lesser extent, commercial real estate/ multi-family and construction/land loans. At December 31, 2015, Webster City Federal Bancorp reported consolidated assets of $112.9 million, deposits of $88.1 million and stockholders’ equity of $14.6 million, equal to 12.92% of assets. The Company reported a minimal amount of intangible assets (both goodwill and core deposit intangible), created as a result of the acquisition of Independence, resulting in tangible equity of $14.5 million, or 12.85% of assets. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, the Company reported net income equal to $394,000, or 0.36% of average assets. The Company’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-2 and key operating ratios are shown in Exhibit I-3.

Plan of Conversion

The Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Company, and the Bank unanimously adopted the plan of conversion (the “Plan of Conversion”), pursuant to which the Company will convert from the three-tier MHC structure to the full stock holding company structure and concurrently conduct a Second Step Conversion offering (“Second Step Conversion” or “Offering”) that will include the sale of the MHC’s ownership interest in the Company. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, WCF Financial, M.H.C. will be merged into Webster City Federal Bancorp, and WCF Financial, M.H.C. will no longer exist. Webster City Federal Bancorp, which owns 100% of WCF Financial Bank, will be merged into a new Maryland corporation named WCF Bancorp, Inc. As part of the conversion, the 82.7% ownership interest of WCF Financial, M.H.C. in Webster City Federal Bancorp will be offered for sale in the stock offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the outstanding common stock of WCF Financial Bank will be owned by WCF Bancorp, and all of the outstanding common stock of WCF Bancorp will be owned by public stockholders.

Pursuant to the Second Step Conversion transaction, the Company will sell shares of its common stock in a subscription offering in descending order of priority to the Bank’s members and other stakeholders as follows: Eligible Account Holders; Tax-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans; Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and Other Members. Any shares of stock not


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.3

 

subscribed for by the above listed classes of persons may be offered for sale to certain members of the public through a community offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription or community offerings may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering. The Company will also issue exchange shares of its common stock to the current public shareholders in the Second Step Conversion transaction pursuant to an exchange ratio that will result in the same aggregate ownership percentage as immediately before the Offering, taking into account the impact of MHC assets in the Second Step Conversion, consistent with FRB policy with respect to the treatment of MHC assets. The dilution of the current minority ownership position to account for the MHC assets will be discussed in greater detail in the valuation analysis to follow (Section IV).

Purpose of the Reorganization

The Second Step Conversion is being pursued as part of the Company’s overall business plan to support growth of market share and competitive position in the marketplace. Additionally, the Conversion will:

 

   

Improve the Bank’s regulatory capital position;

 

   

Eliminate the uncertainties related to the mutual holding company structure;

 

   

Provide additional flexibility in terms of activities available to the holding company;

 

   

Improve the liquidity of the common shares of the Company through additional common shares outstanding and shareholders; and,

 

   

Facilitate future mergers and acquisitions.

Further, the Second Step Conversion will increase the public ownership, which is expected to improve the liquidity of the common stock.

The projected use of stock proceeds is highlighted below.

 

   

The Company. The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net conversion proceeds. At present, Company funds, net of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”), are expected to be invested initially into high quality investment securities with short-term maturities, generally consistent with the current investment mix. Over time, Company funds are anticipated to be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of regular and/or special cash dividends.

 


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.4

 

   

The Bank. The balance of the net conversion proceeds will be infused into the Bank. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, and are expected to initially be invested in short-term investments pending longer-term deployment, i.e., funding lending activities, purchasing loans in the market area, general corporate purposes and/or expansion and diversification.

 

The Company expects to continue to pursue a controlled growth strategy, leveraging its pro forma equity, and growing primarily through the current delivery channels. If appropriate, WCF Bancorp may also consider various capital management strategies to assist in the long run objective of increasing return on equity (“ROE”).

Strategic Overview

Throughout much of its corporate history, the Company’s strategic focus has been that of a community-oriented financial institution with a primary focus on meeting the borrowing, savings, and other financial needs of its local retail customers in Buchanan and Hamilton Counties, where the Company maintains branch offices. WCFB has historically pursued a traditional thrift business model pursuant to which the Bank has emphasized the origination of 1-4 family first mortgage loans, funded principally by retail deposits generated through the branch locations, supplemented with FHLB advances, as necessary. The Company has sought to emphasize high quality and flexible service, capitalizing on its local orientation and safety and soundness. The Company believes this philosophy has assisted the Company in remaining profitable during a stressed credit environment which prevailed as a result of the financial crisis in 2008 and subsequent years, when industry earnings were depressed as a result of credit-related expenses. At the same time, the Company’s business model which emphasizes portfolio investment in 1-4 family mortgage loans has limited the earnings potential given the highly competitive market segment of residential lending. WCFB has been successful in building the loan portfolio over the past few years, continuing a concentration in 1-4 family first position mortgage loans, and to a lesser extent, consumer loans.

WCFB’s primary lending activity is the origination of residential real estate loans secured by owner-occupied homes within the market area. The communities served by the Company in Buchanan County and Hamilton County are generally rural and have an agriculturally-based economy. Diversification into other types of lending has been limited in comparison to many regional competitors, and primarily includes single-family non-owner occupied and consumer lending. As of December 31, 2015, 87.0% of the total loan portfolio was secured by single-family real estate, inclusive of single-family non-owner occupied residential real estate loans (6.9% of


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.5

 

the total loan portfolio). In addition to retail deposits, the Company utilizes borrowings as an alternative funding source for purposes of maintaining balance sheet size, and managing funding costs and interest rate risk. The cash and investments portfolio includes investments in mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds and FHLB stock.

Retail deposits have consistently served as the primary interest-bearing funding source, followed by supplemental funding with borrowings. The Company has sought to increase the deposit base through providing a full line of deposit products. Going forward, the Company’s strategy is to attract and retain core deposits, including growing checking and other core accounts, primarily by offering competitive rates and providing a high level of service. The Company utilizes borrowings as a supplemental funding source to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. FHLB advances constitute the Company’s principal source of borrowings.

Post-Offering Business Plan

The post-Offering business plan of the Company reflects the intent to continue to offer the products and services which have been the Company’s emphasis in recent years. The increased equity from the Offering is expected to facilitate additional balance sheet growth and enhanced profitability, as well as increase the Company’s competitive posture and financial strength. In terms of specific strategies, the Company plans to undertake the following key elements of its business plan on a post-Offering basis:

 

   

Continue to Emphasize Owner Occupied Residential Mortgage Lending. The Company will seek to continue to focus on owner occupied residential mortgage lending activities which have comprised the majority of the Company’s lending to date. Coupled with the employment of relatively conservative underwriting guidelines and the ability to minimize credit-related losses has been an important factor in the Company’s profitability during a period when many regionally based community banks and thrifts were impacted by credit quality problems. Management believes the emphasis on this type of lending carries a lower credit risk than the other portions of their loan portfolio, contributing to the Company’s high asset quality.

 

   

Increase Core Deposits and Enhance Core Earnings. Over the past several years, the Company has focused on reducing the reliance on higher costing CDs in order to reduce the cost of funds while focusing on increasing lower-cost core deposit accounts. The Company will continue to concentrate on increasing the core deposit base of savings and transaction accounts by emphasizing additional product offerings and high quality service. The Company intends to pursue growth of core deposit relationships by expanding into nearby growing communities through potential additional branch locations or acquisitions.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.6

 

   

Increase Consumer Lending Activity. Similar to recent strategies, the Company intends to increase the origination levels of consumer loans, including automobile loans. These loans are advantageous as they carry higher interest rates and shorter maturities that traditional 1-4 family residential loans. Such loans also mary provide for additional fee income from the borrowers.

 

   

Maintain Single-Family Non-Owner Occupied Loans. The Company anticipates that single-family non-owner occupied loan opportunities will continue to be available as the market continues to grow eastward to the communities served by the Company. This area of lending helps diversify the Company’s loan portfolio, increases revenue due to the higher yields available on these loan types and increases the Company’s presence in the local market area.

 

   

Remain a Community-Oriented Institution. The Company’s competitive strengths are personalized, superior customer service, extensive knowledge of the local markets and borrowers, and flexibility to customer needs. Management believes that the Company’s community orientation is attractive to current and prospective customers and distinguishes them from the large banks operating in the market area.

Balance Sheet Growth Trends

Table 1.1 presents the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the most recent five fiscal years ended December 31, 2015. During the period from the end of fiscal 2011 through fiscal 2015, assets have increased steadily from a low of $91.8 million to a high of $112.9 million, with the increase occurring in fiscal 2014 from the acquisition of Independence, which added approximately $20 million in assets to the balance sheet. Otherwise, internal growth has been modest. Increases in assets were funded by increases of deposits and equity gained from the acquisition of Independence. The dollar amount of stockholders’ equity has increased over the period shown, although equity as a percent of assets declined from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2015 from 15.3% to 12.9% of assets, as asset growth exceeded the growth in equity.

Cash and cash equivalents increased at a 1.5% annual rate since the end of fiscal 2011, reaching $11.8 million (10.47% of assets) as of December 31, 2015. The levels of these assets depend on WCFB’s operating, financing, lending, and investing activities during any given period. The balance of loans receivable has fluctuated since fiscal 2011, and has generally remained in the range of 45% to 55% of assets. Deposits have historically comprised the majority of funding liabilities, and increased at an annual rate of 4.7% since the end of fiscal 2011, however, the deposit balance decreased over the last 12 months as a large public unit deposit account was withdrawn. Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to address funding needs for growth, as well as to support management of deposit costs and interest rate risk. From fiscal year end 2011 through December 31, 2015, borrowings increased at an annual rate of 7.1%, and reached a peak balance of $8.0 million as of December 31, 2015.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.7

 

Table 1.1

Webster City Federal Bancorp

Historical Balance Sheets

 

                                                                2011-2015  
    As of December 31,     Annualized  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Growth  
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Pct  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     (%)  

Total Amount of:

                     

Assets

    $91,824        100.00%        $92,923        100.00%        $92,524        100.00%        $111,235        100.00%        $112,916        100.00%        5.31%   

Loans Receivable (net)

    52,444        57.11%        45,437        48.90%        43,769        47.31%        55,039        49.48%        57,380        50.82%        2.27%   

Cash and Equivalents

    11,122        12.11%        19,932        21.45%        11,535        12.47%        9,134        8.21%        11,817        10.47%        1.53%   

Investment Securities

    24,445        26.62%        24,219        26.06%        33,549        36.26%        40,675        36.57%        36,526        32.35%        10.56%   

Fixed Assets

    1,429        1.56%        1,566        1.68%        1,564        1.69%        4,557        4.10%        4,570        4.05%        33.73%   

Goodwill

    0        0.00%        0        0.00%        0        0.00%        55        0.05%        55        0.05%        NM   

Core Deposit Intangible

    0        0.00%        0        0.00%        0        0.00%        26        0.02%        20        0.02%        NM   

Other Assets

    2,384        2.60%        1,770        1.90%        2,108        2.28%        1,748        1.57%        2,548        2.26%        1.68%   

Deposits

    $73,265        79.79%        $75,462        81.21%        $76,059        82.20%        $92,914        83.53%        $88,080        78.00%        4.71%   

FHLB Advances

    2,500        2.72%        1,000        1.08%        1,000        1.08%        1,000        0.90%        8,000        7.08%        33.75%   

Other Liabilities

    2,002        2.18%        1,654        1.78%        1,638        1.77%        2,499        2.25%        2,253        2.00%        3.00%   

Stockholders Equity

    14,057        15.31%        14,807        15.93%        13,827        14.94%        14,822        13.32%        14,583        12.92%        0.92%   

Tang. Stockholders Equity

    14,057        15.31%        14,807        15.93%        13,827        14.94%        14,741        13.25%        14,508        12.85%        0.79%   

Net Unrealized Gain/(Loss) on Investment/MBS Available for Sale

    $284        0.31%        $359        0.39%        ($703     -0.76%        $215        0.19%        $93        0.08%        -24.31%   

Public Shares

    771,330          765,930          713,423          723,360          522,476       

MHC Shares

    2,300,000          2,300,000          2,300,000          2,300,000          2,496,529       
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

Total Shares Outstanding

    3,071,330          3,065,930          3,013,423          3,023,360          3,019,005       

Stockholders Equity/Share

    $4.58          $4.83          $4.59          $4.90          $4.83       

Stockholders Tangible Equity/Share

    $4.58          $4.83          $4.59          $4.88          $4.81       

Loans/Deposits

    71.58%          60.21%          57.55%          59.24%          65.15%       

Offices Open

    1          1          1          2          2       

 

(1)

Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

Source: Webster City Federal Bancorp’s audited financial reports for 2010-2015.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.8

 

Equity increased at a 0.8% annual rate since the end of fiscal 2011 through December 31, 2015. Going forward, the post-Offering equity growth rate is expected to be impacted by a number of factors including the higher level of capitalization, the reinvestment and leveraging of the Offering proceeds, the expense of the stock benefit plans and, the potential impact of dividends and stock repurchases.

Loans Receivable

Loans receivable totaled $57.4 million, or 50.8% of total assets, as of December 31, 2015, and reflects 2.3% annual growth since the end of fiscal 2011. Over this period, the Company’s loan portfolio fluctuated from a high of $57.4 million in fiscal 2015 to a low of $43.8 million in fiscal 2013. The Company experienced a declining loan balance over the fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2013 period as interest rates declined to historically low levels, which accelerated loan repayment rates to levels in excess of WCFB’s origination volumes and the Company acted to sell additional loans into the secondary market. In addition, the economic recession of 2008-2009 also resulted in lower quality lending opportunities for the Company. The acquisition of Independence in fiscal 2014 added $10.5 million of loans to the loan portfolio. From fiscal 2014 through December 31, 2015 loans increased as the Company acted to increase consumer lending activities and from variances in the percentage of sales of fixed rate loans into the secondary market.

WCFB’s lending strategy has consistently reflected a very high concentration of 1-4 family first mortgage loans. Over the past two years the ratio of 1-4 family first mortgage loans to total loans has been above 80% of total loans, with the majority consisting of owner-occupied single family loans. The Company has limited other lending primarily to consumer and commercial real estate (including construction and land) loans, which are generally secured by a variety of commercial property and retail businesses. At December 31, 2015, commercial real estate and multi-family loans equaled 5.1% of total loans, which increased in relation to total loans from 4.7% at fiscal yearend 2014. Other areas of lending diversification for the Company at December 31, 2015, consumer loans (7.8% of total loans versus 5.5% at fiscal yearend 2014). The Company does not offer commercial business loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.9

 

Cash, Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities

The intent of the Company’s investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity, to generate a favorable return on excess investable funds, and to support the established credit and interest rate risk objectives. At December 31, 2015, all of the investment securities were classified as available for sale, totaling $36.5 million or 32.4% of assets. Mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) comprised 47.5% of entire securities portfolio as of December 31, 2015, with the portfolio consisting substantially of securities guaranteed or insured by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Other investment securities included municipal securities (51.0% of securities) and a small amount of corporate securities. See Exhibit I-4 for the investment portfolio composition.

The Company’s level of cash and equivalents ranged from 8.2% of assets at December 31, 2014 to 21.5% of assets at December 31, 2015. Cash and equivalents and time deposits increased by $2.7 million from fiscal 2014 to 2015 reflecting the short-term needs for funds and changes in the deposit portfolio.

No major changes to the composition and practices with respect to the management of the investment portfolio are anticipated over the near term, except that the level of cash and investments is anticipated to increase initially following the Second Step Conversion. Over the longer term, it is the Company’s desire to leverage the proceeds with loans to a greater extent than investment securities, but achievement of this objective will be dependent upon numerous factors, including loan demand, the competitive environment, and the interest rate environment. Management has indicated that leveraging of the expanded equity base by utilizing investment securities, including MBS, will continue to be evaluated based on market conditions, profitability, interest rate risk and other similar considerations.

Funding Structure

Since fiscal year end 2011, deposits have grown at a 4.7% annual rate, and the composition has changed modestly as the Company has strived to increase savings and transaction accounts and reduce reliance on time deposits. As a result of the foregoing actions, the composition of CDs to total deposits decreased from 57.4% for fiscal 2014 to 54.0% for fiscal 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company’s remaining deposits consisted of money market accounts (13.3% of total deposits), savings accounts (13.1% of total deposits), and interest and non-interest bearing NOW accounts (19.6% of total deposits). Over the last 12 months, the Company’s deposits decreased by $4.8 million, which was primarily due to a withdrawal of a single $3.0 million public unit deposit account. In the future, the Company intends to continue to market the core transaction accounts, primarily checking accounts, emphasizing high quality and competitive pricing for the products.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.10

 

As of December 31, 2015, borrowed funds totaled $8.0 million, representing 7.1% of total assets. The Company’s balance of borrowings increased from $1.0 million in fiscal 2012. FHLB of Des Moines advances are available to meet seasonal withdrawals of deposits, if any, and to permit increased lending. Certain additional borrowings were taken in fiscal 2015 in order to replace withdrawn deposits and maintain the earning asset base of the Company. The Company manages the funding base based on alternative funding costs and interest rate risk management considerations, and utilizes borrowings to assist in leveraging the equity base.

Equity

As of December 31, 2015, WCFB’s stockholders’ equity totaled $14.6 million, or 12.93% of assets, while tangible equity totaled $14.5 million or 12.85% of assets. The equity/assets ratio decreased from 15.31% to 12.93% of assets between fiscal year end 2011 and December 31, 2015, with the balance of equity impacted by net changes to retained earnings and changes to the AFS adjustment.

WCFB maintained surpluses relative to its regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2015, and was qualified as a “well capitalized” institution. The Offering proceeds will serve to further strengthen the Company’s regulatory capital position and support the Company’s strategies going forward. The ability to increase equity will be dependent upon the ability of WCFB to execute a business plan focused on balance sheet and earnings growth realized through growth of the residential mortgage loan portfolio, funds raised through the branch network, and potential acquisitions or de novo branching.

Income and Expense Trends

Table 1.2 shows the WCFB’s historical income statements for the past five fiscal years through December 31, 2015. The Company has consistently maintained profitable operations over the fiscal 2011 to 2015 time period, with the level of net income a result of underlying changes in the net interest margin, loan loss provisions, and operating expenses. Over the most recent 12 month period, changes in the various sections of the income statement caused a slight reduction in earnings. Over the time period shown in Table 1.2, net income ranged from a low of $127,000 (0.13% of average assets) in fiscal 2011 to a high of $822,000 (0.89% of average assets) in fiscal 2012 and equaled $393,000 (0.35% of average assets) for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015. Non-operating income and expenses have typically had a limited impact on earnings and consisted primarily of gains or losses on the sale of investment securities.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.11

 

Table 1.2

Webster City Federal Bancorp

Historical Income Statements

 

    For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
    2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Interest Income

    $4,214        4.44     $3,772        4.08     $3,274        3.57     $3,958        3.81     $3,707        3.31

Interest Expense

    (1,188 )       -1.25 %       (844 )       -0.91 %       (633 )       -0.69 %       (696 )       -0.67 %       (613 )       -0.55 %  

Net Interest Income

    $3,026        3.19     $2,928        3.17     $2,641        2.88     $3,262        3.14     $3,094        2.76

Provision for Loan Losses

    (174 )       -0.18 %       (129 )       -0.14 %       0        0.00 %       (18 )       -0.02 %       (190 )       -0.17 %  

  Net Interest Income after Provisions

    $2,853        3.00     $2,799        3.03     $2,641        2.88     $3,244        3.12     $2,904        2.59

Other Income

    $358        0.38     $567        0.61     $453        0.49     $281        0.27     $320        0.29

Operating Expense

    (3,147 )       -3.31 %       (2,793 )       -3.02 %       (2,286 )       -2.49 %       (2,814 )       -2.71 %       (2,748 )       -2.45 %  

Net Operating Income

    $64        0.07     $573        0.62     $809        0.88     $711        0.68     $476        0.42

Charitable Contribution

    0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     (260     -0.23

Gain(Loss)/Impairment on Securities

    $0        0.00 %       $585        0.63 %       $7        0.01 %       ($161 )       -0.16 %       $208        0.19 %  

  Total Non-Operating Income (Exp.)

    $0        0.00     $585        0.63     $7        0.01     ($161     -0.16     ($52     -0.05

  Net Income Before Tax

    $64        0.07     $1,158        1.25     $816        0.89     $550        0.53     $424        0.38

  Income Taxes

    64        0.07 %       (336 )       -0.36 %       (220 )       -0.24 %       (101 )       -0.10 %       (30 )       -0.03 %  

  Net Income (Loss)

    $127        0.13     $822        0.89     $595        0.65     $449        0.43     $394        0.35

Adjusted Earnings:

                   

  Net Income

    $127        0.13     $822        0.89     $595        0.65     $449        0.43     $394        0.35

Add(Deduct): Non-Operating (Inc)/Exp

    (0     0.00     (585     -0.63     (7     -0.01     161        0.16     52        0.05

Tax Effect

    0        0.00 %       234        0.25 %       3        0.00 %       (55 )       -0.05 %       (18 )       -0.02 %  

Adjusted Earnings:

    $127        0.13     $471        0.51     $591        0.64     $555        0.53     $429        0.38

Diluted Shares Outstanding

    3,072,174          3,071,167          3,050,328          2,976,444          3,021,904     

Reported Earnings Per Share ($):

    $0.04          $0.27          $0.20          $0.15          $0.13     

Adjusted Earnings Per Share ($):

    $0.04          $0.15          $0.19          $0.19          $0.14     

Memo:

                   

Efficiency Ratio (%)

    92.99       79.90       73.87       79.44       80.49  

Return on Equity (%)

    0.89       6.06       4.13       3.09       2.68  

Effective Tax Rate (%)

    -99.73       29.02       27.02       18.38       7.07  

 

(1)

Ratios are as a percent of average assets.

Source: Webster City Federal Bancorp’s audited financial reports for 2011-2015.

 


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.12

 

Net Interest Income

Over the period from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2015, net interest income has fluctuated in dollar amount, yet declined as a percent of average assets given the historical low interest rate environment, although such decline has been limited due to the large proportion of loans in portfolio with fixed rate characteristics. The Company’s balance sheet growth has helped maintain the level of net interest income, which totaled $3.1 million over the past 12 months. Both interest income and interest expense ratios have decreased since 2011, with the interest income ratio declining by 113 basis points and the interest expense ratio decreasing by 70 basis points. This trend is further evident in the yield/cost trends from 2014 to 2015, as the Company’s yield-cost spread decreased slightly from 2.92% in 2014 to 2.89% in 2015 as shown in Exhibit I-5. Following the Second Step Conversion, the Offering proceeds should increase net interest income, but have a limited impact on the Company’s overall spreads.

The impact of declining interest rates is more fully evidenced in the detailed financial data shown in Table 1.2, as interest income diminished from $4.2 million (4.44% of average assets) in fiscal 2011 to $3.7 million (3.31% of average assets) for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015. Over the corresponding timeframe, the Company’s interest expense diminished from $1.2 million in fiscal 2011 (1.25% of average assets) to $0.6 million (0.55% of average assets) for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s yield/cost spread remains subject to the margins inherent in its core business (i.e., funding residential mortgage loans primarily with CD deposits and, to a lesser extent, borrowings).

Loan Loss Provisions

For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015 loan loss provisions totaled $190,000, or 0.17% of average assets, which is currently at the highest level since 2011. The recent increase in provisions is largely due to increased growth in the loan portfolio as well as general risks associated with the Company’s market area which is concentrated in agriculture. The allowance for loan losses was $505,000 at December 31, 2015 compared to $361,000 at December 31, 2014. NPAs and net chargeoffs have remained relatively low over the time period, lessening the need for ALLLs and additional provisions.. Going forward, WCFB will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the level of ALLLs on a regular basis, and establish additional loan loss provisions in accordance with the Company’s asset classification and loss reserve policies. Exhibit I-6 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity during the review period.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.13

 

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest operating income has been an earnings contributor for the Company, and consists primarily traditional sources of fee income for a community bank, including deposit account fees and service charges and loan fee income. This income source has ranged from a high of $567,000 in fiscal 2012 to a low of $281,000 in fiscal 2014, and equaled $319,000 for fiscal 2015. Other sources of non-interest income include income from bank and credit card interchange fees and other miscellaneous fees and service charges. Since the Company is primarily a portfolio lender, it does not earn servicing income and loan fees such as late payment charges are limited, owing to the high credit quality of the portfolio. The concentration of deposit accounts in certificates of deposit also acts to limit deposit account fee income.

Operating Expenses

Since fiscal 2012, the dollar amount of annual operating expenses has remained relatively stable at approximately $2.7 million. Since that date, the operating expense ratio has decreased from 3.02% of average assets to 2.45% of average assets due to asset growth. WCFB’s expense base is relatively typical of a community bank, with the most significant expense categories consisting of personnel compensation and benefits, office occupancy and equipment and data processing expenses. Over the most recent 12 month period, the largest increase was in office property and equipment, which was offset by a decrease in data processing expense. Expenses are minimized through the two branch office operations and the relatively narrow product line of residential real estate lending.

Operating expenses are expected to increase on a post-offering basis as a result of the expense of the additional stock-related benefit plans. At the same time, WCF Bancorp will seek to offset anticipated growth in expenses from a profitability standpoint through balance sheet growth and by reinvestment of the offering proceeds into loans over the longer term. Additionally, the Company will strive to control its operating expenses, particularly since its thrift operating strategy limits the level of net interest and non-interest fee income, while recognizing, as a smaller institution, the Company is disproportionately affected by the continually increasing costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations, making it increasingly more difficult to control operating expenses.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.14

 

Non-Operating Income/Expense

Non-operating income and expenses have had a varied impact on earnings and have consisted primarily of gains or losses on the sale of investment securities, or impairments of certain securities in 2014. For fiscal 2015, the WCFB also incurred a non-operating loss in the form of a charitable contribution of $260,000 whereby the Company’s former headquarters office building was contributed to a local organization. These income or expense items are excluded from the Company’s earnings base for valuation purposes.

Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate has fluctuated over the last five fiscal years and equaled 7.1% for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015. This was abnormally low tax rate due to the charitable contribution noted above. The Company’s marginal tax rate, as stated in the prospectus, is 37.3%.

Efficiency Ratio

The Company’s efficiency ratio has remained relatively stable since fiscal 2012, and equaled 80.51% in fiscal 2015. The decline in the operating expense ratio has been offset in general by the reduction in the net interest income ratio. On a post-offering basis, the efficiency ratio may show some improvement from the benefit of reinvesting the proceeds from the Offering. However, a portion of the benefit is expected to be offset by the increased expense of the stock benefit plans.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The primary aspects of the Company’s interest rate risk management include:

 

  Ø

Using alternative funding sources, such as advances from the FHLB of Des Moines;

 

  Ø

Selling long term fixed-rate originations with terms-to-maturity in excess of 20 years into the secondary market;

 

  Ø

Continuing to emphasize increasing core deposits;

 

  Ø

Offering adjustable rate and shorter-term consumer loans;


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.15

 

  Ø

Investing in investment securities with variable rates or fixed rates of shorter maturity; and,

 

  Ø

Maintaining a strong level of interest-free equity to fund earning assets.

The Company’s primary lending strategy is focused on residential mortgage lending where demand is limited to fixed rate loans in the current market environment. Accordingly, there is an inherent mismatch in the duration of loans and the funding liabilities at this point in time. Thus, the Company’s balance sheet is liability-sensitive in the short-term (less than one year) and, thus, the net interest margin will be adversely affected during periods of rising and higher interest rates.

The Company has establish an Asset/Liability Management Committee to assess the level of risk, and in conjunction with an IRR management consultant, interest rate risk is being reviewed. The interest rate risk report as of December 31, 2015 indicates that the Company’s economic value of equity (“EVE”) would decline by 12.2% pursuant to a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, and decrease by 3.7% pursuant to a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates (see Exhibit I-5). Overall, the projected impact to the Company’s EVE suggests that the Company’s exposure to rising interest rates up to a 300 basis point rate shock is relatively significant, while a reduction in rates is highly unlikely given that short-term rates are near zero in the current environment. At the same time, the Company’s interest rate risk exposure is mitigated to an extent by the level of WCFB’s equity base, on both a pre- and post-shock basis.

The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Company’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s equity position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

Lending Activities and Strategy

Historically, the Company’s lending activities have been focused primarily on first position residential mortgage lending (both owner-occupied and non-owner occupied), and to a lesser extent on consumer lending and commercial mortgage lending. It is management’s intent to continue to emphasize the origination of single-family, owner-occupied and non-owner occupied loans, along with consumer loans. Details regarding the Company’s loan portfolio composition and characteristics are included in Exhibits I-6, I-7 and I-8. As of December 31, 2015, the components of the loan portfolio were as follows:


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.16

 

   

Permanent 1-4 family first mortgage loans secured by residential properties totaled $50.5 million, or 87.0% of total loans, thus comprising the majority of the loan portfolio, $46.5 million is owner occupied (80.1% of total loans) and $4.0 million is non-owner occupied (6.9% of total loans);

 

   

Consumer loans, including new and used automobile loans, home equity loans and other miscellaneous loans totaled $4.5 million, or 7.8% of total loans; and,

 

   

Commercial real estate mortgage loans, including a small balance of multi-family loans, totaled $3.0 million, or 5.1% of total loans.

Residential Lending

As of December 31, 2015, the majority of the loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans collateralized by owner-occupied and non-owner occupied single-family properties. The Company offers both fixed rate, and adjustable rate 1-4 family mortgage loans for portfolio, however due to the historically low interest rate environment and resulting customer preference, almost all 1-4 mortgage loans in portfolio have fixed rates of interest. Fixed rate loans are offered with terms of up to 30 years, and are generally underwritten to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac origination guidelines, which facilitate their sale into the secondary market. ARM loans originated by the Company typically adjust annually or every three, five or seven years indexed changes in a market based index. Changes in interest rates on the loans are usually limited to 2% per adjustment period and 6% over the life of the loan. WCFB does not offer “interest only” or “Option ARM” loans, or originated loans classified as “subprime”.

The Company generally requires private mortgage insurance for 1-4 family mortgage loans with a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 80% or more, and will originate loans with LTV’s of up to 90% with private mortgage insurance. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not originate a material amount 1-4 family residential loans with LTV in excess of 80%. The majority of 1-4 family mortgage loans originated by the Company are secured by residences in the local market area. In the past, the Company has generally retained fixed rate residential loans with terms of less than 20 years in portfolio, and sold loans with terms in excess of 20 years into the secondary market as part of interest rate risk management.

Non-owner occupied residential loans totaled $4.0 million, or 6.9% of total loans as of December 31, 2015. These loans carry increased risk given the source of income for loan repayment is from rental income. WCFB has specific underwriting guidelines for single-family non-owner occupied loans whereby the Company prepares a rental income cash flow analysis of the borrower and considers the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise,


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.17

 

credit history and profitability, and the value of the underlying property. In the recent low interest rate environment, these loans have been originated as fixed rate loans. The Company generally lends up to 75% of the property’s appraised value, while maturities are limited to 20 years. As of December 31, 2015, the largest non-owner occupied residential real estate loan had a balance of $194,000 and was performing in accordance with its terms.

Commercial Real Estate/Multi-Family Lending

As of December 31, 2015, multi-family and commercial real estate loans, including land and farm loans together equaled $3.0 million (5.1% of loans), representing a more modest lending activity for the Company. In recent periods, the Company has significantly reduced the emphasis on these types of loans, and does not intend to emphasize commercial real estate, land or multi-family loans going forward. These loans are attractive due to the higher average balances, higher yields and short terms-to-repricing of these loans. Security for such loans includes retail establishments, industrial buildings, service facilities or raw land. In recent periods, nearly all originations of these types of loans have been fixed rate, with terms of up to 20 years and a maximum LTV ratio of 75%. The Company generally requires a minimum debt service ratio of 1.15x. As of December 31, 2015, the largest commercial real estate loan in portfolio had a balance of $302,000 and was performing in accordance with its terms, while the average balance of such loans was $71,000.

The Company recognizes that commercial property lending involves additional risk in comparison to residential lending as loan repayment depends upon the ability of the property to produce income. Essentially all of the commercial real estate loans are secured by property with in the Company’s primary market area.

Non-Mortgage Lending

WCFB has not historically originated commercial and industrial loans, and maintained a zero balance of such loans as of December 31, 2015. Personal consumer loans are the second primary part of the Company’s lending operations. Consumer loans primarily consist of new and used automobile, home improvement, home equity, recreational vehicle loans and loans secured by certificates of deposit, and totaled $4.5 million, or 7.8% of total loans as of December 31, 2015. Home equity loans are included in the consumer loan balance and are secured by a first or second mortgage on residential property. Home equity loans can have either fixed or adjustable interest rates.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.18

 

Consumer loans represent the second largest segment of the loan portfolio and provide provide benefits such as enhanced yields on the loans and shorter terms-to-maturity. The Company’s strategic plan includes the intention to expand this portion of the loan portfolio.

Origination, Purchasing, and Servicing of Loans

The largest segment of the Company’s loan origination volume has historically consisted of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans consistent with the composition of the loan portfolio as previously discussed. Such loans are originated by loan personnel located in the office locations. Residential mortgage loan originations come from a number of sources, including customer referrals, word of mouth, real estate agents and home builders and walk-in traffic. The Company has not historically purchased loans from third parties, however did acquire approximately $10.5 million of loans in central Iowa as a result of the Independence transaction. Such loans consisted solely of 1-4 family residential loans. For the two years ended December 31, 2015, $14.3 million, or 76% of total originations, consisted of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans. A small portion of such originations were secured by investment property. The remaining loan originations for the two year period included $3.6 million of consumer loans (19% of originations) and $0.9 million of commercial real estate loans (5% of originations).

WCFB does engage in a level of loan sales, preferring to sell conforming fixed rate 1-4 family loans in general with terms to maturity of greater than 20 years into the secondary market on a servicing released basis. Such loan sales totaled $6.2 million in fiscal 2015. Exhibit I-9 provides a summary of the Company’s loan origination, purchases and sales activities over the past two fiscal years. Loan originations for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015 totaled $11.3 million, as compared to $7.5 million for fiscal 2014.

Asset Quality

Historically, the Company’s credit quality measures have implied relatively limited credit risk exposure, given the focus on 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and conservative loan underwriting practices. Further, most loans are secured by property in the local market area. Over the past four fiscal years, WCFB’s balance of NPAs has remained below 0.75% of average assets, and such NPAs totaled $795,000, or 0.70% of assets at December 31, 2015 (see Exhibit I-10 for details with respect to the Company’s asset quality). Balances of OREO have been minimal, and there have been zero balances of accruing troubled debt restructured loans. Thus, NPAs as of December 31, 2015 consisted primarily of non-accruing loans and accruing loans greater than 90 days delinquent. As of December 31, 2015, non-accrual loans were secured by farmland and residential property.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.19

 

WCFB maintains allowances for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) to recognize probable losses associated with the loan portfolio. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the ratio of allowances to non-performing loans declined as the ALLL balance increased, while the ratio of allowances to total loans increased. The reserve coverage ratio at December 31, 2015 equaled 103.7% of non-accruing loans and 0.87% of total loans. (See Exhibit I-5 for details with respect to the Company’s valuation allowances and loan charge-offs).

The overall level of NPAs remains low and loan charge-offs have been limited, reflective of WCFB’s conservative lending operations. The Company’s management reviews and classifies loans on a monthly basis and establishes loan loss provisions based on the overall quality, size, and composition of the loan portfolio, as well as other factors such as historical loss experience, industry trends, and local real estate market and economic conditions.

Funding Composition and Strategy

As of December 31, 2015, deposits equaled $88.1 million, or 78% of total assets. For the year end December 31, 2015, average total deposits were $91.3 million (see Exhibit I-11). Average deposits declined by $2.3 million during fiscal 2015, as the Company experienced a loss of higher costing certificates of deposit, with a portion of the deposit outflow replaced by higher balances of savings, money market and NOW accounts. The Company has made a concerted effort to increase lower-cost transaction deposit accounts and reduce the proportion of traditional higher cost CDs. For calendar year 2015, the Company’s average balance of time deposits equaled $49.3 million, or 54.0% of the Company’s average deposit base for that time period. At December 31, 2015, jumbo CDs (balances of $100,000 or more) equaled $13.3 million, or 29% of total CDs. The Company does not hold any brokered CDs. A table showing the maturity profile by interest rate of the certificate of deposit portfolio is presented in Exhibit I-12.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company’s remaining deposits consisted of money market accounts (13.3% of total deposits), savings accounts (13.2% of total deposits), and interest and non-interest bearing NOW accounts (19.6% of total deposits).


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

I.20

 

Borrowings have been utilized primarily as a supplemental funding source to fund cash flow needs and to facilitate interest rate risk management by extending the maturity profile of the liability base. The Company also utilizes borrowings when such funds are priced attractively relative to deposits and to generate additional liquid funds, if required. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s borrowings totaled $8.0 million, equal to 7.1% of total assets, and such borrowings were increased from $1.0 million for fiscal 2014 in order to replace certain of the deposit funds withdrawn during fiscal 2015. Such borrowings carried a weighted average interest rate of 2.17%, and $7 million of the borrowings were scheduled to mature during calendar year 2016. Exhibit I-13 provides details of the Company’s balances and interest rates on borrowings as of December 31, 2015.

Subsidiaries

Presently, WCFB has no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than WCF Financial. The Bank has one subsidiary, WCF Financial Service Corp, which is inactive and previously provided insurance products. Upon conversion, WCF Financial will become the subsidiary of WCF Bancorp.

Legal Proceedings

WCFB is not a party to any pending legal proceeding that the Company believes would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.1

 

II. OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Introduction

WCFB conducts its operations out of its main office in Webster City, Iowa, the county seat of Hamilton County, and a branch office location in Independence City, Buchanan County, Iowa. Hamilton County is a relatively rural market located in north-central Iowa and as of 2015 reported a total population of 15,000. Webster City is a community of approximately 8,000 residents within Hamilton County. The Company’s second office location is in Independence City, the county seat of Buchanan County, named after James Buchanan, the 15 th President of the United States. This office, acquired in 2014, is approximately 100 miles directly east of Webster City, to the east of Waterloo, Iowa, and thus is not in a contiguous market. WCFB considers the communities of Webster City and Independence and the immediate surrounding areas to the be the primary market areas for deposit gathering, while the Company’s lending activities are conducted over a broader region of norther central Iowa. Information regarding the Company’s office locations is included in Exhibit II-1.

WCFB focuses on providing personal service while meeting the needs of its retail customer base, emphasizes personalized banking services to retail customers and offers a broad array of deposit services including demand deposits, regular savings accounts, money market deposits, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Lending operations are focused on residential mortgage and consumer products.

Future business and growth opportunities will be partially influenced by economic and demographic characteristics of the regional markets, particularly the future growth and stability of the regional economy, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment for financial institutions. These factors outlined herein have been considered in the analysis of the Company’s pro forma market value.

National Economic Factors

The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the financial services industry and the economy as a whole. Since the end of the “great recession” in 2009, the national economy has recorded modest growth rates, in terms of gross domestic product (“GDP”), ranging from a low of 1.6% in calendar year 2011 to a high of 2.5% in calendar year 2010. GDP growth was 2.2% for


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.2

 

calendar year 2015 and projected to equal 2.6% in 2016, indicating positive, yet modest growth for the US economy. As a result of the recession, 7.0 million jobs were lost as the economy shrank and consumers cut back on spending, causing a reduction in the need for many products and services. Total personal wealth declined notably due to the housing crisis and the drop in real estate values. The economy has recorded slow, but steady job growth since reaching a low in early 2010, with 7.2 million jobs added to the economy through the end of 2014, resulting in an all-time high in the number of jobs in the United States. Employment growth was particularly strong in calendar year 2015, with 2.49 million jobs created. As of December 31, 2015, the total civilian employment base totaled 149.9 million.

Reflecting the ongoing Federal Reserve policy of limiting inflation, since calendar year 2010 the national annualized inflation rate has ranged from a low of 1.47% in 2013 to a high of 3.16% for 2011. These figures are somewhat lower than longer term averages. The national inflation rate was 1.62% for 2014, and averaged 0.5% through the 12 months ended November 2015, indicating a continuation of the modest inflationary environment in the current year. Indicating a level of continued improvement, the national unemployment rate equaled 5.0% as of December 2015, a decline from 5.6% as of December 2014 and from 6.7% as of December 2013. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it will continue efforts to stimulate growth in the economy, through raising interest rates. The previous strategy of fiscal stimulus through the purchasing of housing related assets from the private sector has been ended. Higher interest rates are expected to remain a focus in order to support the stock market.

The major stock exchange indices have continued to record positive results since the end of the recession in 2009, with the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) recording increases in each year through 2013 and double digit increases in calendar years 2009 and 2013. Economic growth, along with improved corporate profits through increased efficiencies has resulted in the higher stock index values. There has been notable period-to-period volatility based on various internal and external (worldwide) events. Since reaching a low of 6,547 in the first quarter of 2009, the DJIA has increased by approximately 170%, while the other major stock indices have also increased substantially. As an indication of the changes in the nation’s stock markets over the last 12 months, on December 31, 2015, the DJIA closed at 17,425.03, a decrease of 2.3% from December 31, 2014, and the NASDAQ Composite Index closed at 5,007.41 an increase of 5.4% over the same time period. The S&P 500 closed at 2,043.94 on December 31, 2015, a decrease of 0.7% from December 31, 2014.


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.3

 

Regarding factors that most directly impact the banking and financial services industries, the residential real estate industry has to a large extent recovered from the 2007-2009 housing crisis and recession. Following a relatively slow recovery through early 2012, since that time the number of housing foreclosures has remained modest, new and previously-owned home sales have increased, and residential housing prices have recorded double-digit increases in most metropolitan areas of the country. Home builders continue to report rising levels of activity for new home construction. The Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) predicts existing home sales in 2016 will increase by 5.0% from 2015 levels, and new home sales to increase by 17.0% in 2016 from levels in 2015. The MBA forecast also showed overall increases in the median sale prices for new and existing homes for 2016. Total mortgage production is forecasted to decline to $1.3 trillion in 2016 from $1.5 trillion in 2015. The commercial real estate market has also generally improved in terms of sales activity, lease terms and vacancy rates. However, recent market sentiment indicates that rising commercial real estate valuations coupled with low interest rates have created large demand for commercial real estate assets. As a result, regulators are watching the market closely as a recent Federal Reserve report highlighted the fact that valuation pressures in commercial real estate are rising as commercial property prices continue to increase rapidly. Other industry viewpoints include valuation expectations for the commercial real estate industry will be more moderate for 2016. The Sentiment Index, released by the Real Estate Roundtable, surveys commercial real estate executives on various market indicators. The results of this survey reflect that conditions are generally good, though there are concerns about global instability, rising interest rates, and the sense that growth opportunities may be getting harder to find at this stage in the cycle.

Based on the consensus outlook of nearly 63 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in December 2015, the U.S. economy is poised for stronger growth in 2016, with GDP growth at 2.2% for yearend 2015, due to lower gas prices, a tighter job market and expectation of steady wage gains. The forecast reveals the U.S. economy should grow at a similar pace of 2.6% in 2016. Most of the economists expect that the unemployment rate will continue to steadily decline, from 5.0% in December 2015 to 4.8% by June 2016, and is forecasted to fall to 4.7% by the end of 2016, which would be the lowest jobless rate since April 2008. On average, the economists expect the Federal Reserve to further raise its target rate in first quarter of 2016, and forecast an increase in 10-year Treasury yield to 2.86% by the end of 2016. Inflation pressures were forecasted to remain below 2.1% through the end of 2016 and the price of oil was expected to level up to approximately $50 a barrel through the end of 2016.


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.4

 

Interest Rate Environment

The Federal Reserve manages interest rates in order to promote economic growth and to avoid inflationary periods. The Fed has maintained a historically low interest rate environment since calendar year 2008 in reaction to the national recession and housing crisis and as an attempt to stimulate the housing market and overall economy. As of January 2009, the Discount Rate had been lowered to 0.50%, and the Federal Funds rate target was 0.00% to 0.25%. In February 2010, the Fed increased the discount rate to 0.75%, reflecting a slight change to monetary strategy. The effect of the interest rate decreases since mid-2008 has been most evident in short term rates, which decreased more than longer term rates, increasing the slope of the yield curve. The low interest rate environment has been maintained as part of a strategy to stimulate the economy by keeping both personal and business borrowing costs as low as possible. The strategy has achieved its goals, as borrowing costs for residential housing have been at historical lows, and the prime rate of interest remains at a low level.

As of December 31, 2015, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 0.65% and 2.27%, respectively, compared to 0.25% and 2.17% as of December 31, 2014. The overall low interest rates has had an unfavorable impact on the net interest margins of many financial institutions, as they rely on a spread between the yields on longer term assets and the costs of shorter term funding sources. In the last couple of years, asset yields have continued to decline, while material reductions in liability costs have ceased, resulting a gradual reduction in yield/cost spreads for many institutions. In addition, institutions who originate substantial volumes of prime-based loans have also given up yield as the prime rate declined from 5.00% as of June 30, 2008 to 3.25% as of December 31, 2008. This low interest rate environment, along with continued competition in the industry for quality loans, has placed downward pressure on net interest margins. However, most recently, the poor performance of the stock market contributed to interest rates edging lower ahead of the Federal Reserve’s mid-December meeting, which was followed by a spike up in interest rates as the Federal Reserve raised its federal funds target rate by 25 basis points as expected. Following the rate hike by the Federal Reserve, long-term Treasury yields stabilized through the second half of December. Historical interest rate trends are presented in Exhibit II-2.


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.5

 

Market Area Demographics

Future business and growth opportunities for WCF Bancorp are directly tied to the demographics and growth trends in the local markets served. As shown in Table 2.1, the Company operates in relatively small and slow growth markets. Hamilton County, the location of the Company’s home office, reported a total population of 15,000 as of 2015. In terms of key demographic statistics, Hamilton County’s population has realized declines in recent periods, as the population declined at a 0.6% annual rate from 2010 to 2015 compared to the statewide annual growth rate of 0.4% and nationwide annual growth rate of 0.7%. Furthermore, Hamilton County’s population is projected to continue to decline at a slightly higher annualized rate of 0.7% over the next six years, while the state of Iowa and the U.S. are projected to continue to realize growth in population size and total households. Buchanan County reveals somewhat more favorable demographic characteristics, reporting a population of 21,000 as of 2015, which has increased at an annual rate of 0.1% since 2010 and is expected to increase at a higher rate of 0.4% annually over the next six years. Buchanan County benefits from its location adjacent to the Waterloo, Iowa metropolitan area.

Table 2.1 also provides data regarding the distribution of residents by age categories, and indicates that the population of Hamilton County is on average older when compared to Buchanan County as well as Iowa in general. While older residents may provide a base of financial institution deposits for institutions such as Webster City, the lower number of younger residents may act to restrict future sources of business for financial institutions in terms of lending, deposits and other financial services.

Consistent with the less favorable demographic characteristics of Hamilton County, the Company’s home office market reported lower levels of income in terms of median household and per capita incomes when compared to state and national averages. In contrast, Buchanan County’s income levels were notably higher than Hamilton County and also higher than statewide and nationwide averages in 2015. Median household income in Hamilton County equaled $46,669 in 2015, while Buchanan County’s median income was $62,749. Projected increases in median household income and per capita income for Buchanan County surpass the projected rates for the state and nation over the next six years. These income statistics are also evident in the household income distribution figures of Table 2.1, with Hamilton County having the lowest distribution of household income above $100,000.


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.6

 

Table 2.1

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Summary Demographic/Economic Data

 

     Year      Growth Rate  
    

2010

    

2015

    

2021

    

2010-2015

    

2015-2021

 
                          (%)      (%)  

Population (000)

              

USA

     308,746         319,460         334,342         0.7%         0.8%   

Iowa

     3,046         3,111         3,206         0.4%         0.5%   

Hamilton, IA

     16         15         15         -0.6%         -0.7%   

Buchanan, IA

     21         21         21         0.1%         0.4%   

Households (000)

              

USA

     116,716         121,099         127,049         0.7%         0.8%   

Iowa

     1,222         1,254         1,299         0.5%         0.6%   

Hamilton, IA

     7         6         6         -0.4%         -0.6%   

Buchanan, IA

     8         8         9         0.3%         0.6%   

Median Household Income ($)

              

USA

     NA         53,706         59,865         NA         1.8%   

Iowa

     NA         54,659         60,449         NA         1.7%   

Hamilton, IA

     NA         46,669         45,906         NA         -0.3%   

Buchanan, IA

     NA         62,749         70,239         NA         1.9%   

Per Capita Income ($)

              

USA

     NA         28,840         32,569         NA         2.0%   

Iowa

     NA         28,862         32,610         NA         2.1%   

Hamilton, IA

     NA         24,492         24,507         NA         0.0%   

Buchanan, IA

     NA         30,478         35,756         NA         2.7%   

2015 Age Distribution (%)

     0-14 Yrs.         15-34 Yrs.         35-54 Yrs.         55-69 Yrs.         70+ Yrs.   

USA

     19.1         27.2         26.3         17.6         9.8   

Iowa

     19.3         26.8         24.6         18.1         11.2   

Hamilton, IA

     18.7         22.5         25.1         19.4         14.3   

Buchanan, IA

     22.0         23.5         24.6         18.4         11.5   

2015 HH Income Dist. (%)

    
 
Less Than
25,000
  
  
    
 
$25,000 to
50,000
  
  
    
 
$50,000 to
100,000
  
  
     $100,000+      

USA

     23.5         23.9         29.8         22.8      

Iowa

     21.3         25.0         33.4         20.3      

Hamilton, IA

     27.7         25.6         34.8         11.9      

Buchanan, IA

     15.8         22.7         37.5         23.9      

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

              


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.7

 

Local Economy

Hamilton County has an employment base across a number of industries including agriculture, manufacturing, food manufacturing, food processing and renewable fuels. Convenient transportation access via highway and rail is present, as Webster City is strategically located at the crossroads of Interstate 35 and US Highway 20. The city is located 3 hours south of Minneapolis, Minnesota and approximately an hour north of Des Moines, Iowa, and most Midwest metro areas can be reached within one day of driving from Webster City. Buchanan County has a well-established industrial, commercial and retail base which is tied in part to the Waterloo, Iowa metropolitan area economy.

Webster City is the headquarters location to several companies including Vantec, Van Diest Supply Company, Mary Ann’s Specialty Foods, Webster City Custom Meats, and Tasler, Inc., as shown in Table 2.2. Additionally, as a regional population center, the Van Diest Medical Center provides the surrounding area with health care access and is one of the local area’s largest employers. The economy of Webster City is largely dependent upon manufacturing and agricultural related sources, with Van Diest Supply Company currently ranking as the top employer in Webster City and other manufacturing companies making up the majority of the top employers. The Van Diest Supply Company is a family-owned business and leading manufacturer and distributor of agricultural chemicals. The Van Diest family has significantly contributed to the Webster City community, creating hundreds of manufacturing jobs for local residents and providing the financial backing for the construction of the area’s medical center, the Van Diest Medical Center, which is the second largest employer in Webster City.

Table 2.2

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Largest Employers in Webster City, Iowa

 

Company

  

Description

  

# of Employees

 

Van Diest Supply Company

   Fertilizers, ag. chemicals      600   

Van Diest Medical Center

   Critical Access Hospital      240   

Mary Ann’s Specialty Foods

   Meat Processing      220   

Webster City Custom Meats

   Meat Processing      200   

Hamilton County

   Local Government      125   

Vantec, Inc.

   Plastic Injection Molder      100   

Tasler, Inc.

   Pallet Manufacturer      100   

City of Webster City

   Local Government      70   

SGE Pork

   Pork Production      65   

Seneca Foundry

   Gray & Ductile Iron Foundry      50   

Cropland Containers

   Agriculture Containers      20   

Source: Webster City Economic Development.

  


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.8

 

Buchanan County’s economy is also focused on agriculture, agriculture-related and manufacturing employment. In addition, Buchanan County serves in part as a bedroom area for Waterloo, Iowa, as a notable portion of residents commute to jobs within the city of Waterloo. Companies such as Tyson Foods and Monsanto have recently relocated operations to the Independence area. Typical industries located in Buchanan County include food processing, plastics manufacturing and metals related manufacturing. In recent years, some employers have moved from the Waterloo area to Buchanan County.

Market Area Employment Sectors

As shown in Table 2.3 below, the State of Iowa, Hamilton County and Buchanan County reported the largest proportions of employment in services, wholesale/retail trade, finance and agriculture, indicative of a relatively diversified employment base. Buchanan County recorded a higher level of construction, agriculture, transportation and finance employment when compared to Hamilton County. Hamilton County reported higher levels of government and manufacturing employment. The emphasis on farming in both counties has a somewhat fluctuating impact on the local and regional economy, given the uncertain levels of farm product prices and overall farm income from year-to-year.

Table 2.3

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

            Hamilton      Buchanan  

Employment Sector

  

Iowa

    

County

    

County

 
     (% of Total Employment)  

Services

     31.4%         27.7%         28.4%   

Healthcare

     4.4%         3.4%         3.4%   

Government

     5.9%         9.1%         6.2%   

Wholesale/Retail Trade

     23.2%         23.6%         22.0%   

Finance/Insurance/Real Estate

     10.1%         8.1%         8.6%   

Manufacturing

     3.5%         5.5%         3.8%   

Construction

     8.1%         6.6%         9.7%   

Information

     0.9%         1.0%         1.3%   

Transportation/Utility

     4.6%         5.2%         5.7%   

Agriculture

     5.7%         7.6%         8.1%   

Other

     2.1%         2.2%         2.9%   
     100.0%         100.0%         100.0%   

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

        


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.9

 

Market Area Unemployment Data

Comparative unemployment rates for Hamilton County, Buchanan County, as well as for the U.S. and the state of Iowa are shown in Table 2.4. The unemployment data reveals that the respective December 2015 unemployment rates for Hamilton County, Buchanan County and Iowa were all well below the U.S. unemployment rate of 4.8%, indicating a somewhat more favorable employment and economic environment. Employment rates are somewhat impacted by the rate of population change, and the declining or stable population base in the market area places less upward pressure on unemployment rates. Paralleling the state and national trends, the unemployment rates for both market area counties have decreased over the past 12 months.

Table 2.4

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Unemployment Trends

 

     Unemployment Rate   Net

Region

  

Dec. 2014

 

Dec. 2015

 

Change

USA

   5.5%   4.8%   -0.7%

Iowa

   4.4%   3.6%   -0.8%

Hamilton, IA

   5.0%   4.1%   -0.9%

Buchanan, IA

   5.0%   3.8%   -1.2%

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

 

Deposit Trends and Competition

The competitive environment for financial institution products and services on a national, regional and local level can be expected to become even more competitive in the future. Consolidation in the banking industry provides economies of scale to the larger institutions, while the increased presence of investment options provides consumers with attractive investment alternatives to financial institutions. Forecasts of shrinkage in population in Hamilton County and slow growth in Hamilton County specifically, also place additional competitive pressures on financial institutions for deposits.

Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2010 through June 30, 2015 for Hamilton and Buchanan Counties, as well as for the state of Iowa. Consistent with the statewide trends, commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits in Hamilton and


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.10

 

Table 2.5

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Deposit Summary

 

     As of June 30,         
     2010      2015      Deposit  
            Market      No. of             Market      No. of      Growth Rate  
    

Deposits

    

Share

    

Branches

    

Deposits

    

Share

    

Branches

    

2010-2015

 
     (Dollars in Thousands)      (%)  

Iowa

     $66,491,241         100.0%         1,621         $78,297,487         100.0%         1,562         3.3%   

Commercial Banks

     56,270,154         84.6%         1,312         65,245,655         83.3%         1,296         3.0%   

Savings Institutions

     10,221,087         15.4%         309         13,051,832         16.7%         266         5.0%   

Hamilton, IA

     $349,668         100.0%         7         $401,682         100.0%         7         2.8%   

Commercial Banks

     279,717         80.0%         6         323,313         80.5%         6         2.9%   

Savings Institutions

     69,951         20.0%         1         78,369         19.5%         1         2.3%   

WCF Financial Bank

     69,951         20.0%         1         78,369         19.5%         1         2.3%   

Buchanan, IA

     $350,597         92.7%         13         $429,760         96.8%         13         4.2%   

Commercial Banks

     307,202         87.6%         12         399,342         92.9%         12         5.4%   

Savings Institutions

     17,775         5.1%         1         16,661         3.9%         1         -1.3%   

WCF Financial Bank

     17,775         5.1%         1         16,661         3.9%         1         ------   

 Source: FDIC.

                    

Buchanan Counties than savings institutions, with the Company being the only savings institution operating in either county.

For the five year period covered in Table 2.5, deposits have increased at an annual rate of 3.3% in Iowa, reflecting growth in commercial bank deposits, while savings institution deposits increased at a 5.0% compounded annual rate. As of June 30, 2015, commercial banks held 83.3% of total financial institution deposits, a moderate decrease in total market share from five years earlier. The annual deposit growth rate in Hamilton County over the last five years was lower at 2.8%, while Buchanan County’s deposits grew at a faster average annual rate of 4.2%. While the Company experienced 2.3% annual growth in deposits over the last five years in Hamilton County, its deposit market share declined from 20.0% to 19.5% of total county deposits over the same time period. Similarly, commercial banks in Hamilton County grew deposits at a 2.9% rate and increased their market share from 80.0% to 80.5% of the overall deposit base. In Buchanan County, savings institution deposits (consisting of Independence deposits as of 2010 and the Bank as of 2015), declined at a modest 1.3% rate over the five year period. As of June 30, 2015, there were five financial institutions operating within Hamilton County and seven within Buchanan County.


RP Financial, LC.

  

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET AREA

Page II.11

 

Market Area Competitors

The Bank faces notable competition in both deposit gathering and lending activities, including direct competition with several financial institutions that primarily have a local or regional presence. A listing of the largest banking deposit competitors in each market area county are shown below. Securities firms, credit unions, and mutual funds also represent major sources of competition in raising deposits. In many cases, these competitors are also seeking to provide some or all of the community-oriented services as Webster City. With regard to lending competition, the Company encounters the most significant competition from the same institutions providing deposit services. In addition, the Company competes with mortgage companies, independent mortgage brokers, and credit unions in originating mortgage loans. Some of Webster City Federal’s largest competitors include Fidelity Bancorp. and Van Diest Investment Company. Competitive pressures will also likely continue to build as the financial services industry continues to consolidate and as non-bank financial services providers continue to proliferate.

Table 2.6

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Market Area Deposit Competitors

 

          Market     

Location

  

Name

  

Share

  

Rank

          (06/30/2015)     

Hamilton County, IA

   Van Diest Investment Co.    50.35%    1
   Stark Bank Group Ltd.    25.01%    2
   Webster City Federal Bncp. (MHC)    19.51%    3 of 5
   Barlow Banking Corp.    2.69%    4
   U.S. Bancorp    2.44%    5

Buchanan County, IA

   Fidelity Ban Corp.    48.05%    1
   Independence Bancshares Inc.    19.04%    2
   FSB Financial Services Inc.    13.06%    3
   Herky Hawk Financial Corp.    8.89%    4
   Webster City Federal Bncp. (MHC)    3.88%    5 of 9

Source: SNL Financial, LC., Data as of June 30, 2015.

     


RP ® Financial, LC.   

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.1

 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

This chapter presents an analysis of WCFB’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of WCF Bancorp is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments to account for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to WCF Bancorp, individually or as a whole, key areas examined for differences to determine if valuation adjustments are appropriate were in the following areas: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and, effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Peer Group Selection

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded thrifts whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE) or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than “non-listed thrifts” i.e., those listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Boards, as well as those that are non-publicly traded and closely-held. Non-listed institutions are inappropriate since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies, and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. We typically exclude those that were converted less than one year as their financial results do not reflect a full year of reinvestment benefit and since the stock trading activity is not seasoned. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

Ideally, the Peer Group should be comprised of locally or regionally-based institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are 89 publicly-traded thrift institutions nationally, which includes seven publicly-traded MHCs. Given the limited number of public full stock thrifts, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions which are not directly comparable, but the overall group will still be the


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.2

 

“best fit” group. To the extent that key differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for such key differences. Since WCF Bancorp will be a full stock public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full stock companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group.

From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected 12 institutions with characteristics similar to those of WCFB. The selection criteria used along with the identification of the Peer Group is listed in Table 3.1 and is discussed further below:

 

   

Similar asset size to reflect comparable resource availability, in this case, the Peer Group assets was restricted to assets lower than $750 million.

 

   

The Peer Group must operate in the Company’s market or in market areas with similar operating and economic environments (Midwest region).

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 12 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-2 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and WCFB, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of WCFB’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to WCFB’s characteristics is detailed below.

 

   

Central Federal Corporation of OH (“CFBK”) CFBK operates from 4 offices in northeastern Ohio, with the headquarter office location in Worthington. CFBK’s asset composition reflects a higher proportion of loans and funding primarily through deposits, with a similar ratio of borrowings as a funding source than the Peer Group. Lending operations were more heavily focused on commercial business loans in comparison to the Peer Group median, which translated into a RWA-to-assets ratio at the upper end of the Peer Group range. CFBK recorded asset quality ratios less favorable than the Peer Group in terms of the level of NPAs. CFBK’s earnings were lower than the Peer Group average and median, with a higher level of interest income but lower non-interest income. At September 30, 2015, CFBK had total assets of $331 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 10.60%. For the 12 months ended September 30, 2015, CFBK reported earnings of 0.42% of average assets. CFBK had a market capitalization of $22 million at February 26, 2016.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.3

 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

As of December 31, 2015 or The Most Recent Date Available

 

                                              As of  
                                              February 17, 2016  
                            Total           Fiscal     Stock     Market  
Ticker   Financial Institution   Exchange   Industry   Region   City   State   Assets     Offices     Mth End     Price     Value  
                            ($Mil)                 ($)     ($Mil)  

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Worthington   OH   $ 331        4        Dec          $ 1.35      $ 21.65   

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Grand Island   NE   $ 223        6        Jun          $ 8.50      $ 29.56   

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Corydon   IN   $ 716        17        Dec          $     25.45      $ 70.21   

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Rochester   MN   $ 643        13        Dec          $ 11.00      $ 49.31   

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Watseka   IL   $ 560        6        Jun          $ 17.27      $ 69.32   

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Jacksonville   IL   $ 309        6        Dec          $ 24.25      $ 43.48   

LPSB

  La Porte Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   La Porte   IN   $ 543        7        Dec          $ 14.49      $ 80.80   

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Ashland   KY   $ 425        9        Dec          $ 17.09      $ 67.04   

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Lawrenceburg   IN   $ 510        8        Jun          $ 13.05      $       54.83   

WAYN

  Wayne Savings
Bancshares, Inc.
  NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Wooster   OH   $       424        12        Dec          $ 12.92      $ 35.93   

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   West Bend   WI   $ 671        9        Sep          $ 18.40      $ 77.81   

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   NASDAQ   Thrift   MW   Midland   MI   $ 344        3        Dec          $ 25.52      $ 55.63   

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

  

   


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.4

 

   

Equitable Financial Corporation of NE (“EQFN”) operates in the state of Nebraska from 6 office branch locations. EQFN’s asset composition reflects a loan portfolio more diversified into construction, multi-family, commercial real estate and commercial business lending than the Peer Group as a whole. EQFN had a tangible equity ratio higher than the Peer Group average. Risk Weighted Assets (“RWA”)-to-total assets were higher than the Peer Group because of the more diversified loan portfolio. EQFN’s asset quality ratios were generally less favorable than the Peer Group as a whole and earnings were comparatively close to the Peer Group average and median reflecting net recoveries on loan loss provisions but higher operating expenses. At December 31, 2015, EQFN had total assets of $223 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 15.9%. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, EQFN reported earnings of 0.61% of average assets, which is comparable to the Peer Group average, and core earnings of 0.48% of average assets. EQFN had a market capitalization of $30 million at February 26, 2016.

 

   

First Capital, Inc. of IN (“FCAP”) operates from 17 offices in the Corydon, Indiana region. FCAP’s asset composition reflects a higher proportion of cash and investments in comparison to the Peer Group average and a much lower proportion of loans as a percent of assets. Funding composition was higher in deposits than the Peer Group medians. Lending operations were less focused on commercial real estate and commercial business lending, yet more focused on consumer lending, which translated into a RWA assets-to-assets ratio that was slightly below the Peer Group average and median. FCAP recorded a NPAs/Assets ratio in line with the Peer Group average and median, reserve coverage ratios were less favorable than Peer Group medians, and earnings were the highest compared to Peer Group net income ratios. At December 31, 2015, FCAP had total assets of $716 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 11.7%. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, FCAP reported earnings of 1.04% of average assets, the highest of the Peer Group ratios. FCAP had a market capitalization of $73 million at February 26, 2016.

 

   

HMN Financial, Inc. of MN (“HMNF”) operates through 13 branch offices in southern Minnesota. HMNF’s balance sheet reflects a similar investment in loans receivable and higher investment in deposits in comparison to the Peer Group medians. HMNF maintains a greater level of investment in commercial real estate lending in comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians, and higher investment in construction loans than the Peer Group. The risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio was somewhat higher than the Peer Group average and median. HMNF’s asset quality ratios were generally less favorable than the Peer Group averages and medians. At December 31, 2015, HMNF reported total assets of $643 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 10.8%. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, HMNF reported earnings of 0.50% or average assets and core earnings of 0.61%, lower than the Peer Group averages and medians. HMNF had a market capitalization of $50 million at February 26, 2016.

 

   

IF Bancorp, Inc. of IL (“IROQ”) operates through 6 branches in central Illinois. IROQ’s balance sheet reflects a similar investment in loans receivable and higher borrowed funds in comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians. IROQ maintains a diversified loan portfolio with levels closely aligned with the Peer Group averages and medians, while multi-family loans exceeded the Peer Group median. The risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio was comparable to the Peer Group average and median. IROQ’s


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.5

 

 

asset quality ratios were mostly more favorable in comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians. At December 31, 2015, IROQ reported total assets of $560 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 14.4%. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, IROQ reported earnings of 0.58% of average assets and core earnings of 0.55% of average assets, slightly lower than the Peer Group average and median. IROQ had a market capitalization of $71 million at February 26, 2016.

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc. of IL (“JXSB”) is among the smallest of the Peer Group companies, in terms of total assets ($309 million), and operates through 6 offices in southern Illinois in markets adjacent to Jacksonville, Illinois. In comparison to the Peer Group, JXSB’s asset composition reflected a lower proportion of loans and higher proportion of investment securities, while JXSB’s funding composition was more dependent upon borrowings in comparison to the Peer Group aggregates. JXSB’s portfolio diversification was comparable to the Peer Group proportions, with the exception of higher commercial business and consumer lending. The risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio was slightly lower than the Peer Group average and median. JXSB’s asset quality ratios were all notably more favorable than the Peer Group averages and medians, and earnings were above the Peer average and median. At December 31, 2015, JXSB reported total assets of $309 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 13.9%. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, JXSB reported earnings of 0.99%, and core earnings figure of 0.91%, among the upper figures of all Peer Group members. JXSB had a market capitalization of $45 million at February 26, 2016.

La Porte Bancorp, Inc. of IN (“LPSB”) operates from 7 offices in northern Indiana. LPSB’s asset composition reflects a lower level of loans and a higher level of investment securities than the Peer Group averages and medians and a loan portfolio composition that is diversified, with the highest concentration in commercial business lending compared to the Peer aggregates. The risk weighted assets (“RWA”) to total assets ratio was similar to the Peer Group median. LPSB’s asset quality ratios were generally in line with or somewhat more favorable than the Peer Group as a whole and earnings were slightly above the Peer Group average and median. At December 31, 2015, LPSB reported total assets of $543 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 14.2%. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, LPSB reported earnings of 0.89% of average assets, which is above the Peer Group average, and core earnings of 0.91% of average assets. LPSB had a market capitalization of $81 million at February 26, 2016.

 

   

Poage Bankshares, Inc. of KY (“PBSK”) PBSK operates out of 9 offices in northeastern Kentucky. In comparison to the Peer Group, PBSK’s asset composition reflected a slightly higher proportion of loans and lower investment securities, while PBSK’s funding composition was less dependent upon borrowings in comparison to the Peer Group aggregates. Lending operations were morae focused on 1-4 family residential lending than the Peer Group averages and medians, and less focused on all other applicable loan types examined than Peer Group averages and medians, with the exception of consumer loans, which translated into a RWA assets-to-assets ratio that was below the Peer Group average and median. PBSK’s NPAs/assets ratio was slightly more favorable than the Peer Group average and median, while other asset quality metrics were less favorable than the Peer Group averages. PBSK’s earnings were above the average and median of the Peer Group, supported by its strong net interest income ratio. At September 30, 2015, PBSK reported total assets of $425 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 16.0%. For the 12 months ended September 30, 2015, PBSK reported earnings equal to 0.88% of average assets. PBSK had a market capitalization of $66 million at February 26, 2016.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.6

 

   

United Community Bancorp of IN (“UCBA”) operates through 8 branch offices in southern Indiana. In comparison to the Peer Group, UCBA’s asset composition is heavily weighted to investment securities, with UCBA maintaining the lowest investment in loans of all Peer Group members. The minimal lending operations were all less than Peer Group averages and medians, with minimal non-residential mortgage and non-mortgage loans. UCBA’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was thus the lowest of the Peer Group. UCBA’s asset quality ratios were less favorable than the Peer Group averages and medians, with the highest non-performing loans portion of loans receivable. UCBA’s earnings were lower than the Peer Group median, due to limited net interest income. At December 31, 2015, UCBA reported total assets of $510 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 12.6%. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, UCBA reported earnings equal to 0.59% of average assets and core earnings of 0.42% of average assets. UCBA had a market capitalization of $57 million at February 26, 2016.

 

   

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc. of OH (“WAYN”) operates through 12 branch offices in central Ohio. WAYN’s asset composition reflects a lower proportion of loans and a higher proportion of investments than the Peer Group average. Funding levels with deposits is similar to the Peer Group average, while the ratio of borrowings is higher than the Peer Group median and average. Lending operations were more heavily focused on 1-4 family residential loans and MBS than the Peer Group average and medians, while investment in CRE and commercial business loans were at the lower end of the Peer Group range. As a result, these investment percentages translated into a RWA assets-to-assets ratio that was the well below most Peer Group members. WAYN recorded asset quality ratios that are more favorable in terms of NPAs, but less favorable for reserve coverage ratios. WAYN’s earnings were lower than the Peer Group average and median, reflecting a low net interest income ratio and lower non-interest income than the Peer Group as a whole. At September 30, 2015, WAYN had total assets of $424 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 9.0%. For the 12 months ended September 30, 2015, WAYN reported earnings of 0.41% of average assets and core earnings of 0.16%, among the lowest of the Peer Group range.

 

   

Westbury Bancorp, Inc. of WI (“WBB”) operates through 9 branches in southeastern Wisconsin, near Milwaukee. WBB’s balance sheet reflects a greater investment in loans receivable in comparison to the Peer Group average and median. WBB maintains a diversified loan portfolio with levels of multi-family and commercial real estate loans exceeding the Peer Group averages and medians. The risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio was higher than the Peer Group average and median. WBB’s asset quality ratios were all notably more favorable than the Peer Group averages and medians, with the most favorable reserve coverage ratios compared to the Peer aggregates. At December 31, 2015, WBB reported total assets of $671 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 11.8%. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, WBB reported earnings of 0.64% of average assets and core earnings of 0.88% of average assets. WBB had a market capitalization of $81 million at February 26, 2016.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.7

 

   

Wolverine Bancorp of MI (“WBKC”) operates through 3 branches in Michigan, with the main branch in Midland. WBKC’s balance sheet reflects the greatest investment in loans receivable and higher borrowed funds in comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians. WBKC maintains a diversified loan portfolio with levels of CRE, multi-family and construction loans exceeding the Peer Group averages and medians. Moreover, WBKC maintains a minimal investment in MBS compared to the Peer Group average and median. The risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio was at the upper range of the Peer Group members. WBKC’s asset quality ratios were in general unfavorable in comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians, while the reserve coverage ratios were more favorable. At September 30, 2015, WBKC reported total assets of $344 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 18.2%. For the 12 months ended September 30, 2015, WBKC reported earnings of 1.02% of average assets, representing the highest figures of all Peer Group members. WBKC had a market capitalization of $56 million at February 17, 2016.

In the aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintain a higher tangible equity level, in comparison to the industry median (14.0% of assets versus 11.4% for all non-MHC public companies) and generate a lower level of core profitability (0.42% of average assets for the Peer Group versus 0.66% for all non-MHC public companies). The Peer Group reported a lower core ROE than the industry median (3.77% for the Peer Group versus 5.21% for all non-MHC public companies). The Peer Group’s pricing ratios were at a discount to all full stock publicly traded thrift institutions on a P/TB basis.

 

     All Non-MHC      Peer  
     Public-Thrifts      Group  

Financial Characteristics (Medians)

     

Assets ($Mil)

       $1,005                 $468           

Market Capitalization ($Mil)

     $123                 $56           

Tangible Equity/Assets (%)

     11.4%               14.0%         

Core Return on Average Assets (%)

     0.66%             0.42%       

Core Return on Average Equity (%)

     5.21%             3.77%       

Pricing Ratios (Medians) (1)

     

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     17.57x             19.24x       

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     107.62%             92.16%       

Price/Assets (%)

     12.74%             12.69%       

(1) Based on market prices as of February 26, 2016.

The thrifts selected for the Peer Group were relatively comparable to WCFB in terms of all of the selection criteria and are considered the “best fit” group. While there are many similarities between WCFB and the Peer Group on average, there are some notable differences that lead to valuation adjustments. The following comparative analysis highlights key similarities and differences between WCFB and the Peer Group.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.8

 

Financial Condition

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for WCFB and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined previously. The Company’s ratios reflect balances as of December 31, 2015 while the Peer Group’s ratios reflect balances as of December 31, 2015 or the most recent date available. On a reported and tangible basis, WCFB’s equity-to-assets ratio and tangible equity to assets ratio of 12.92% and 12.85% were below the Peer Group’s median equity/assets and tangible equity/assets ratios of 13.79% and 13.26%, respectively. The more modest differential in the tangible equity ratios reflects the lower proportion of goodwill and other intangible assets for WCFB in comparison to the Peer Group (0.07% for WCFB and 0.23% for the Peer Group median).

The Company’s pro forma equity position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds, providing the Company with an equity and tangible equity ratio that will be above the Peer Group’s ratios. WCF Bancorp’s pro forma equity/assets ratio is expected to be in the range of 20% to 23%. The increase in WCFB’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs. At the same time, the Company’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity results. Both WCFB’s and the Peer Group’s equity ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s regulatory surpluses will become more significant. Additionally, the ability to leverage the increased equity and improve the ROE will be dependent upon the ability of the Company to execute a business plan focused on balance sheet and earnings growth.

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Company and the Peer Group contained some differences. The Company’s loans-to-assets ratio of 50.82% was much lower than the comparable median Peer Group ratio of 72.83%, indicating a level of restriction on interest income for the Company as loans represent higher yielding assets than investment securities. At the same time, WCFB’s level of cash and investments, equal to 42.82% of assets was above the comparable Peer Group average and median of 23.62% and 25.10%. WCFB also had no investment in BOLI, while the median ratio for the Peer Group was 1.56%. Overall, WCFB’s interest-earning assets amounted to 92.84% of assets, which was slightly lower than the Peer Group’s average ratio of 95.60% and median of 97.93%. WCFB’s funding composition reflected


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.9

 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

            Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets  
            Cash &     MBS &           Net           Borrowed     Sub.     Total     Goodwill     Tangible  
            Equivalents     Invest     BOLI     Loans (1)     Deposits     Funds     Debt     Equity     & Intang     Equity  

WCF Bancorp

  IA     10.47     32.35     0.00     50.82     78.00     7.08     0.00     12.92     0.07     12.85

    December 31, 2015

                     

All Public Companies

                     

    Averages

    5.21     17.09     1.93     72.01     73.17     12.35     0.42     13.26     0.66     12.55

    Medians

    3.97     14.09     1.90     73.58     73.70     11.68     0.00     11.86     0.02     11.41

Comparable Group

                     

    Averages

    5.95     17.67     1.55     71.98     80.02     5.35     0.26     13.68     0.44     13.24

    Medians

    5.94     19.16     1.56     72.83     82.77     4.46     0.00     13.79     0.23     13.26

Comparable Group

                     

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation   OH     6.21     4.08     1.44     85.72     82.61     4.37     1.56     10.60     0.00     10.60

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NE     9.32     0.82     0.00     85.09     83.52     0.00     0.00     15.86     0.00     15.86

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.   IN     17.58     20.80     1.30     65.65     89.01     0.00     0.00     12.81     1.16     11.65

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.   MN     6.19     17.52     0.00     72.60     86.97     1.40     0.00     10.83     0.06     10.77

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.   IL     1.05     21.79     1.50     73.87     72.63     11.99     0.00     14.38     0.00     14.38

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   IL     2.00     29.10     2.30     62.14     77.54     6.42     0.00     14.78     0.88     13.89

LPSB

  La Porte Bancorp, Inc.   IN     5.90     23.25     2.74     63.54     71.97     10.13     0.95     15.75     1.58     14.17

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   KY     4.01     16.19     1.62     73.06     78.86     2.92     0.65     16.65     0.64     16.02

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   IN     4.60     37.28     3.33     51.61     83.71     2.55     0.00     13.19     0.57     12.63

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   OH     1.38     26.88     2.24     66.60     83.31     6.22     0.00     9.37     0.41     8.97

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.   WI     5.97     13.43     2.07     74.19     82.94     4.55     0.00     11.80     0.00     11.80

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   MI     7.21     0.93     0.00     89.65     67.18     13.67     0.00     18.18     0.00     18.18

 

            Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates     Regulatory Capital  
                  MBS, Cash &                 Borrows.     Total     Tangible     Tier 1     Tier 1     Risk-Based  
            Assets     Investments     Loans     Deposits     &Subdebt     Equity     Equity     Leverage     Risk-Based     Capital  

WCF Bancorp

  IA     1.51     -2.94     4.25     -5.20     700.00     -1.61     -1.58     12.24     26.75     27.78

    December 31, 2015

                     

All Public Companies

                     

    Averages

    11.76     1.39     16.05     10.87     18.93     11.98     9.06     13.67     21.64     22.16

    Medians

    7.90     -1.89     12.10     8.19     9.89     2.24     3.13     11.87     18.01     18.42

Comparable Group

                     

    Averages

    9.12     -10.76     10.61     11.07     -15.41     5.82     6.07     12.47     16.77     17.86

    Medians

    4.01     -10.65     10.00     7.26     -8.50     1.52     1.78     11.97     16.23     17.09

Comparable Group

                     

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation   OH     7.74     -16.83     11.84     9.11     0.00     2.24     1.79     11.12     12.40     13.67

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NE     12.92     3.51     14.85     12.95     -100.00     75.53     75.53     11.70     13.50     14.80

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.   IN     51.41     2.07     0.69     54.42     0.00     5.88     6.50     12.24     15.39     16.20

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.   MN     11.38     -21.21     27.17     12.61     NM        -8.38     -15.27     11.46     14.08     15.35

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.   IL     1.90     -20.03     20.88     0.38     20.39     -3.76     -1.29     14.50     19.20     20.40

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   IL     -1.07     -14.21     4.46     -2.70     -8.50     1.30     4.84     12.82     17.90     19.15

LPSB

  La Porte Bancorp, Inc.   IN     4.74     -12.32     12.46     14.73     -33.22     3.84     3.06     13.31     17.06     17.97

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   KY     3.29     -2.74     4.00     5.41     -34.93     6.03     3.84     15.36     23.62     24.30

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   IN     0.24     -8.27     5.44     1.55     -13.33     -4.92     1.78     11.40     21.42     22.68

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   OH     2.50     -8.97     8.17     1.99     13.03     -1.13     -0.69     8.80     13.58     14.59

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.   WI     12.78     -7.27     13.01     17.66     -1.61     -8.56     -8.87     9.77     12.09     12.99

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   MI     1.55     -22.78     4.36     4.78     -11.32     1.74     1.61     17.10     20.94     22.22

(1) Includes loans held for sale.

(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.10

 

a slightly lower level of deposits and a greater reliance on borrowings as a supplemental funding source than the Peer Group. On a pro forma basis, immediately following the Second-Step Conversion, a portion of the proceeds will initially be invested into shorter-term investment securities, increasing the relative proportion of cash and investments for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group over the short term, pending longer term deployment into higher yielding loans. Furthermore, the IEA advantage for the Company will strengthen.

WCFB’s funding composition reflected a lower level of deposits and a greater reliance on borrowings as a supplemental funding source than the Peer Group. Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Company and the Peer Group average, as a percent of assets, equaled 85.08% and 85.64%, respectively. Following the increase in equity provided by the net proceeds of the stock offering, the Company’s ratio of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets will continue to be less than the Peer Group’s ratio. A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its IEA/IBL ratio. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio is slightly lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 110.1% and 111.3%, respectively. The additional equity realized from stock proceeds will serve to strengthen WCFB’s IEA/IBL ratio in comparison to the Peer Group ratio, as the increase in equity provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items, with growth rates for WCFB based on the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and the Peer Group based on annual growth rates for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015 or most recent date available. WCFB recorded modest asset growth of 1.51% compared to median asset growth of 4.01% for the Peer Group. Within the Company’s asset base, cash and investments decreased at an annual rate of 2.94%, which was more than offset by a 4.25% increase in loans. WCFB’s asset growth was funded primarily by a 700.0% increase in borrowings, while deposits decreased by 5.20%. The Peer Group’s asset base also recorded a decline in cash and investments and growth in loans over the 12 month period. Moreover, the Peer Group reported notable growth in deposits (7.26%), offset in part by a reduction in borrowings.

Equity levels have slightly decreased over the past year, at a 1.61% annual rate over the last fiscal year for WCFB, versus a 1.52% increase in equity balances for the Peer Group. The increase in equity realized from stock proceeds will likely depress the Company’s equity growth rate initially following the stock offering. Dividend payments and stock repurchases, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines could also potentially slow the Company’s equity growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.11

 

Income and Expense Components

Table 3.3 shows comparative income statement measures for WCFB and the Peer Group, reflecting earnings for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 for the Company and the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, or the most recent date available, for the Peer Group. WCFB reported net income of 0.36% of average assets, which fell below the Peer Group’s net income ratios of 0.71% and 0.63% of average assets based on the average and median, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company benefited from a lower level of operating expenses and a lower effective tax rate. Offsetting these factors was lower net interest income, higher provisions for loan losses and lower non-interest income in comparison to the Peer Group.

WCFB reported a lower net interest income to average assets ratio of 2.76% versus 3.18% for the Peer Group median, which was reflective of the Company’s slightly lower yield-cost spread, due to WCFB’s lower yield on interest-earning assets (3.58% versus 3.97% for the Peer Group median). Funding costs were similar for both. The lower interest income reflects in part the higher proportion of lower yielding residential loans in portfolio versus the Peer Group. The higher interest expense reflects in part the greater use of higher cost borrowings and the concentration of certificates of deposit in the Company’s deposit base. The impact of the foregoing characteristics of the Company and the Peer Group’s yields and costs are reflected in the reported ratios of interest income and expense to average assets. In this regard, the Company’s interest income to average assets was below the Peer Group, while the ratio of interest expense was slightly higher in comparison to the Peer Group median.

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Company reported a lower ratio of operating expenses, 2.45% of average assets versus the Peer Group median (2.97% of average assets). In addition, WCFB maintained a comparatively lower number of employees relative to its asset size. Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $5.65 million for the Company, versus a comparable measure of $4.37 million for the Peer Group. On a post-offering basis, the Company’s operating expenses can be expected to increase with the addition of the ESOP and certain expenses that result from being a publicly-traded company, with such expenses already impacting the Peer Group’s operating expenses. At the same time, WCFB’s capacity to leverage operating expenses will be enhanced following the increase in capital realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.12

 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

                  Net Interest Income           Non-Interest Income           Non-Op. Items           Yields, Costs, and Spreads              
                                    Loss     NII     Gain     Other     Total                 Provision                       MEMO:     MEMO:  
            Net                       Provis.     After     on Sale of     Non-Int     Non-Int     Net Gains/     Extrao.     for     Yield     Cost     Yld-Cost     Assets/     Effective  
           

Income

   

Income

   

Expense

   

NII

   

on IEA

   

Provis.

   

Loans

   

Income

   

Expense

   

Losses (1)

   

Items

   

Taxes

   

On IEA

   

Of IBL

   

Spread

   

FTE Emp.

   

Tax Rate

 
            (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)           (%)  

WCF Bancorp

  IA                                  

    December 31, 2015

      0.36%        3.31%        0.55%        2.76%        0.17%        2.59%        0.00%        0.28%        2.45%        -0.05%        0.00%        0.03%        3.58%        0.69%        2.89%                  $5,645        7.09%   

All Public Companies

                                   

    Averages

    0.67%        3.56%        0.58%        2.97%        0.06%        2.91%        0.41%        0.54%        2.84%        -0.02%        0.00%        0.24%        3.81%        0.77%        3.03%        $6,811        23.73%   

    Medians

    0.65%        3.54%        0.57%        2.98%        0.07%        2.90%        0.05%        0.44%        2.69%        0.00%        0.00%        0.28%        3.84%        0.76%        3.05%        $5,872        32.11%   

Comparable Group

                                   

    Averages

      0.71%        3.71%        0.49%        3.21%        0.08%        3.14%        0.15%        0.64%        3.04%        0.05%        0.00%        0.21%        3.96%        0.65%        3.29%        $4,645        17.31%   

    Medians

      0.63%        3.68%        0.49%        3.18%        0.07%        3.11%        0.16%        0.65%        2.97%        0.01%        0.00%        0.24%        3.97%        0.62%        3.24%        $4,369        23.10%   

Comparable Group

                                   

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation   OH     0.42%        3.81%        0.76%        3.05%        0.09%        2.96%        0.17%        0.33%        3.03%        0.00%        0.00%        0.00%        4.04%        0.92%        3.12%        $5,680        0.00%   

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NE     0.61%        3.77%        0.53%        3.24%        -0.26%        3.50%        0.34%        0.76%        3.62%        -0.01%        0.00%        0.37%        3.98%        0.75%        3.23%        $3,321        37.59%   

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.   IN     1.04%        3.73%        0.20%        3.53%        0.01%        3.52%        0.17%        0.83%        2.91%        -0.05%        0.00%        0.39%        4.25%        0.29%        3.96%        $4,029        27.37%   

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.   MN     0.50%        3.62%        0.25%        3.37%        -0.03%        3.40%        0.33%        0.91%        3.92%        0.05%        0.00%        0.27%        3.77%        0.26%        3.40%        $3,393        35.27%   

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.   IL     0.58%        3.49%        0.56%        2.93%        0.20%        2.73%        0.03%        0.61%        2.52%        0.06%        0.00%        0.32%        3.55%        0.73%        2.81%        $5,632        35.77%   

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   IL     0.99%        3.77%        0.37%        3.40%        0.05%        3.36%        0.06%        1.17%        3.35%        0.11%        0.00%        0.35%        4.05%        0.50%        3.55%        $3,318        26.07%   

LPSB

  La Porte Bancorp, Inc.   IN     0.89%        3.63%        0.52%        3.11%        0.05%        3.06%        0.15%        0.34%        2.53%        0.02%        0.00%        0.21%        3.96%        0.66%        3.24%        $4,748        18.82%   

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   KY     0.88%        4.51%        0.53%        3.98%        0.23%        3.75%        0.16%        0.54%        3.67%        0.28%        0.00%        0.18%        4.80%        0.71%        4.09%        $3,833        17.32%   

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   IN     0.59%        2.99%        0.43%        2.56%        -0.06%        2.62%        0.05%        0.70%        2.68%        -0.01%        0.00%        0.09%        3.24%        0.58%        2.65%        $4,708        13.66%   

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   OH     0.41%        3.42%        0.47%        2.96%        0.27%        2.69%        0.05%        0.40%        2.63%        0.00%        0.00%        0.10%        3.60%        0.58%        3.02%        $3,859        20.14%   

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.   WI     0.64%        3.37%        0.33%        3.04%        0.12%        2.92%        0.08%        0.91%        3.45%        -0.03%        0.00%        -0.23%        3.78%        0.50%        3.28%        $5,479        -56.68%   

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   MI     1.02%        4.39%        0.98%        3.41%        0.25%        3.16%        0.18%        0.17%        2.22%        0.22%        0.00%        0.49%        4.45%        1.28%        3.17%        $7,736        32.45%   

(1) Net gains/losses includes gain/loss on sale of securities and nonrecurring income and expense.

(2) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.13

 

When viewed together, net interest income and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a savings institution’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities. In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income divided by operating expenses), the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings were similar, based on respective expense coverage ratios of 1.13x for WCFB and 1.07x for the Peer Group. A ratio less than 1.00x typically indicates that an institution depends on non-interest operating income to achieve profitable operations.

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a higher contribution to the Peer Group’s earnings than WCFB’s earnings. Non-interest operating income equaled 0.28% and 0.65% of WCFB’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively. The Company reported no gains on sale of loans, while the Peer Group reported gains on the sale of loans of 0.16% of average assets over the most recent 12 month period. Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, WCFB’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 80.59% was less favorable than that of the Peer Group (74.44%).

Loan loss provisions had a larger impact on the Company’s earnings than the Peer Group’s earnings with loan loss provisions established by WCFB equaling 0.17% of average assets, higher than the Peer Group median of 0.07% of average assets, notwithstanding the more favorable asset quality ratios recorded by the Company.

For the latest 12 month period, the Company and the Peer Group reported minimal amounts of similar net non-operating gains/losses equal to -0.05% and 0.01% of average assets. Non-operating income for WCFB reflected the gain recorded on the sale of investment securities ($208,000), offset by a loss recorded on the charitable contribution of the Company’s former headquarters office to a third party. Typically, gains and losses generated from non-operating items are viewed as non-recurring in nature, particularly to the extent that such gains and losses result from the sale of investments or other assets that are not considered to be part of an institution’s core operations. Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Company’s or the Peer Group’s earnings.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.14

 

For the latest 12 month period, the Peer Group reported a median effective tax rate of 23.10%, while WCFB reported an effective tax rate of 7.09%. As indicated in the prospectus, the Company’s effective marginal tax rate is assumed to equal 34% when calculating the after tax return on conversion proceeds.

Loan Composition

Table 3.4 presents data related to the comparative loan portfolio composition (including the investment in MBS) for WCFB and the Peer Group. The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans relative to the Peer Group median (44.92% of assets versus 30.78% for the Peer Group). The Company’s higher ratio was attributable to maintaining higher concentrations of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans relative to the Peer Group’s ratios. The Company reported no balance of loans serviced for others, while the vast majority of Peer Group members reported a balance of loans serviced for others, which based on the median totaled $62.37 million. The Peer Group also maintained balances of loan servicing intangibles.

Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was more significant for the Peer Group compared to the Company, as all loans outside of residential 1-4 family loans (including home equity loans and HELOCs) equaled 36.10% of assets for the Peer Group and 5.93% of assets for the Company. Less diversification of the loan portfolio also resulted in WCFB’s much lower risk weighted assets- to-assets ratio as compared to the Peer Group (43.35% versus 74.18% for the Peer Group). In fact, WCFB’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was lower than all of the Peer Group companies, which ranged from 53.76% to 87.41%. The Peer Group reported the most significant diversification into commercial real estate lending (21.40% of assets), followed by commercial business lending (6.56% of assets). The Company’s highest level of lending diversification was in consumer lending (4.05% of assets).

Credit Risk

Based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Company’s credit risk exposure was considered to be somewhat more favorable in comparison to the Peer Group’s. As shown in Table 3.5, the Company’s NPAs/assets (including performing TDRs) ratios equaled 0.70%, versus comparable measure of 1.48% for the Peer Group median. The ratio of REO to assets was also much lower for the Company (0.01%) versus the Peer Group median at 0.15%. WCFB reported more favorable reserve coverage ratios compared to the Peer Group, but a


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.15

 

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

               Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets                       
                      1-4      Constr.      Multi-             Commerc.             RWA/      Serviced      Servicing  
              

MBS

    

Family

    

& Land

    

Family

    

Comm RE

    

Business

    

Consumer

    

Assets

    

For Others

    

Assets

 
               (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)      ($000)      ($000)  

WCF Bancorp

   IA                              

    December 31, 2015

        0.00%         44.92%         0.64%         0.31%         0.93%         0.00%         4.05%         43.35%         $0         $0   

All Public Companies

                                

    Averages

        9.92%         32.18%         3.68%         10.01%         18.58%         4.85%         1.56%         65.74%         $2,499,887         $18,157   

    Medians

        7.95%         31.06%         2.45%         4.33%         17.93%         3.24%         0.33%         64.49%         $82,428         $501   

Comparable Group

                                

    Averages

        7.12%         26.44%         3.78%         6.78%         22.16%         10.78%         1.91%         73.96%         $79,625         $497   

    Medians

        7.32%         23.46%         2.91%         3.84%         21.40%         6.56%         1.39%         74.18%         $62,373         $433   

Comparable Group

                                

CFBK

   Central Federal Corporation    OH      0.29%         18.11%         9.81%         9.23%         23.99%         24.88%         1.76%         87.41%         $5,779         $12   

EQFN

   Equitable Financial Corp.    NE      0.44%         23.62%         4.25%         4.10%         33.29%         19.63%         1.48%         84.66%         $97,258         $658   

FCAP

   First Capital, Inc.    IN      7.17%         22.97%         4.30%         3.59%         11.05%         3.65%         5.51%         72.57%         $369         $0   

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.    MN      1.14%         22.75%         8.58%         2.05%         27.76%         9.69%         1.31%         79.12%         $318,180         $1,447   

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.    IL      5.20%         27.52%         0.64%         13.39%         20.27%         7.30%         1.52%         74.21%         $75,747         $500   

JXSB

   Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    IL      7.51%         18.89%         2.27%         2.12%         22.52%         13.55%         4.32%         70.43%         $131,443         $598   

LPSB

   La Porte Bancorp, Inc.    IN      8.81%         12.35%         3.36%         4.36%         15.08%         29.73%         0.79%         74.14%         $59,428         $335   

PBSK

   Poage Bankshares, Inc.    KY      7.46%         46.91%         0.95%         1.15%         14.51%         5.82%         4.19%         64.09%         $0         $342   

UCBA

   United Community Bancorp    IN      20.65%         33.51%         1.02%         3.47%         11.31%         1.68%         0.84%         53.76%         $65,318         $497   

WAYN

   Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    OH      18.26%         42.47%         1.42%         2.94%         18.59%         4.32%         0.30%         64.58%         $34,919         $369   

WBB

   Westbury Bancorp, Inc.    WI      8.45%         24.90%         2.45%         17.81%         24.38%         4.78%         0.62%         79.38%         $153,509         $1,136   

WBKC

   Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    MI      0.00%         23.30%         6.33%         17.10%         43.20%         4.32%         0.33%         83.12%         $13,546         $68   

(1) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source:  SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.16

 

Table 3.5

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

                     NPAs &                          Rsrves/               
               REO/     90+Del/      NPLs/      Rsrves/      Rsrves/     NPAs &      Net Loan     NLCs/  
              

Assets

   

Assets (1)

    

Loans (1)

    

Loans HFI

    

NPLs (1)

   

90+Del (1)

    

Chargeoffs (2)

   

Loans

 
               (%)     (%)      (%)      (%)      (%)     (%)      ($000)     (%)  

WCF Bancorp

   IA                     

    December 31, 2015

        0.01     0.70%         0.85%         0.88%         103.70     63.52%         $46        0.08

All Public Companies

                       

    Averages

        0.21     1.35%         1.64%         1.07%         106.55     78.67%         $2,295        0.08

    Medians

        0.11     1.25%         1.35%         0.96%         79.67     69.04%         $289        0.05

Comparable Group

                       

    Averages

        0.25     1.64%         1.98%         1.50%         79.19     67.49%         $128        0.01

    Medians

        0.15     1.48%         1.92%         1.46%         74.85     63.97%         $195        0.05

Comparable Group

                       

CFBK

   Central Federal Corporation    OH      0.49     2.44%         2.22%         2.25%         100.87     80.50%         $9        0.00

EQFN

   Equitable Financial Corp.    NE      0.15     2.80%         3.06%         1.46%         47.83     45.25%         ($962     -0.54

FCAP

   First Capital, Inc.    IN      0.68     1.56%         2.01%         0.94%         57.43     30.52%         $1,500        0.10

HMNF

   HMN Financial, Inc.    MN      0.32     2.15%         2.42%         1.99%         81.36     66.05%         ($1,541     -0.38

IROQ

   IF Bancorp, Inc.    IL      0.03     1.05%         1.28%         NA         93.90     85.81%         $194        0.05

JXSB

   Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    IL      0.11     1.16%         1.66%         1.52%         90.73     82.06%         $196        0.18

LPSB

   La Porte Bancorp, Inc.    IN      0.41     1.09%         1.50%         1.05%         68.33     61.89%         $216        0.07

PBSK

   Poage Bankshares, Inc.    KY      0.49     1.40%         1.24%         0.64%         52.02     33.75%         $732        0.24

UCBA

   United Community Bancorp    IN      0.04     1.77%         3.29%         1.79%         54.41     53.04%         ($21     -0.01

WAYN

   Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    OH      0.03     1.26%         1.83%         0.96%         52.74     51.59%         $1,103        0.41

WBB

   Westbury Bancorp, Inc.    WI      0.15     0.69%         0.73%         0.95%         129.66     102.37%         $227        0.05

WBKC

   Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    MI      0.08     2.36%         2.47%         3.00%         120.94     117.06%         ($113     -0.04

(1) Includes TDRs for the Company and the Peer Group.

(2) Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.

(3) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source:  SNL Financial, LC and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obrained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.17

 

lower ratio of reserves as a percent of loans (0.88% versus 1.46% for the Peer Group median) and similar level of reserves as a percent of NPAs (63.52% versus 63.97% for the Peer Group median). Reserves as a percent of NPLs were higher (103.70% versus 74.85% for the Peer Group median). Net loan charge-offs as a percent of loans were lower for the Company, while net loan charge-offs as a percentage of loans for the Company equaled 0.08% of loans versus 0.05% of loans for the Peer Group median.

Interest Rate Risk

Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, WCFB’s interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be somewhat more favorable than the Peer Group. The Company’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios were higher than the Peer Group, thereby implying a lower dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain the net interest margin for the Company. The Company reported a higher level of non-interest earning assets, a less favorable comparative factor, which provides an indication of the earnings capabilities and interest rate risk of the balance sheet. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to further improve the Company’s balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics in comparison to the Peer Group, particularly with respect to the increases that will be realized in the Company’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for WCFB and the Peer Group. The relative fluctuations in the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratio were considered to be higher than the Peer Group and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.6, WCFB was viewed as maintaining a somewhat higher degree of interest rate risk exposure in the net interest margin. The stability of the Company’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding WCFB’s assets.

Summary

Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of WCFB. In those areas where notable differences exist, we will apply appropriate valuation adjustments in the next section.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

III.18

 

Table 3.6

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of December 31, 2015 or the Most Recent Date Available

 

            Balance Sheet Measures                                      
            Tangible           Non-Earn.     Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income  
            Equity/     IEA/     Assets/                                      
            Assets     IBL     Assets     9/30/2015     6/30/2015     3/31/2015     12/31/2014     9/30/2014     6/30/2014  
            (%)     (%)     (%)     (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)  

WCF Bancorp

  IA                  

December 31, 2015

      12.9     110.1     6.4     3        -6        -58        49        14        1   

All Public Companies

      12.6     109.7     5.7     3        1        -7        2        0        2   

Comparable Group

                   

Average

      13.3     111.7     4.4     9        2        -9        2        4        4   

Median

      13.4     111.3     5.0     4        2        -6        -2        1        0   

Comparable Group

                   

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation   OH     10.6     108.4     4.0     -5        -11        -10        -4        24        22   

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.   NE     15.9     114.0     4.8     38        22        -27        -19        NA        NA   

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.   IN     11.7     116.9     -4.0     4        4        -11        -9        -5        8   

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.   MN     10.8     109.0     3.7     -6        14        -2        7        15        -32   

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.   IL     14.4     114.3     3.3     5        5        -1        1        -1        -1   

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.   IL     14.0     111.0     6.8     -4        0        9        -6        1        -4   

LPSB

  La Porte Bancorp, Inc.   IN     14.4     111.6     7.3     -11        5        8        3        11        7   

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.   KY     16.1     113.2     6.7     15        -15        -41        51        -14        56   

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp   IN     12.7     108.4     6.5     4        5        -1        16        7        -12   

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.   OH     9.0     106.0     5.1     4        -3        -4        0        -8        -3   

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.   WI     11.8     107.0     6.4     11        1        -7        -6        14        0   

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.   MI     18.2     121.0     2.2     50        -7        -18        -6        0        1   

 

(1) Ratios are based on the date of the most recent financial statements disclosed in the offering prospectus.

Source:  SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2016 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This section presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Company’s second step conversion offering.

Appraisal Guidelines

The federal regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the FRB, the OCC and the FDIC specify the pro forma market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of a converting thrift. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and, (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of the valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Section III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a stock on a given day.

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the stock issuance, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in WCFB’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor WCFB’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks and WCFB’s stock


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.2

 

specifically; and, (4) monitor pending conversion offerings both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur prior to the close of the offering, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the Offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including WCF Bancorp’s value, or WCF Bancorp’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

Valuation Analysis

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.

 

1.

Financial Condition

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial condition are noted as follows:


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.3

 

 
  ¡

Overall Asset/Liability Composition. In comparison to the Peer Group, the Company’s IEA composition showed a much lower concentration of loans and a higher concentration of cash and investments. Lending diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans was more significant for the Peer Group, as the Company reported the vast majority of its loan portfolio in residential lending (inclusive of investment in MBS). Due to this greater concentration in residential loans and securities, WCFB reported a lower RWA-to-assets ratio in comparison to the Peer Group. The Company’s IEA composition results in a lower comparative yield. This loan portfolio structure and lending focus on residential lending is not expected to change following the offering. The Company’s IBL cost was moderately higher than the Peer Group’s cost of funds. Overall, the Company maintained a lower level of interest-earning assets and a similar level of interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a lower IEA/IBL ratio for the Company of 110.1% versus 111.3% for the Peer Group. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio should improve to a level that exceeds the Peer Group’s ratio.

 

  ¡

Credit Quality. Key credit quality measures for WCFB were more favorable than the Peer Group, as the Company has been successful in limiting problem assets. Specifically, the ratio of other real estate owned (“OREO”)/assets, NPAs/assets and NPLs/loans were much lower than the comparable Peer Group ratios. Loss reserves as a percent of NPLs were well above the Peer Group’s average and median ratios (given the very low level of NPLs), while reserve coverage in terms of loans were less favorable given the ALLL calculations which are dependent in part on historical asset quality parameters. The Company also reported a small amount of net loan charge-offs in recent periods, compared to modest levels for the Peer Group. As noted above, the Company’s RWA-to-assets ratio was much lower than the Peer Group’s average and median ratios as well.

 

  ¡

Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Company’s currently higher level of cash and investment securities will increase on a post conversion basis. All of WCFB’s current investment portfolio is classified as AFS which makes these funds available for liquidity purposes if needed. Following the infusion of net stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into shorter term investment securities, while proceeds infused into the Bank will be deployed into investments, pending the longer-term deployment into loans. The Company’s future borrowing capacity is considered to be similar to the Peer Group, given the modest amount of borrowings held by each.

 

  ¡

Funding Liabilities . The Company’s IBL composition reflects a lower level of deposits and a higher concentration of borrowings relative to the Peer Group (resulting in a similar IBL ratio due to the similar equity position versus the Peer Group). WCFB’s cost of funds is somewhat above the Peer Group’s ratio. Following the stock offering, the increase in the Company’s equity position will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Company’s assets to a level that is lower than the Peer Group’s ratio of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets.

 

  ¡

Tangible Equity . The Company’s currently slightly lower tangible equity ratio will be strengthened as a result of the stock offering, and such ratio will substantially exceed the Peer Group’s current average and median figures. Thus, WCF Bancorp will have more leverage capacity, a lower dependence on IBL to fund assets and a higher capacity to absorb unanticipated losses. At the same time, the higher equity ratio will make it make somewhat harder to achieve a competitive return on equity.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.4

 

On balance, WCFB’s balance sheet financial condition was considered to be less favorable than for the Peer Group, therefore, we have applied a slight downward adjustment for the Company’s financial condition relative to the Peer Group.

 

2.

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of a financial institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

  ¡

Earnings . WCFB’s reported and core ROAA equaled 0.35% and 0.38% for the last 12 months of operations, which was lower than the Peer Group average and median ratios of 0.61% and 0.42%. The Company’s lower profitability in comparison to the Peer Group was due to a lower net interest income ratio and lower non-interest income, which were partially offset by lower operating expenses. Reinvestment and leveraging of the pro forma equity position will serve to increase the Company’s earnings, although the expense associated with operating as a publicly-traded company and the stock benefit plans will limit the initial earnings increase. While the Company is planning to pursue some loan growth and increase consumer lending to further its competitive profile and improve earnings and interest rate risk, such growth is anticipated to be relatively modest, initially.

 

  ¡

Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the net interest income ratio indicated a higher degree of volatility for the Company. Other measures of interest rate risk, such as the tangible equity ratio and the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio were more favorable for WCFB. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios that will exceed the Peer Group ratios, and the additional interest-free equity should enhance the stability of the Company’s net interest margin through the reinvestment of stock proceeds into IEA. At the same time, while empirical data regarding interest rate risk for the Peer Group is not consistently available, the Company’s business model focused on fixed rate 1-4 family mortgage lending (with a concentration of such loans in portfolio) funded by shorter term deposits has created a liability sensitive position for the Company – the decline in the EVE ratio pursuant to a 200 basis point rate increase is 12.2%, which reflects a level of risk exposure in a rising interest rate environment.

 

  ¡

Credit Risk . Loan loss provisions were a greater factor in the Company’s most recent fiscal year income statement in comparison to the Peer Group, although such provisions were incurred in response to recent loan growth and greater perceived risk in the lending operations in general. In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, the Company maintained a lower concentration of assets in loans, but less lending diversification into higher credit risk loans, which resulted in a lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group’s average and median ratio. NPAs and NPLs were lower for the Company compared to the Peer Group while


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.5

 

 

reserve coverage in relation to NPAs was higher (with the exception of the reserves/loans ratio), indicative of the Company’s more favorable credit quality. Historical loan chargeoffs have also been minimal for both the Company and the Peer Group.

 

  ¡

Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the Company maintained a less favorable interest rate spread than the Peer Group, which would tend to support a stronger net interest margin going forward for the Peer Group. Second, the infusion of stock proceeds will increase the Company’s earnings growth potential with respect to increasing earnings through leverage. While the Company will be implementing a business plan to pursue earnings growth based on moderate loan growth, such loan growth will likely remain in residential lending, and the impact to earnings is expected to be realized only gradually and the plan will entail execution risk. WCFB’s market area compares unfavorably to the Peer Group market areas in terms of population size, income levels and growth rates, all of which reduce earnings growth potential for a financial institution.

 

  ¡

Return on Equity . The Company’s core ROE currently falls below the average and median of the Peer Group core ROE. As the result of the increase in equity that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Company’s equity base, the Company’s pro forma return equity on a core earnings basis will be reduced and be less favorable to the Peer Group’s core ROE.

On balance, WCF Bancorp’s pro forma earnings strength, growth potential and viability was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s, primarily considering the Company’s relative interest rate risk exposure and pro forma ROE. Accordingly, a slight downward adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

3.

Asset Growth

WCFB’s assets increased at an annual rate of 1.51% during the most recent 12 month period, below the Peer Group’s average and median reported asset growth rates of 9.12% and 4.01% over the same time period. Eleven of the 12 Peer Group companies reported asset growth over the most recent 12 month period. The Company’s asset growth was realized in 4.25% loan growth, the stated strategic objective, which was partially funded with cash and investments. Similarly, the Peer Group experienced declines in their cash and investment portfolios, which funded the loan growth. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating greater leverage capacity for the Company. WCF Bancorp’s much higher pro forma equity position and modest earnings rate will provide the ability to continue to expand the loan portfolio and pursue balance sheet growth. The Company’s market area characteristics, in particular population size and growth rates, indicate some restriction of growth potential of a financial institution. On balance, no adjustment was applied in the valuation process for asset growth.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.6

 

4.

Primary Market Area

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. WCFB’s primary market areas for deposits are considered to be the communities and immediate surrounding areas of Webster City and Independence, the locations of the Company’s offices. WCFB’s primary lending area is somewhat larger and includes all of north central Iowa. Within these markets, the Company faces significant competition for loans and deposits from other financial institutions, including similarly sized community banks along with larger community banks which provide a broader array of services and have larger branch networks. However, the Peer Group companies also face numerous and/or larger competitors.

Demographic and economic trends and characteristics in the Company’s primary market area are comparable to the primary market areas served by the Peer Group companies (see Exhibit III-2). In this regard, the total population of the Company’s headquarters market area county is much lower than the average and median of the Peer Group’s primary markets, although both serve areas with relatively small population bases. The 2010-2015 population growth rate for Hamilton County was notably lower (negative 0.6%) than the Peer Group markets’ average and median (growth of 0.1% and 0.0%), while projections for the 2015-2021 period indicate the same trend. Per capita income levels in the Company’s primary market area county shows that Hamilton County income levels are modestly below the Peer Group market average and median. The deposit market share exhibited by the Company in Hamilton County is in line with the Peer Group average and median, and both reflect relatively strong competitive positions. Unemployment rates for the markets served by the Peer Group companies are shown in Table 4.1, and indicate that the Peer Group companies, on average, are experiencing higher rates of unemployment, with such unemployment rates also similar to national averages. The unemployment rate in Hamilton County is also affected by the population shrinkage trend, which reduces the available labor supply as the population declines.

On balance, we concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate for the Company’s market area.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.7

 

Table 4.1

Market Area Unemployment Rates

Webster City Federal Bancorp and the Peer Group Companies(1)

 

    

County

  

December 2015
Unemployment

 

Webster City Federal Bancorp

   Hamilton, IA      4.1%   

Peer Group Average

        4.6%   

Peer Group Median

     

Peer Group

     

Central Federal Corporation

   Franklin, OH      3.8%   

Equitable Financial Corp.

   Hall, NE      3.4%   

First Capital, Inc.

   Harrison, IN      4.2%   

HMN Financial, Inc.

   Olmsted, MN      2.6%   

IF Bancorp, Inc.

   Iroquois, IL      6.2%   

Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.

   Morgan, IL      5.5%   

La Porte Bancorp, Inc.

   LaPorte, IN      6.4%   

Poage Bankshares, Inc.

   Boyd, KY      7.2%   

United Community Bancorp

   Dearborn, IN      4.6%   

Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.

   Wayne, OH      3.8%   

Westbury Bancorp, Inc.

   Washington, WI      3.4%   

Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.

   Midland, MI      3.8%   

 

  (1)

Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

 

5.

Dividends

In recent periods, WCFB has paid quarterly common stock cash dividends of $0.05 per share to shareholders (including the MHC), and at this time the Company intends to continue the cash dividend payments to shareholders as a go-forward dividend policy. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics, and general economic conditions.

Eight of the 12 Peer Group companies pay cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.90% to 3.92%. The median dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 1.19% as of February 26, 2015, representing a median payout ratio of 21.07% of earnings. As of February 26, 2015, 69% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting a median yield of 1.76%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.8

 

According to the prospectus disclosure, WCF Bancorp intends to continue payment of a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share following completion of the Second Step Conversion. The Company will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma capitalization. The Company’s tangible equity ratio will be higher than the Peer Group’s average and median ratios across the offering range and the Company’s pro forma earnings rate is also projected to be lower than the Peer Group. The high pro forma equity position of the Company will provide WCF Bancorp with the ability to pay cash dividends to shareholders at levels comparable to the Peer Group.

Overall, we concluded that no valuation adjustment was warranted for the dividends valuation parameter in comparison to the Peer Group.

 

6.

Liquidity of the Shares

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All twelve of the Peer Group members trade on NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $21.7 million to $81.1 million as of February 26, 2016, with average and median market values of $55.6 million and $56.5 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 1.8 million to 15.8 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 4.6 million and 4.0 million. The Company’s Second Step Conversion is expected to provide for pro forma shares outstanding that will be below or at the low end of the range of the shares outstanding indicated for the Peer Group companies. The market capitalization of the Company at the midpoint of the Offering range will be below the Peer Group average and median values. In contrast to the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock is expected to be quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace exchange following the Second Step Conversion. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s stock will have a less comparable trading market as the Peer Group companies in terms of stock float and liquidity on average, and therefore, concluded that a slight downward adjustment was necessary for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.9

 

7.

Marketing of the Issue

We believe that four separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as WCF Bancorp: (A) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (B) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; (C) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Iowa; and, (D) the market for the public stock of WCF Bancorp. All of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.

 

  A.

The Public Market

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues, and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. A more favorable outlook on Greece’s financial crisis helped stocks to advance at the start of the third quarter of 2015, which was followed by the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) declining to a five-month low in the second week of July as the sell-off in China’s stock market rippled through markets globally. News of a bailout deal secured by Greece supported a stock market rally in mid-July, while some favorable second quarter earnings reports coming out of the technology sector lifted the NASDAQ to three consecutive record high closes heading into the second half of July. Comparatively, the DJIA approached a six-month low in late-July, as disappointing earnings by some of the Dow components and a continued sell-off in China’s stock market weighed on the broader stock market. A measured Federal Reserve policy statement that reaffirmed it would move cautiously on raising interest rates and an easing of the sell-off in China’s stock market boosted stocks at the end of July. The DJIA recorded seven consecutive losses through the first week of trading in August, which was driven by weak earnings reports posted by some media and oil stocks. A


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.10

 

rebound in beaten down energy shares and 2015’s largest merger announcement fueled stock market gains heading into mid-August, which was followed by a sharp sell-off as China’s surprising decision to devalue its currency rattled global markets. Stocks closed out the second week of August on a slight upswing. Volatility prevailed in the stock market during the second half of August 2015 and for most of September 2015. Worries about the pace of global growth jolted stock markets worldwide in the second half of August, with the DJIA plunging over 1,800 points during six consecutive trading sessions. Renewed optimism about the strength of the U.S. economy and comments from a Federal Reserve official stating the case for a September rate increase had become less compelling snapped the six-day losing streak, as the DJIA rebounded 988 points in consecutive trading sessions during late-August. Overall, the DJIA declined 6.6% in August, its largest one month percentage decline since May 2010. Volatility continued to prevail in the broader stock market in early-September, as investors considered fresh evidence that China’s economic slowdown was hurting the global economy, the possibility of China’s central bank would take more steps to stabilize its economy and disappointing job growth reflected in the August employment report. Stocks rallied ahead of the Federal Reserve’s mid-September meeting, which was followed by a downturn in the broader stock market after the Federal Reserve concluded to hold short-term interest rates steady. Declines in the auto, biotech and energy sectors led the market lower heading into late-September, which was followed by a rebound as the Federal Reserve Chairwoman added clarity that she expected interest rates would go up in 2015. Biotech and healthcare shares led the market lower in late-September, which was followed by a two day rebound in the stock market to close out the third quarter. For the third quarter overall, all three major U.S. stock indexes posted their biggest quarterly losses in four years.

The broader stock market soared higher at the start of the fourth quarter of 2015, with the DJIA trading up for seven consecutive sessions for a total gain of 860 points between October 2 nd and October 12 th . Factors contributing to the rally included a rebound in energy shares supported by an increase in oil prices, raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would not raise interest rates in the near term following the weak employment report for September and a rebound in oversold healthcare stocks. A gloomy earnings forecast by Wal-Mart pulled stocks lower in mid-October, which was followed by a broader stock market rebound heading into the second half of October. Lackluster U.S. economic data reducing expectations of a near term rate increase by the Federal Reserve, indications from the European Central Bank that is was prepared to do more to stimulate growth and a rate cut by China’s central bank were factors contributing to gains in the broader stock market. Stocks continued to surge higher in late-


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.11

 

October, after the Federal Reserve concluded its two-day meeting leaving interest rates unchanged and toned down its concerns about global financial markets. The DJIA closed up 8.5% for the month of October, which was the biggest monthly percentage gain in four years. Led by a rally in energy stocks, the DJIA moved back into positive territory for 2015 in early-November. Concerns about the health of the global economy and lower oil prices weighed on stocks going into mid-November. Indications from the Federal Reserve that the U.S. economy was strong enough for a rate increase and a rebound in energy, healthcare and technology stocks helped stocks to rally during the second half of November. A strong jobs report for November added to stock market gains in the first week of December. A sell-off in energy shares led the market lower going into mid-December, as oil prices fell to their lowest level in seven years. Stocks rallied on the Federal Reserve’s mid-December rate hike, as investors responded to the Federal Reserve’s upbeat message on the U.S. economy. Grim news from the energy and mining sectors, along with worries about slowing economies overseas, sent the DJIA to its lowest close in two months heading into the final two weeks of 2015. A rebound in energy stocks contributed to stock market gains in late-December, which was followed by a mild pullback in the final trading week of 2015. Overall, 2015 was the worst year for U.S. stocks since 2008.

The DJIA tumbled more than 1,000 points or 6.2% during the first week of trading 2016, as fresh concerns about China’s economy and a steep decline in oil prices rattled stock markets worldwide. Investor anxiety over the global economy and further declines in oil prices continued to weigh on stocks through most of January, although stocks rebounded at the end of January with higher oil prices and the Bank of Japan’s surprise decision to shift to negative interest rates contributing to gains in the broader stock market. Overall, the DJIA was down 5.5% for the month of January. Stocks closed lower during the first week of February, as investors reacted to oil falling below $30 a barrel and January employment data showing a slowdown in job growth. On February 26, 2016, the DJIA closed at 16639.97, a decrease of 4.5% from one year ago and a decrease of 8.6% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 4590.47, a decrease of 8.0% from one year ago and a decrease of 8.3% year-to-date. The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1948.05 on February 26, 2016, a decrease of 4.7% from one year ago and a decrease of 7.7% year-to-date.

The market for thrift stocks has also experienced varied trends in recent quarters, but, in general, thrift stocks outperformed the broader stock market. Thrift shares paralleled trends in the broader stock market during the first half of July 2015, as investors focused on Greece’s debt problems and the sell-off in China’s stock market. Second quarter earnings reports for the


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.12

 

financial sector were generally in line with expectations, which translated into a relatively flat market for thrift stocks during the second half of July. The Federal Reserve’s cautious outlook on raising interest rates and a favorable employment report for July contributed to thrift shares trading higher at the close of July, with the positive trend continuing through the first half of August. Lower interest rates and oil prices weighed on financial shares during the second half of August 2015, although generally favorable housing data somewhat negated the downturn in thrift stocks. For the entire month of August, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts showed a comparatively modest decline of 2.8%. A sell-off in the broader stock market and a disappointing reading for manufacturing activity pressured thrift stocks lower at the start of September. Following the one-day sell-off, thrift shares generally trended higher into mid-September in advance of the Federal Reserve’s policy meeting. Financial shares led the market lower after the Federal Reserve elected to hold short-term interest rates steady at the conclusion of its mid-September meeting. Worries about slower economic growth provided for a slight pull back in thrift shares during the second half of September.

Thrift stocks traded higher in early-October 2015, as investors bet that low interest rates would stay around for longer following the weaker-than-expected job growth reflected in the September employment report. Third quarter earnings reports posted by the thrift sector translated into a narrow trading range for thrift stocks during the second half of October, as the majority of thrifts reported third quarter earnings that were in line with analyst estimates and continued to reflect additional net interest margin compression. Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally at the conclusion of the Federal Reserve’s policy meeting in late-October, but reversed course at the end of October as shares of New York Community Bancorp and Astoria Financial Corp. declined following the announcement of their $2.0 billion strategic merger. Thrift stocks recovered in early-November, as financial shares led the market higher on the strong jobs report for October. A disappointing report for October retail sales pressured thrift shares lower in mid-November, while merger activity in the thrift sector helped thrift stocks outperform the broader stock market during the second half of November. Thrift stocks rallied on the sturdy job growth reflected in the November employment data and then declined going into mid-December, as concerns about the global economy translated into a sell-off in the broader stock market. Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally following the Federal Reserve’s mid-December rate hike and then settled into a narrow trading during the closing weeks of 2015.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.13

 

Thrift shares participated in the broader stock market sell-off during the first week of 2016. A weak retail sales report for December and other signs of a slowing U.S. economy furthered the downward trend in thrift prices into the second half of January. The sell-off in financial shares tended to more significant among institutions with lending exposure to the energy sector and international markets. Thrift stocks rebounded with the broader stock market at the close of January, which was followed by a pullback during first week of February amid disappointing economic reports for January manufacturing activity and January job growth. On February 26, 2016, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 761.27, an increase of 4.0% from one year ago and a decrease of 5.9% year-to-date.

 

  B.

The New Issue Market

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio often reflects a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

As shown in Table 4.2, one standard conversion offering and one second-step conversion have been completed during the past three months. The second step conversion is considered to be the most relevant for WCF Bancorp’s pro forma pricing. PB Bancorp’s second step conversion offering was completed on January 8, 2016 and closed at the top of its offering range. The closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of this recent second step conversion offering equaled 82.2%. PB Bancorp’s stock recorded price appreciation of 9.6% after the first week of trading, which as of February 26, 2016, had declined to a price increase of 6.5% from the initial public offering (“IPO”) price of $8.00.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.14

 

Table 4.2

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Conversions Completed in the Last Three Months

 

Institutional Information     Pre-Conversion Data     Offering Information                Insider Purchases  
               Financial Info.     Asset Quality                            

Contribution to

Char. Found.

   

    % Off Incl. Fdn.

    +Merger Shares

 
                                             Excluding Foundation            % of     Benefit Plans         
    

Conversion

Date

             

Equity/

Assets

(%)

   

NPAs/

Assets

(%)

   

Res.

Cov.

(%)

   

Gross

Proc.

($Mil.)

   

%

Offer

(%)

   

% of

Mid.

(%)

   

Exp./

Proc.

(%)

          Public Off.          

Recog.

Plans

(%)

   

Stk

Option

(%)

   

     Mgmt.&

         Dirs.     

       (%)(1)

 
Institution    

Ticker

    Assets                   Form     Inc. Fdn.     ESOP        
               ($Mil)                         (%)     (%)        
                                 

Standard Conversions

                                 

Central Federal Bancshares, Inc. - MO

  1/13/16     CFDB-OTC Pink      $ 62        22.08     1.50     89   $ 17.2        96     132     7.0     C/S      $ 100K/3.85     8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8
    Averages - Standard Conversions:      $ 62        22.08     1.50     89   $ 17.2        96     132 %       7.0     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8
    Medians - Standard Conversions:      $ 62        22.08     1.50     89   $ 17.2        96     132 %       7.0     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8
             

Second Step Conversions

                                 

PB Bancorp, Inc. - CT*

  1/8/16     PBBI-NASDAQ      $ 469        11.23     1.63     38   $ 36.3        100     132     3.8     N.A.        N.A.        7.0     4.0     10.0     1.9
    Averages - Second Step Conversions:      $ 469        11.23     1.63     38   $ 36.3        100     132 %       3.8     N.A.        N.A.        7.0     4.0     10.0     1.9
    Medians - Second Step Conversions:      $ 469        11.23     1.63     38   $ 36.3        100     132 %       3.8     N.A.        N.A.        7.0     4.0     10.0     1.9
             
    Averages - All Conversions:      $ 266        16.66     1.57     63   $ 26.7        98     132 %       5.4     N.A.        N.A.        7.5     4.0     10.0     1.4
    Medians - All Conversions:      $ 266        16.66     1.57     63   $ 26.7        98     132 %       5.4     N.A.        N.A.        7.5     4.0     10.0     1.4

 

Institutional Information          Pro Forma Data            Post-IPO Pricing Trends  
                   Pricing Ratios(2)(5)    

Financial Charac.

          Closing Price:  
              

Initial

Div.

Yield

(%)

                                                    

First

Trading

Day

($)

          

After

First

Week

(3)

($)

          

After

First

Month

(4)

($)

                      
    

Conversion

Date

             

Core

P/E

(x)

         

Core

ROA

(%)

         

Core

ROE

(%)

   

IPO

Price

($)

     

%

Chge

(%)

     

%

Chge

(%)

     

%

Chge

(%)

   

Thru

2/26/2016

($)

   

%

Chge

(%)

 
Institution    

Ticker

    P/TB       P/A       TE/A                      
               (%)       (%)       (%)                      
                                     

Standard Conversions

                                                     

Central Federal Bancshares, Inc. - MO

  1/13/16   CFDB-OTC Pink     0.00     64.6     NM        23.6     -0.1     36.5     -0.2   $ 10.00      $ 10.45        4.5   $ 10.54        5.4   $ 10.65        16.0   $ 10.95        25.6
    Averages - Standard Conversions:     0.00     64.6     NM        23.6     -0.1     36.5     -0.2   $ 10.00      $ 10.45        4.5   $ 10.54        5.4   $ 10.65        16.0   $ 10.95        25.6
    Medians - Standard Conversions:     0.00     64.6     NM        23.6     -0.1     36.5     -0.2   $ 10.00      $ 10.45        4.5   $ 10.54        5.4   $ 10.65        16.0   $ 10.95        25.6
                   

Second Step Conversions

                                                     

PB Bancorp, Inc. - CT*

  1/8/16   PBBI-NASDAQ     0.00     82.2     94.5x        12.6     0.1     15.5     0.8   $ 8.00      $ 9.00        12.5   $ 8.77        9.6   $ 8.62        7.7   $ 8.52        6.5
    Averages - Second Step Conversions:     0.00     82.2     94.5x        12.6     0.1     15.5     0.8   $ 8.00      $ 9.00        12.5   $ 8.77        9.6   $ 8.62        7.7   $ 8.52        6.5
    Medians - Second Step Conversions:     0.00     82.2     94.5x        12.6     0.1     15.5     0.8   $ 8.00      $ 9.00        12.5   $ 8.77        9.6   $ 8.62        7.7   $ 8.52        6.5
                   
    Averages - All Conversions:     0.00     73.4     94.5x        18.1     0.0     26.0     0.3   $ 9.00      $ 9.73        8.5   $ 9.66        7.5   $ 9.64        11.9   $ 9.74        16.1
    Medians - All Conversions:     0.00     73.4     94.5x        18.1     0.0     26.0     0.3   $ 9.00      $ 9.73        8.5   $ 9.66        7.5   $ 9.64        11.9   $ 9.74        16.1

Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

 

    

(1)   As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.

  

(5)   Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.

    

(2)   Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.

  

(6)   Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.

    

(3)   Latest price if offering is less than one week old.

  

(7)   Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.

    

(4)   Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.

  

(8)   Former credit union.

  

2/26/2016


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.15

 

  C.

 The Acquisition Market

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on WCF Bancorp’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other thrift institutions operating in Iowa York. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were three thrift acquisitions completed in the state of Iowa from the beginning of 2006 through February 26, 2016. Additionally, there were 58 acquisitions of commercial banks in Iowa over the corresponding timeframe. This acquisition history may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for WCF Bancorp’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Company’s Offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Company’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence WCF Bancorp’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in WCF Bancorp’s stock would tend to be less, compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

 

  D.

 Trading in WCFB’s Stock

Since WCFB’s minority stock currently trades under the symbol “WCFB” on OTC Pink Marketplace, RP Financial also considered the recent trading activity of the Company in the valuation analysis. WCFB had a total of 3,019,305 shares issued and outstanding at February 26, 2015, of which 522,476 shares were held by public shareholders and traded as public securities. The Company’s stock has had a 52 week trading range of $7.15 to $7.75 per share and its closing price on February 26, 2015 was $7.50 for an implied market value of $22.6 million.

There are significant differences between the Company’s minority stock (currently being traded) and the conversion stock that will be issued by the Company. Such differences include different liquidity characteristics, a different return on equity for the conversion stock, the stock is currently traded based on speculation of a range of exchange ratios, and dividend payments, if any, will be made on all shares outstanding. Since the pro forma impact has not been publicly disseminated to date, it is appropriate to discount the current trading level. As the pro forma impact is made known publicly, the trading level will become more informative.

*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.16

 

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for second step conversions, the market for highly capitalized companies, the acquisition market, and recent trading activity in the Company’s minority stock. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 

8.

Management

WCFB’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of WCFB’s Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Company suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Bank’s present organizational structure. The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.

Similarly, the returns, capital positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

 

9.

Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

In summary, as a fully-converted regulated institution, WCF Bancorp will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members -- all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. Accordingly, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.17

 

Summary of Adjustments

Based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

Table 4.3

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Valuation Adjustments

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

   Valuation Adjustment

Financial Condition

   Slight Downward

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

   Slight Downward

Asset Growth

   No Adjustment

Primary Market Area

   Slight Downward

Dividends

   No Adjustment

Liquidity of the Shares

   Slight Downward

Marketing of the Issue

   No Adjustment

Management

   No Adjustment

Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform

   No Adjustment

Valuation Approaches

In applying the accepted valuation methodology originally promulgated by the FRB, the OCC and the FDIC, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock -- price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches -- all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions, and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).

In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

   

P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. Given certain similarities between the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma basis for the Company; and (2) the Peer Group companies have had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging the offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.

 


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.18

 

   

P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of a conversion offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

 

   

P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

 

 

   

Trading of WCFB’s stock . Converting institutions generally do not have stock outstanding. WCFB, however, has public shares outstanding due to the mutual holding company form of ownership. Since WCFB is currently traded on the OTC Pink Marketplace, it is an indicator of investor interest in the Company’s conversion stock and therefore received some weight in our valuation. Based on the February 26, 2015 stock price of $7.50 per share and the 3,019,305 shares of WCFB stock outstanding, the Company’s implied market value of $22.6 million was considered in the valuation process. However, since the conversion stock will have different characteristics than the minority shares, and since pro forma information has not been publicly disseminated to date, the current trading price of Clifton Bancorp’s stock was somewhat discounted herein, but will become more important towards the closing of the offering.

 

The Company has adopted “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding, excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the Offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends, and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.19

 

In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC net assets that will be consolidated with the Company and thus, will increase equity and earnings, as shown in Table 4.4 on the following page. At December 31, 2015, the MHC had unconsolidated net assets of $1,028,937, which includes cash that is on deposit at the Bank, other assets of the MHC and the expected payment of two $0.05 per share common stock cash dividends subsequent to December 31, 2015 (January 2016, already paid, and April 2016, expected). As mentioned previously, while the consolidation of these assets increases the pro forma value of the Company, it also results in some pro forma ownership dilution for the minority shareholders, pursuant to regulatory policy. Specifically, we have adjusted the minority ownership ratio from the current 17.31% ratio to 16.16% to account for the impact of MHC assets and have reflected the formula based on applicable FDIC policy.

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed previously, RP Financial concluded that as of February 26, 2015 the aggregate pro forma market value of WCF Bancorp’s conversion stock equaled $15,505,320 at the midpoint, equal to 1,938,165 shares at $8.00 per share. The $8.00 per share price was determined by the WCFB Board of Directors. The midpoint and resulting valuation range is based on the sale of an 83.84% ownership interest including the consolidation of the MHC net assets to the public (as adjusted on the following page), which provides for a $13,000,000 public offering at the midpoint value.

1.     Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Company’s reported earnings equaled $394,000 for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015. In deriving WCFB’s core earnings, the adjustments made to reported earnings were to eliminate gains on the sale of securities of $208,000 and the loss on the charitable contribution of the former headquarters office building, as shown below. As shown in Table 4.5, on a tax effected basis, incorporating an effective marginal tax rate of 34% for the earnings adjustments, the Company’s core earnings were determined to equal $428,000 for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.20

 

Table 4.4

Webster City Federal Bancorp (“Mid-Tier”)

Impact of MHC Assets & Waived Dividends on Minority Ownership In 2nd Step

Financial and Stock Ownership Data as of December 31, 2015

Reflects Appraised Pro Forma Market Value as of February 26, 2015

Includes January 2016 and Assumed April 2016 Cash Dividends to MHC

 

Key Input Assumptions                                  

Mid-Tier Stockholders’ Equity

          $14,583,142         (BOOK)         (1)   

Aggregate Dividends Waived by MHC

          $0         (WAIVED DIVIDENDS)      

Minority Ownership Interest

          17.3062%         (PCT)      

Pro Forma Market Value

          $15,505,320         (VALUE)      

Market Value of MHC Net Assets

          $1,028,937         (MHC NET ASSETS)         (2)   

      (Other than Stock in Bank, Intercompany Assets and Liabilities)

  

       

Adjustment for MHC Assets & Waived Dividends - 2 Step Calculation (as required by FDIC & FRB)

  

          (BOOK - WAIVED DIVIDENDS) x PCT   

Step 1: To Account for Waiver of Dividends

        =                    BOOK   
       
        =                    17.3062% (Before Dilution Adj.)   
       
       
          (VALUE - MHC ASSETS) x Step 1   

Step 2: To Account for MHC Assets

        =                    VALUE   
       
        =                    16.1578% (After Dilution Adj.)   
Current Ownership                           

MHC Shares

     2,496,529         82.6938%           

Public Shares

     522,476         17.3062%           

Total Shares

     3,019,005         100.0000%           
Pro Forma Ownership (3)                 Appraised Midpoint Value         
          Per Share         Aggregate                   

Shares Issued in Offering (4)

     1,625,000         83.8422%  (6)      $8.00         $13,000,000      

Public Shares (4)

     313,165         16.1578%  (6)      $8.00         $2,505,320      

  Pro Forma Shares (5)

     1,938,165         100.0000%        $8.00         $15,505,320      

 

 

(1) From WCF Bancorp, Inc.’s Prospectus.

(2) Reflects the net asset balance as of December 31, 2015.

(3) Adjusted for exchange ratio reflecting offering of $10.00 per share.

(4) Incorporates adjustment in ownership ratio for MHC assets and waived dividends.

(5) Reflects pro forma shares outstanding.

(6) Rounded to four decimal points.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.21

 

Table 4.5

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Derivation of Core Earnings for Valuation

 

     Amount  
   ($   000

Net income(loss)

   $ 394   

Deduct: Gain on sale of securities

   $ (208)   

Addback: Loss on Charitable Contribution

   $ 260   

Tax effect (1)

   $ (18)   
  

 

 

 

Core earnings estimate

   $ 428   

 

  (1)

Tax effected at 34%.

Based on the Company’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $15.5 million midpoint value equaled 39.56 times and 36.50 times, respectively, indicating premiums of 86.7% and 78.9%, relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core earnings multiples of 21.19 times and 20.40 times (see Table 4.6). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples of 20.33 times and 19.24 times, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 94.6% and 89.7%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/E ratios based on reported earnings at the minimum and the supermaximum equaled 33.67 times and 52.14 times, and based on core earnings at the minimum and the supermaximum equaled 31.07 times and 48.12 times, respectively.

2.         Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. Based on the $15.5 million midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 60.02% and 60.20%, respectively. In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 91.36% and 96.12%, the Company’s ratios reflected a discount of 34.3% on a P/B basis and a discount of 37.4% on a P/TB basis (see Table 4.6). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 90.28% and 92.16%, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 33.5% and 34.7%, respectively. At the supermaximum value, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 69.44% and 69.63%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the supermaximum value reflected discounts of 24.0% and 27.6%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the supermaximum value reflected discounts of 23.1% and 24.5%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable given the Company’s pro forma P/E multiples were at significant premiums to the Peer Group’s P/E multiples.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.22

 

Table 4.6

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

As of February 26, 2016

 

             Market     Per Share Data                                            
             Capitalization     Core     Book                                   Dividends(3)  
             Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout  
             Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)  
             ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)  

WCF Bancorp

  

                   

  Supermaximum

  $   8.00      $ 20.51      $   0.17      $ 11.52        52.14x        69.44     16.15     69.63     48.12x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00

  Maximum

  $   8.00      $ 17.83      $   0.19      $ 12.36        45.42x        64.72     14.27     64.88     41.91x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00

  Midpoint

     $   8.00      $ 15.51      $   0.22      $ 13.33        39.56x        60.02     12.58     60.20     36.50x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00

  Minimum

     $   8.00      $ 13.18      $   0.26      $ 14.64        33.67x        54.64     10.84     54.83     31.07x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

  

                 

  Averages

     $ 16.71      $ 452.91      $   0.94      $ 15.24        18.29x        104.50     13.59     115.76     18.96x      $ 0.30        1.75     47.08

  Median

  $ 14.50      $ 123.06      $   0.68      $ 13.90        16.75x        102.91     12.74     107.62     17.57x      $ 0.24        1.44     39.78

Comparable Group

                       

  Averages

  $ 16.07      $ 55.62      $   0.82      $ 16.66        21.19x        91.36     12.15     96.12     20.40x      $ 0.28        1.36     27.57

  Medians

  $ 15.70      $ 56.47      $   0.79      $ 16.02        20.33x        90.28     12.69     92.16     19.24x      $ 0.20        1.19     21.07

Comparable Group

                       

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation    OH   $   1.35      $ 21.65      $   0.04      $ 1.50        NM        92.15     6.67     89.92     33.75x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.    NE   $   8.50      $ 29.56      $   0.38      $ 10.17        27.65x        76.71     13.26     83.57     22.17x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.    IN   $ 26.50      $ 73.10        NA        NA        33.75x        89.92     NA        135.11     NA      $ 0.84        3.17     44.92

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.    MN   $ 11.20      $ 50.21      $   0.57      $ 15.54        22.42x        83.57     7.81     72.50     19.56x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.    IL   $ 17.71      $ 71.09      $   0.79      $ 20.07        22.56x        111.19     12.69     88.23     22.55x      $ 0.16        0.90     15.48

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    IL   $ 25.00      $ 44.83      $   1.57      $ 25.43        NM        79.29     14.53     104.56     15.89x      $ 0.32        1.28     78.11

LPSB

  La Porte Bancorp, Inc.    IN   $ 14.50      $ 80.86      $   0.85      $ 15.34        13.34x        105.96     14.89     105.07     17.04x      $ 0.16        1.10     18.60

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.    KY   $ 16.90      $ 66.30      $   0.88      $ 18.06        NM        92.45     15.59     97.33     19.24x      $ 0.24        1.42     23.53

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp    IN   $ 13.65      $ 57.35      $   0.74      $ 16.02        18.24x        90.64     11.24     89.03     18.47x      $ 0.24        1.76     33.33

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    OH   $ 12.90      $ 35.89      $   0.62      $ 14.28        NM        110.90     8.46     94.39     20.81x      $ 0.36        2.79     58.06

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.    WI   $ 19.17      $ 81.07      $   1.09      $ 18.37        15.00x        89.44     12.31     104.34     17.55x      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    MI   $ 25.50      $ 55.58      $   1.46      $ 28.51        16.54x        74.05     16.26     89.44     17.41x      $ 1.00        3.92     58.82

 

                                                                      
             Financial Characteristics(5)     Exchange     2nd Step  
             Total     Equity/     Tang. Eq./     NPAs/     Reported     Core     Ratio     Proceeds  
             Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE     (X)     ($Mil)  
             ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)              

WCF Bancorp

  

               

  Supermaximum

  $ 127        23.27%        23.21%        0.64%        0.31%        1.33%        0.34     1.44     0.7927      $ 17.193   

  Maximum

  $ 125        22.06%        22.00%        0.65%        0.31%        1.42%        0.34     1.54     0.6893        14.9500   

  Midpoint

     $ 123        20.97%        20.91%        0.66%        0.32%        1.52%        0.34     1.64     0.5994        13.0000   

  Minimum

     $ 122        19.86%        19.79%        0.67%        0.32%        1.62%        0.35     1.76     0.5095        11.0500   

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

  

             

  Averages

     $ 3,237        13.17%        12.55%        1.36%        0.69%        5.73%        0.66     5.50    

  Median

  $ 1,005        11.82%        11.37%        1.26%        0.64%        5.22%        0.66     5.21    

Comparable Group

                   

  Averages

  $ 475        14.77%        13.44%        1.55%        0.65%        4.75%        0.43     3.36    

  Medians

  $ 468        14.81%        14.02%        1.46%        0.61%        4.68%        0.42     3.77    

Comparable Group

                   

CFBK

  Central Federal Corporation    OH   $ 331        15.84%        10.60%        2.44%        0.42%        3.93%        0.32     1.92    

EQFN

  Equitable Financial Corp.    NE   $ 223        13.78%        15.86%        NA        0.61%        5.21%        0.48     3.52    

FCAP

  First Capital, Inc.    IN   $ 716        10.60%        NA        1.51%        NA        NA        0.42     3.93    

HMNF

  HMN Financial, Inc.    MN   $ 643        15.86%        10.77%        NA        0.47%        4.02%        0.61     5.21    

IROQ

  IF Bancorp, Inc.    IL   $ 560        10.77%        14.38%        0.99%        0.55%        3.67%        0.55     4.96    

JXSB

  Jacksonville Bancorp, Inc.    IL   $ 309        16.47%        14.02%        NA        0.92%        6.13%        -0.02     -0.11    

LPSB

  La Porte Bancorp, Inc.    IN   $ 543        11.86%        14.40%        NA        0.88%        5.42%        0.91     7.40    

PBSK

  Poage Bankshares, Inc.    KY   $ 425        20.53%        16.12%        1.40%        0.76%        4.68%        0.00     -0.02    

UCBA

  United Community Bancorp    IN   $ 510        11.43%        12.70%        1.77%        0.61%        4.53%        0.42     3.61    

WAYN

  Wayne Savings Bancshares, Inc.    OH   $ 424        22.18%        9.00%        1.26%        0.41%        4.36%        0.16     0.67    

WBB

  Westbury Bancorp, Inc.    WI   $ 671        18.18%        11.80%        0.69%        0.67%        5.31%        0.88     4.95    

WBKC

  Wolverine Bancorp, Inc.    MI   $ 344        9.78%        18.18%        2.36%        0.88%        4.95%        0.42     4.27    

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core =NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2015 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.23

 

3.         Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio, which is computed herein. At the $15.5 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 12.58% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 12.15%, which implies a premium of 3.54% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 12.69%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a discount of 0.9%.

Comparison to Recent Offerings

As indicated at the beginning of this section, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings cannot be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, one second step conversion has been completed within the past three months and closed at an estimated pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 82.2% (see Table 4.2). This stock increased 9.6% from the IPO price during the first week of trading. In comparison, the Company’s pro forma price/tangible book ratio at the appraised midpoint value reflects a discount of 26.8%. The estimated current P/TB ratio of PB Bancorp, Inc. of CT, based on closing stock prices as of February 26, 2016, equaled 87.6%. In comparison to the current P/TB ratio of this recent second step conversion, the Company’s P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 31.3% and at the supermaximum value the Company’s P/TB ratio reflects an implied discount of 20.5%.


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.24

 

Valuation Conclusion

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of February 26, 2015, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering – including (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in the Company and (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of the Company. A schedule reflecting a distribution of the shares and the resulting market value at each point in the range is reflected in the schedule below and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

Table 4.7

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

Second Step Offering Information

 

                   Exchange Shares         
     Total      Offering      Issued to Public      Exchange  
    

Shares

    

Shares

    

Shareholders

    

Ratio

 

Shares (1)

           

Supermaximum

     2,563,224         2,149,063         414,161         0.7927   

Maximum

     2,228,890         1,868,750         360,140         0.6893   

Midpoint

     1,938,165         1,625,000         313,165         0.5994   

Minimum

     1,647,440         1,381,250         266,190         0.5095   

Distribution of Shares (2)

           

Supermaximum

     100.00%         83.84%         16.16%      

Maximum

     100.00%         83.84%         16.16%      

Midpoint

     100.00%         83.84%         16.16%      

Minimum

     100.00%         83.84%         16.16%      

Aggregate Market Value at $8.00 Per Share

  

     

Supermaximum

     $20,505,792         $17,192,504         $3,313,288      

Maximum

     17,831,120         14,950,000         2,881,120      

Midpoint

     15,505,320         13,000,000         2,505,320      

Minimum

     13,179,520         11,050,000         2,129,520      

(1) Based on a $8.00 per share offering price.

(2) Ownership ratios adjusted for dilution from MHC assets/equity.

Establishment of the Exchange Ratio

FRB regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Board of Directors of WCF Bancorp has independently determined the


RP ® Financial, LC.

  

VALUATION ANALYSIS

IV.25

 

exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company held by the public shareholders, taking into account the impact of MHC assets in the Second Step Conversion, consistent with FRB policy with respect to the treatment of MHC assets. The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the Offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the subscription, community, and syndicated or firm commitment underwritten offerings and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value, and the $8.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratios across the offering range are presented in Table 4.7 above. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

Exhibit 99.6

 

LOGO

March 9, 2016                                                 

Boards of Directors

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

Webster City Federal Bancorp

WCF Bancorp, Inc.

WCF Financial Bank

401 Fair Meadow Drive

Webster City, Iowa 50595

 

  Re:

Plan of Conversion

   

WCF Financial, M.H.C.

   

Webster City Federal Bancorp

Members of the Boards of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Boards of Directors of WCF Financial, M.H.C. (the “MHC”), Webster City Federal Bancorp (the “Mid-Tier”) and WCF Financial Bank (the “Bank”). The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the full stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into the Mid-Tier and the Mid-Tier will merge with WCF Bancorp, Inc., a newly-formed Iowa corporation (the “Company”) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier now owned by the MHC.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (i) the MHC’s ownership interest in the Mid-Tier’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Mid-Tier). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in the Bank. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank).

In the unlikely event that either the Bank (or the Company and the Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of December 31, 2014 and depositors as of the last day of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date on which the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) approves the MHC’s application for conversion, of the liquidation account maintained by the Company. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of the Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and the Bank has positive net worth, then the Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in the Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters   

Three Ballston Plaza

   Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

   Toll Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

   E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com


RP ® Financial, LC.

Boards of Directors

March 9, 2016

Page 2

 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to the Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the FRB, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to the Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of the Bank no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
RP ® Financial, LC.

Exhibit 99.7

REVOCABLE PROXY

WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP

SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

                                      , 2016

The undersigned hereby appoints the proxy committee of the Board of Directors of Webster City Federal Bancorp, a Federal corporation, with full powers of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote all shares of common stock of Webster City Federal Bancorp that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders (“Special Meeting”), to be held at                                  , Webster City, Iowa, at _____:_____ ______.m., Central Time, on ______________, 2016. The proxy committee is authorized to cast all votes to which the undersigned is entitled as follows:

 

   FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN

1.     The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby WCF Financial M.H.C. and Webster City Federal Bancorp, a federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure;

                  ¨                                  ¨                                  ¨               

2.     The approval of the adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;

   ¨    ¨    ¨

The following informational proposals.

        

3.       Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation;

   ¨    ¨    ¨

4.       Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to WCF Bancorp’s bylaws;

   ¨    ¨    ¨

5.       Approval of a provision in WCF Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of WCF Bancorp’s outstanding voting stock; and

   ¨    ¨    ¨

Such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” each of the above-listed proposals.


THE PROVISIONS OF WCF BANCORP’S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION THAT ARE SUMMARIZED AS INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS 3 THROUGH 5 WERE APPROVED AS PART OF THE PROCESS IN WHICH THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF WEBSTER CITY FEDERAL BANCORP APPROVED THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION. THESE PROPOSALS ARE INFORMATIONAL IN NATURE ONLY, BECAUSE FEDERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING MUTUAL-TO-STOCK CONVERSIONS DO NOT PROVIDE FOR VOTES ON MATTERS OTHER THAN THE PLAN. WHILE WE ARE ASKING YOU TO VOTE WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS LISTED ABOVE, THE PROPOSED PROVISIONS FOR WHICH AN INFORMATIONAL VOTE IS REQUESTED MAY BECOME EFFECTIVE IF STOCKHOLDERS APPROVE THE PLAN, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE TO APPROVE ANY OR ALL OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS.

 

 

THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED FOR ONE OR MORE PROPOSALS, THIS PROXY, IF SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED FOR THE UNVOTED PROPOSALS. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.

 

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Should the above-signed be present and elect to vote at the Special Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of Webster City Federal Bancorp at the Special Meeting of the stockholder’s decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect. This proxy may also be revoked by sending written notice to the Secretary of Webster City Federal Bancorp at the address set forth on the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, or by the filing of a later-dated proxy prior to a vote being taken on a particular proposal at the Special Meeting.

The above-signed acknowledges receipt from Webster City Federal Bancorp prior to the execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting and the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus dated ______________, _________.

Dated: _________________, ______ ¨     Check Box if You Plan to Attend the Special Meeting

 

 

PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER

     

 

PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER

  

 

SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

     

 

SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

  

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. If shares are held jointly, each holder should sign, but only one holder is required to sign.

 

 

Please complete, sign and date this proxy card and return it promptly

in the enclosed postage-prepaid envelope.

 


IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE

SPECIAL MEETING

The Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, Proxy Statement and Proxy Card are available at __________________________________.